Skip to main content

Full text of "A report on non-victim crime in San Francisco"

See other formats


SEP  1 2  1976 


LI  2- 


m 


SAN    FRANCISCO 
PUBLIC    LIBRARY 


REFERENCE    BOOK 

Not  to  be  taken  from  the  Library 


DOCUMENTS  DEPARTMENT 


SAN  FRANCISCO  PUBLIC  LIBRARY 


3    1223   03475   6768 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 

in  2012  with  funding  from 

California  State  Library  Califa/LSTA  Grant 


http://www.archive.org/details/reportonnonvicti1971sanf 


THE  SAN  FRANCISCO  COMMITTEE  ON  CRIME 

A  REPORT  ON  NON-VICTIM 
CRIME  IN  SAN  FRANCISCO 

PART  I 

BASIC   PRINCIPLES 
PUBLIC   DRUNKENNESS 

PART  II 

SEXUAL  CONDUCT 

GAMBLING 

PORNOGRAPHY 


Moses  Lasky,  Co-Chairman 

William  H.  Orrick,  Jr.,  Co-Chairman 

Irving  F.  Reichert,  Jr.,  Executive  Director 

Richard  M.  Sims,  III,  Asst.  Exec.  Director 


June  1971 
$2.50 


THE  SAN  FRANCISCO  COMMITTEE  ON  CRIME 


A  REPORT  ON  NON-VICTIM 
CRIME  IN  SAN  FRANCISCO 

PART  I 


BASIC   PRINCIPLES 
PUBLIC   DRUNKENNESS 

PART  II 


SEXUAL  CONDUCT 

GAMBLING 

PORNOGRAPHY 


Moses  Lasky,  Co-Chairman 

William  H.  Orrick,  Jr.,  Co-Chairman 

Irving  F.  Reichert,  Jr.,  Executive  Director 

Richard  M.  Sims,  III,  Asst.  Exec.  Director 

THE  SEVENTH  REPORT  OF  THE  COMMITTEE 

June  1971 


DOCUMENTS  DEPT. 
Si.N   FRANCISCO 
PUBLIC   LIBRARY 


3   1223  03475   6768 


THE  SAN  FRANCISCO  COMMITTEE  ON  CRIME 


A  REPORT  ON  NON-VICTIM  CRIME 
IN  SAN  FRANCISCO 


PARTI 

BASIC   PRINCIPLES 

PUBLIC   DRUNKENNESS 


Moses  Lasky,  Co-Chairman 

William  H.  Orrick,  Jr.,  Co-Chairman 

Irving  F.  Reichert,  Jr.,  Executive  Director 

Richard  M.  Sims,  III,  Asst.  Exec. Director 


THE  SIXTH  REPORT  OF  THE  COMMITTEE 
April  26,  1971 


This  Report  is  being  submitted  to  the  Law  Enforcement  Assistance 
Administration  of  the  United  States  Department  of  Justice  in  partial 
satisfaction   of  the  conditions  of  O.L.E.A.   Grant   #374. 


THE  SAN  FRANCISCO  COMMITTEE  ON  CRIME 


MEMBERS ; 

Mr.  Moses  Lasky,  Co-chairman 

Mr.  William  H.  Orrick,  Jr.,  Co-chairman 


Mr.  Alessandro  Baccari 

Mr.  Clarence  W.  Bryant 

Mrs.  Ruth  Chance 

Mr.  William  K.  Coblentz 

Mr.  Gene  N.  Connell 

Dr.  Victor  Eisner 

Dr.  Leon  J.  Epstein 

Mr.  Welton  H.  Flynn 

Mr.  Frederick  Furth 

Dr.  Donald  Garrity 

Dr.  David  Hamburg 

Mr.  Warren  T.  Jenkins 

Rev.  Albert  R.  Jonsen,  S.J. 


Mr.  Samuel  Ladar 
Mr.  Lawrence  R.  Lawson 
Mr.  Orville  Luster 
Lt.  William  Osterloh 
Mr.  Michael  Parker 
Mr.  Stuart  Pollak 
Mr.  William  K.  Popham 
Mr.  Lee  D.  Rashall 
Mrs.  Becky  Schettler 
Mr.  Louis  S.  Simon 
Mr.  Garfield  Steward 
Mr.  Edison  Uno 
Mr.  Zeppelin  W.  Wong 


Professional  Staff  Participating  in  the  Preparation  of  this  Report: 


Mr.  Irving  F.  Reichert,  Jr.,  Executive  Director 
Mr.  Richard  M.  Sims,  III,  Asst.  Exec.  Director 


Secretarial  Staff: 


Miss  Karen  Hagewood 
Mrs.  Nancy  Henshall 
Mrs.  Maria  T.  Strong 


CO-CHAIRMEN 

MOSES    LASKY 
111    SUTTER    STREET 
SAN    FRANCISCO 

WILJ-IAM  H,  ORRICK,  JR. 
405  MONTGOMERY  STREET 
SAN    FRANCISCO 


San  Francisco  Committee  on  Crime 

300    MONTGOMERY    STREET      ROOM    709 
SAN    FRANCISCO.    CALIFORNIA,    94104 

PHONE:    (.415)    391-1263 


April   26,    1971 


IRVING    F.    REICHERT,   JR. 
EXECUTIVE    DIRECTOR 


Honorable  Joseph  L.  Alloto, 
Mayor  of  the  City  and  County 

of  San  Francisco, 
City  Hall, 
San  Francisco,  California  94102. 

My  dear  Mr.  Mayor: 

With  this  letter  the  San  Francisco  Committee 
on  Crime  submits  to  you  Part  I  of  its  report  on  non-victim 
crime,  a  subject  in  which  you  have  evinced  much  interest. 
As  the  report  states  at  the  outset,  previous  reports  of  the 
Committee  have  examined  how  laws  are  enforced  and  what  im- 
provement can  be  made  in  enforcement,  but  the  report  on  non- 
victim  crime  asks  the  more  basic  questions  of  why  certain 
laws  should  be  enforced  at  all,  and  why  they  should  even 
exist.   The  importance  of  the  subject  is  also  delineated  by 
that  portion  of  the  report  which  speaks  of  the  capacity  of 
criminal  law,  and  the  crisis  of  costs. 

Part  I  covers  two  subjects,  basic  principles 
and  their  application  to  drunkenness.  So  many  vagrant  and 
emotional  attitudes  toward  non-victim  crimes  are  encountered 


Honorable  Joseph  L.  Alioto   2. 

that  it  seemed  important  to  think  out  and  articulate  basic 
principles.   Without  immodesty,  we  think  that  Chapter  1 
does  this.   Chapter  2  applies  these  principles  to  drunken- 
ness; stated  as  briefly  as  possible,  the  conclusion  of 
Chapter  2  is  that,  apart  from  drunken  driving,  drunkenness 
should  be  taken  out  of  the  criminal  system  entirely,  whether 
or  not  it  is  possible  to  handle  drunkenness  as  a  medical 
problem.   We  are  confident  that  the  conclusion  of  Chapter  2 
will  in  no  distant  future  be  followed  throughout  the  United 
States.   We  hope  that  San  Francisco  will  have  both  the 
courage  and  intelligence  to  be  the  first  to  do  so. 

There  will  be  a  Part  II  and  possibly  a  Part 
III  of  the  report,  to  be  issued  within  the  next  two  months. 
They  will  deal  with  other  so-called  non-victim  crimes. 

Respectfully, 


Moses  Lasky 

William  H.  Orrick,  Jr. 


*• 


Co-Chairmen. 


ML:MD 


CO-CHAIRMEN 

MOSES    LASKY 
111    SUTTER    STREET 
SAN    FRANCISCO 

WILLIAM  H.  ORRICK,  JR. 
405  MONTGOMERY  STREET 
SAN    FRANCISCO 


San  Francisco  Committee  on  Crime 

300    MONTGOMERY   STREET      ROOM    709 
SAN    FRANCISCO.    CALIFORNIA.    94104 

PHONE:    (415)    391-1263 


April   26,    1971 


IRVING    F.   REICHERT,  JR. 
EXECUTIVE    DIRECTOR 


Honorable  Dianne  Feinstein, 
President  of  the  Board  of  Supervisors 

of  the  City  and  County  of  San 

Francisco, 
City  Hall, 
San  Francisco,  California  94102. 


Dear  Mrs.  Feinstein: 

The  San  Francisco  Committee  on  Crime 
submits  to  you  with  this  letter  Part  I  of  its  re- 
port on  non-victim  crime.    Sufficient  copies  are 
enclosed  for  all  members  of  the  Board  of  Supervisors. 
We  also  enclose  a  copy  of  the  letter  by  which  we  are 
concurrently  submitting  the  report  to  the  Mayor. 

Respectfully, 


Moses  La sky 


William  H.    Orrick,    Jr.  Q 


ML:MD 
Encs. 


Co-Chairmen, 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS 


PAGE 


PREFACE  i 

I.   BASIC  PRINCIPLES  1 

II.   PUBLIC  DRUNKENNESS  15 

A.  The  Hazy  Nature  of  the  "Crime"  15 

B.  The  Size  of  the  Problem  17 

C.  How  the  Drunk  Is  "Processed"  Through 

the  Criminal  System  20 

D.  The  Costs  of  Handling  Drunkenness  by 

Criminal  Process  23 

E.  Necessity  of  Change  25 

F.  The  Public  Health  or  Medical  Approach  29 

G.  San  Francisco  Bureau  of  Alcoholism  32 

H.   An  Alternative  to  the  Criminal  Justice  System: 

Alcoholic  Residential  Centers  38 

III.   RECOMMENDATIONS  46 


APPENDIX:   CRIMINAL  JUSTICE  COSTS  OF  PUBLIC  DRUNKENNESS 

ARRESTS,  SAN  FRANCISCO,  1969  A-l 


PREFACE 

The  San  Francisco  Committee  on  Crime  has  been  entrusted  with  the 
duty  of  reporting  and  making  recommendations  for  a  more  effective  and 
economical  system  of  criminal  law.   Previous  reports  of  the  Committee 
have  examined  how  laws  are  currently  enforced  and  what  improvements  can 
be  made  in  enforcement.   In  addition  to  these  questions,  the  present 
Report  asks  questions  more  basic.   It  asks  why  and  how  far  certain  laws 
should  be  enforced,  why  they  should  even  exist.   This  Report  will  there- 
fore tend  to  be  philosophical  --  but  to  the  end  of  being  highly  practical. 
Well-qualified  scholars  of  law  and  society  have  explored  these  questions, 
and  we  have  had  the  benefit  of  their  views.   The  Committee's  own  member- 
ship includes  men  whose  experience  qualifies  them  to  offer  answers, 
and  its  staff  has  spent  many  hours  seeking  statistical  and  other  data  on 
the  subject. 

Reliable  statistics  are  hard  to  come  by.   When  assembled,  they 
are  not  exact.   Statistics  about  the  same  thing  but  from  different  sources 
do  not  concur;  statistics  from  the  same  source  are  not  always  internally 
consistent;  categories  overlap,  and  the  effort  necessary  to  eliminate 
overlap  would  not  be  warranted  by  the  enlightenment  it  would  bring.  No 
one  can  tell  with  precision  what  it  costs  to  arrest,  process,  and  jail 
one  drunk  or  to  "roust"  one  prostitute.   But  the  statistics  serve  their 


11  - 


purpose  by  illuminating  the  problem,  by  placing  one  in  the  general 

order  of  magnitudes  involved.   For  that  reason,  we  round  off  the  statistics 

we  use;  to  quote  them  to  digits  would  be  to  give  a  spurious  exactness. 

This  Report  is  the  result  of  studies  and  reflections  which  have  been 
going  on  since  the  Committee's  creation,  all  made  possible  by  a  grant 
from  the  Law  Enforcement  Assistance  Administration  of  the  United  States 
Department  of  Justice  to  study  "non-victim"  crime,  by  the  grants  from  the 
Ford  Foundation  to  study  the  systems  of  justice  in  San  Francisco,  and 
by  the  underlying  appropriations  of  the  City  Government  for  the  general 
support  of  the  Committee.   During  the  first  year  of  the  Committee's 
existence,  it  detailed  a  special  sub-committee  to  the  task.   That  sub- 
committee met  some  22  times,  with  police,  clinics,  rehabilitation  agencies, 
and  with  other  agencies  and  numerous  other  persons,  including  pimps, 
prostitutes  (male  and  female),  drug  addicts,  alcoholics,  and  homosexuals. 
Whenever  possible,  it  met  its  informants  on  their  ground.   Concurrently 
the  Committee's  staff  was  collecting  statistics  and  the  accumulated 
learning  on  the  subject.   Since  then  every  phase  of  the  matter  has  been 
the  topic  of  numerous  plenary  meetings  of  the  whole  Committee. 


I.   BASIC  PRINCIPLES 

This  Report  endeavors  to  make  those  who  quite  properly  press  for 
law  enforcement  in  San  Francisco  aware  of  the  meaning  of  what  they  ask. 
They  should  know  the  enormous  costs  involved  --  not  only  dollar  costs 
to  the  burdened  taxpayer,  but  intangible  costs  in  the  erosion  of  civic 
morality  and  respect  for  law  when  law  tries  to  do  what  it  is  not  well 
adapted  to  do  or  ought  not  to  be  trying  to  do  at  all  or  what  other  public 
effort  can  do  better,  when  the  innocent  are  swept  up  with  the  guilty, 
when  sporadic  enforcement  based  on  deviant  stereo- types  undermines 
respect  for  enforcers,  when  police  must  constantly  exercise  the  kind  of 
superhuman  discretion  for  which  no  training  can  prepare  them. 

The  1970-71  San  Francisco  budget  for  the  police  department  is 
$31,428,713  and  for  all  agencies  of  justice,  mostly  criminal,  $47,253,182, 
The  police  made  59,100  arrests  in  1969.   Of  this  number  16,500  persons 
were  arrested  for  drunkenness;  6,140  for  drug  offenses  of  whom  about 
4,900  were  charged  with  nothing  else;  about  3,200  were  arrested  for 
prostitution  (some  under  the  guise  of  obstructing  the  sidewalks)  and 
other  non-violent  sex  offenses.   Forty-one  percent  (41%)  of  the  inmates 
of  the  county  jail  at  San  Bruno  are  there  as  a  result  of  drunk  arrests. 
Yet,  they  and  similar  matters,  consume  roughly  $3,000,000  or  7%  of  the 


Not  included  in  these  figures  are  over  1,000,000  traffic  citations. 


budget  for  the  administration  of  justice.   In  the  same  year  the  police 
reported  83,481  offenses  of  killings,  forcible  rapes,  robbery,  aggravated 
assaults,  burglary,  larcenies  and  auto  thefts,  and  not  13%  of  these 
"cleared."   In  short,  while  unable  to  solve  as  much  as  13%  of  the 
"crimes  in  the  street,"  over  50%  of  the  arrests  and  54%  of  the  jail 
occupancy  went  to  non-violent  "crimes." 

These  facts  bring  one  up  with  a  jolt.   There  is  enormous  slippage 
in  the  gears  of  the  system.   Law  enforcement  is  costly.   Not  only  does 
every  arrest  consume  energies  of  the  police;  it  may  be  the  start  of  a 
train  of  processes  and  expenditures,  as  the  case  winds  its  way  through 
the  District  Attorney's  Office,  possibly  the  Public  Defender,  the  courts, 
the  probation  department,  the  jails,  some  cases  peeling  off  and  being 
dropped  at  stages  on  the  way.   More  police,  more  prosecuting  and 
defense  attorneys,  more  judges,  more  courtrooms,  more  bailiffs  and  clerks, 
more  equipment,  more  jails,  more  rehabilitation  centers,  more  taxes  -- 
but  no  less  crime  in  the  streets.   This  is  the  picture. 

And  so  it  becomes  essential  to  inquire  whether  we,  the  public, 
are  not  asking  the  system  of  criminal  law  and  justice  to  do  too  much. 
The  inquiry  goes  to  the  very  heart  of  what  a  governmental  system  should 
do;  it  involves  citizens'  liberties,  citizens'  protection  and  the 
taxpayer's  dollar. 


The  subject  of  the  present  Report  is,  broadly  speaking,  what 
has  come  to  be  called  "non-victim  crime."  This  is  a  loose  term.   Read 
literally,  it  suggests  that  no  one  is  a  victim  when  two  males  copulate 
in  private,  or  when  a  man  chooses  to  lie  with  a  prostitute  or  to  destroy 
himself  with  the  bottle,  or  to  roll  dice,  or  when  a  student  chooses  to 
smoke  "grass."  The  term  "non-victim  crime"  must  therefore  be  re-read 
as  "crimes  without  victims  or  with  consenting  victims."  The  terms 
further  suggest  that  if  no  individual  is  a  "victim,"  the  public  is  not 
injured.   It  is,  therefore,  a  question-begging  term.   But  it  is  suffi- 
ciently suggestive  to  serve  as  an  area  of  inquiry. 

In  approaching  the  problems  dealt  with  by  this  Report,  we  believe 
that  seven  basic  principles  must  be  applied.  We  list  them  and  explain 
why  each  is  basic. 

First  principle:   The  law  cannot  successfully  make  criminal  what 
the  public  does  not  want  made  criminal.   The  law  cannot  outrun  the  public 
conscience  --  not  simply  the  public  conscience  as  professed  from  its 
pulpits  and  by  its  public  figures,  but  the  public  conscience  as  demon- 
strated by  how  the  public  lives.   At  the  risk  of  overstatement  for  the 
sake  of  emphasis,  we  state  a  paradox:   Law  can  never  be  enforced  when  it 
becomes  necessary  to  enforce  it.   We  mean  that  unless  the  public,  on  the 
whole,  is  normally  willing  to  obey  the  law  without  compulsion,  the  law 
cannot  be  enforced  --  except  in  a  police  state.   Hitler  with  a  gestapo 


-  4  - 


might  do  so.   But  in  a  democratic  society  such  as  we  treasure,  a 
police  force  and  courts  seeking  to  apply  even  modest  notions  of  civil 
rights  and  due  process  can  enforce  the  law  only  if  the  vast  bulk  of  the 
people  quietly  acquiesce  and  live  in  a  law-abiding  way.  To  take  the 
simplest  possible  example:   It  is  absurd  for  law  to  criminalize  a  church 
bingo  game.   Yet,  as  we  shall  see,  laws  like  that  are  on  the  books, 
rarely  enforced  but  lying  at  hand  where  they  can  be  used  as  tools  for 
harassment. 


Second  principle:   Not  all  the 

ills  or  aberrancies  of  society 

are  the  concern  of  the  government . 

Government  is  not  the  only  human 

institution  to  handle  the  problems, 

hopes,  fears  or  ambitions  of  people. 

There  are  still  homes,  families,  churches,  schools,  unions,  and  the 
multitude  of  voluntary  associations  that  characterize  American  life.   If 
a  breakdown  in  the  system  of  law  enforcement  is  to  be  avoided,  it  is 
necessary  to  stop  loading  upon  the  system  of  criminal  law  tasks  that 
are  unnecessary  or  for  which  it  is  not  well  fitted.   And  this  second  prin- 
ciple is  the  beginning  of  the  answer  to  the  question,  "What  is  an 
unnecessary  or  unfitting  task?" 

Third  principle:   Every  person  should  be  free  of  the  coercion  of 
criminal  law  unless  his  conduct  impinges  on  others  and  injures  others, 
or  if  it  damages  society.   Only  in  that  event  should  the  criminal  law 
lay  on  its  hand.   Otherwise,  a  person  should  be  left  free  to  conduct  his 


-  5 


life  in  his  own  way,  to  "go  to  hell  in  his  own  handbasket"  or  to 
heaven  in  his  chariot,  to  act  the  fool  as  others  see  it.  The  proper 
sphere  of  Criminal  Law  is  the  relation  of  people  to  one  another,  not 
the  relation  of  man  to  his  conscience  or  to  the  conscience  of  others  or 
to  God.   Stating  the  matter  categorically,  government  should  restrict 
only  those  actions  of  people  that  injure  the  community's  peace,  well- 
being,  or  dignity  or  contain  a  strong  probability  of  doing  so.   No  doubt 
it  is  often  difficult  to  see  where  the  line  lies  between  what  damages 
society  and  what  does  not.   But  failure  to  search  for  that  line  can 
only  mean  confusion  and  chaos.   Our  principle  does  not  mean  that  society 
should  refrain  from  trying  to  save  people  by  persuasion  or  by  education 
or  that  it  ought  not  to  offer  them  aid.   It  does  not  mean  that  society 
"write  off  the  young"  or  any  other  group  or  person  thought  to  be  aberrant 
or  self -destructive.   It  means  only  that  government  ought  not  to  use 
coercion  to  prevent  one  from  acting  as  he  wishes  so  long  as  his  conduct 
injures  no  one  else  or  society  itself.   This  leads  to  the  next  step  in 
the  chain  of  understanding. 

Fourth  principle;  When  government  acts,  it  is  not  inevitably 
necessary  that  it  do  so  by  means  of  criminal  processes.   Even  if  conduct 
may  be  injurious  to  the  rest  of  society,  that  is  no  necessary  reason  to 
make  the  conduct  a  crime,  subject  to  prosecution  and  punishment.   The 
methods  of  the  criminal  law  may  be  ill  suited,  or  there  may  be  better 


ways  of  achieving  an  end,  better  ways  to  deter  or  rehabilitate  than  to 
arrest,  charge  with  crime,  prosecute,  convict  and  sentence.   We  must 
ask  questions  such  as  these:  Why  should  a  chronic  drunk  be  scooped  up, 
tried,  sentenced  and  jailed  in  the  filth  of  a  county  jail  instead  of 
being  placed  in  a  detoxification  facility  or  even  sobered  up  in  a  clean 
civic  dormitory? 

Fifth  principle:   Society  has  an  obligation  to  protect  the  young, 
and  it  may  be  appropriate  for  government  to  intervene  by  imposing  criminal 
controls  on  adult  relations  with  the  young  although  controls  on  similar 
relations  between  adults  would  not  accord  with  our  other  principles. 

Sixth  principle:   Criminal  law  cannot  lag  far  behind  a  strong  sense 
of  public  outrage.   This  is  the  other  side  of  the  coin  from  the  first 
principle.   Although  criminal  law  cannot  outrun  the  public  conscience  in 
condemning  conduct,  neither  can  it  hold  aloof  entirely  from  a  public  sense 
of  outrage.   If  the  law  suffers  when  it  tries  to  do  too  much,  it  also 
suffers  when  it  does  not  do  what  most  people  feel  strongly  that  it  ought 
to  do.   Because  this  sixth  principle  acts  as  a  counterbalance  to  some  of 
the  others,  it  must  be  applied  with  great  circumspection.   Before  applying 
it  one  must  be  certain  that  his  personal  sense  of  outrage  --  his  personal 
morals  --or  that  of  his  group  is  that  of  the  public  as  a  whole. 

Broadly  speaking,  "non-victim"  crime  is  a  "morals"  matter.   It 
comprises  those  forms  of  aberrant  behavior  called  "vice."  The  public 


7  - 


demand  for  "safe  streets"  is  a  demand  for  protection  from  violence. 
But  the  periodic  demand  that  the  police  "clean  up  the  streets"  is  some- 
thing else;  it  is  a  demand  to  clean  out  vice.   It  is  in  response  to  this 
demand  that  the  police  round  up  the  prostitutes,  drunks,  drug  addicts, 
and  others.   It  is  well  to  review,  briefly,  what  arguments  are  advanced 
to  support  denunciation  of  immoral  behavior  as  criminal. 

One  reason  assigned  for  making  immoral  conduct  criminal  is  to 
avenge  society.   As  no  civilized  man  would  publicly  subscribe  to  that 
argument,  regardless  of  what  he  might  feel  about  a  crime  of  brutal 
violence,  it  deserves  no  further  comment. 

Two  other  reasons  often  assigned  for  making  immoral  conduct  criminal 
are  to  protect  the  deviant  by  imprisoning  him  and  thereby  keep  him  out 
of  trouble  and  to  deter  further  deviance  by  him  or  others.   There  may  be 
a  moral  duty  to  protect  the  weak  against  temptation  or  from  the  conse- 
quences of  his  own  sin,  but  except  for  the  immature  young  this  is  not  a 
task  within  the  purview  of  the  criminal  law.  Moreover,  it  is  a  task  that 
criminal  law  performs  badly.   The  consensus  of  those  who  have  studied 
law  enforcement  is  that  imprisonment  probably  provides  more  education  in 
criminality  than  in  repentance.   Prison  is  no  threat  to  those  who  are  there 
because  a  compulsive  weakness  has  put  them  there,  and  the  threat  of  prison 
appears  to  be  little  deterrent  to  those  of  the  "now"  generation  who 
live  in  the  present  and  will  take  any  risk  to  "expand"  their  experiences 
now.   Any  kind  of  punishment  may  alienate  the  offender  from  society, 


8  - 


particularly  if  he  thinks  the  law  he  has  violated  is  unjust,  unfair, 
or  unnecessary  or  that  punishment  is  a  benighted  way  to  go  about  curing 
the  evil.   Students  of  the  subject  say  that  the  real  deterrence  offered 
by  the  criminal  law  to  condemned  conduct  lies  not  in  the  severity  of 
penalities  but  in  (1)  the  quickness  and  certainty  of  imposition  of  any 
penalty  and  (2)  the  social  condemnation  flowing  from  accusation  and 
conviction.   Our  system  of  courts  and  law  enforcement  is  not  conducive 
to  speed  and  certainty,  and  social  condemnation  in  a  modern  urban  society 
grows  increasingly  attenuated. 

While  these  first  three  reasons  for  making  immoral  conduct  criminal 
have  little,  if  any,  merit,  there  are  two  others  more  deserving  of  care- 
ful consideration.   The  fourth  reason  given  for  making  vice  criminal 
is  a  prophylactic  one.   The  argument  runs  that  immoral  behavior,  although 
initially  harmful  only  to  the  offender,  will  eventually  breed  true  and 
serious  crimes.   Prostitutes  may  rob  their  clients  or  give  them  venereal 
disease.   Homosexuals  may  corrupt  minors  or  become  victims  of  blackmail. 
Drunks  are  a  public  eyesore,  and  behind  a  wheel  they  may  become  murderers. 
Narcotics  addicts  may  steal  to  obtain  money  for  a  "fix."   Organized  crime 
may  organize  a  vice  and  gain  political  power.   This  argument  cannot 
be  swept  aside  out  of  hand.   In  part  the  answer  is  that  the  time  to 
punish  conduct  as  criminal  is  when  it  becomes  criminal,  not  in  anticipa- 
tion.  In  part  the  answer  may  be  that  what  makes  it  possible  for  organized 


crime  to  organize  the  vice  is  the  fact  that  the  vice  has  been  declared 
criminal.  But  these  are  serious  questions,  and  we  explore  them  in  the 
later  pages  of  this  Report  in  the  context  of  particular  vices. 

A  fifth  reason  assigned  for  making  vice  criminal  is  to  protect 
society  from  decadence  and  dissolution.   It  is  argued  that  prevalence 
of  deviation  from  the  accepted  norm  tends  to  destroy  the  "moral  fabric" 
of  society  and  in  this  way  leads  to  organized  crime  and  the  corruption 
of  police  and  government  officials.   Unquestionably,  the  "moral  fabric" 
of  a  community  is  essential  to  its  health.   If  it  could  be  shown  that 
the  use  of  marijuana  threatens  to  reduce  the  next  generation  to  a  state 
of  passive  vegetation,  devoid  of  the  drive  that  made  this  nation  the 
haven  of  all  peoples,  no  stronger  reason  would  be  needed  for  seeking  to 
eradicate  the  use  of  the  weed  by  almost  any  means.   But  there  are  other 
ways  to  protect  the  moral  fabric  than  by  criminal  law.  Of  all  the 
institutions  at  hand,  the  system  of  criminal  justice  is,  in  our  society, 
the  one  least  capable  of  performing  that  task. 

Moreover,  whose  morals  make  up  the  moral  fabric  of  the  community? 

Our  sixth  principle  tells  us  that  if  certain  "morals"  are  indeed 
a  sturdy  part  of  the  "moral  fabric"  of  the  whole  community,  law  cannot 
ignore  them.   If  the  overwhelming  bulk  of  the  city  is  really  outraged  by 
prostitutes  congesting  the  sidewalks  and  openly  soliciting,  criminal  law 
must  try  to  clean  them  out.   By  contrast,  if  substantial  elements  of 


10 


the  community  see  nothing  wrong  with  crap  games,  are  we  to  try  to  stop 
them?   Therefore:  Whose  morals  make  up  the  moral  fabric?   In  a  society 
of  many  roots  such  as  the  United  States,  and  especially  in  a  polyglot 
city  like  San  Francisco,  a  city  of  so  many  different  ethnic,  religious 
and  racial  backgrounds,  where  a  variety  of  sub-cultures  exist  and  must 
continue  to  do  so,  where  is  the  public  consensus  of  what  is  immoral  in  the 
areas  of  conduct  called  "non-victim  crime?"  The  population  of  this  city 
is  composed  of  Blacks,  Mexican-Americans,  all  variety  of  Orientals, 
Italians,  French,  Indians,  Catholics  and  Jews.   Tourists  and  service  men 
in  large  numbers  visit  us  each  year.   There  isi,  we  trust,  a  consensus  about 
crimes  of  violence  --  rape,  murder,  robbery,  and  the  like.   We  would 
be  shocked  to  think  that  the  consensus  would  not  continue.   It  might  not 
continue  if  efforts  to  enforce  a  missing  consensus  in  other  areas  were 
to  erode  respect  for  law.   But  about  drinking,  gambling,  prostitution, 
homosexuality,  adultery,  abortion,  pornography,  and  the  use  of  drugs,  one 
may  find  various  sub-cultures  reacting  differently,  and  each  reaction 
further  divided  between  young  and  old,  rich  and  poor,  educated  and  uned- 
ucated, those  with  strong  religious  convictions  and  those  without.   All 
the  world  loves  San  Francisco,  but  not  because  it  is  strait-laced.   The 
concept  of  San  Francisco  as  tolerant,  free,  with  room  for  every  taste, 
accustomed  to  the  unusual  pervades  literature  loved  by  tourists  and  is 
treasured  by  its  citizens. 

Seventh  principle:   Even  where  conduct  may  properly  be  condemned 
as  criminal  under  the  first  six  principles,  it  may  be  that  the  energies 
and  resources  of  criminal  law  enforcement  are  better  spent  by  concentrating 


11  - 


on  more  serious  things.   There  is  a  matter  of  priorities.   A  community's 
resources  are  limited,  and  the  demands  on  them  grow  fiercer.  Not  every 
violation  of  a  criminal  statute  can  be  detected,  not  every  offender 
punished,  no  matter  how  many  resources  are  poured  into  the  effort.   More 
dangerous  forms  of  behaviour  should  receive  priority  in  law  enforcement 
and  have  first  call  on  available  funds  and  manpower.   It  has  been  a 
habit  in  this  country,  whenever  there  is  public  dislike  for  a  type  of 
conduct,  to  "pass  a  law"  and  make  the  conduct  a  crime.   Again,  a  simple 
example:   Because  sensible  people  believe  that  only  a  fool  would  ride  a 
motorcycle  without  wearing  a  hard  hat,  the  legislature  makes  it  a  crime 
to  do  so,  although  no  one's  head  will  be  cracked  but  the  fool's.   In 
consequence,  the  statute  books  are  bulky.   We  toss  upon  the  police  tasks 
that  are  not  particularly  adapted  to  what  policemen  should  be  trained  to 
do.   Look  for  example,  at  traffic  control,  more  an  engineering  problem 
than  a  crime  problem.   And  even  where  the  police  have  learned  how  to  do 
the  task  well,  they  should  not  be  diverted  from  the  tasks  only  they  are 
trained  to  do  to  other  tasks  that  others  could  do  as  well  or  better. 

San  Franciscans,  whether  white  or  colored,  long-haired  or  short, 
rich  or  poor,  must  be  able  to  walk  on  the  streets  and  in  the  parks 
without  fear,  secure  in  knowledge,  not  necessarily  that  there  are  no 
prostitutes,  addicts,  drunks,  or  homosexuals,  but  that  there  will  be  no 
molestation  or  harassment  by  prostitutes,  addicts,  drunks,  homosexuals 


12 


or  anyone  else.  And  San  Franciscans  should  be  able  to  walk  the  streets 
confident  that  there  will  be  no  molestation  by  police  trying  to  protect 
us  from  ourselves. 

The  following  chapters  of  this  Report  will  propose  the  repeal  of 
certain  laws.   Obviously,  the  City  of  San  Francisco  has  no  power  to  repeal 
State  or  Federal  statutes.   But  until  such  time  as  Congress  or  the  State 
Legislature  sees  eye  to  eye  with  San  Francisco,  this  City  can  choose  what 
it  will  enforce,  for  its  coffers  pay  the  bills.   It  can  choose  its 
priorities.   If  it  should  decide  that  it  is  poor  policy  to  "bust"  a 
small  gambling  game  in  the  Fillmore,  the  police  need  not  arrest  and  can 
preserve  its  manpower  for  more  vital  work.   If  an  arrest  is  made,  the 
District  Attorney  need  not  prosecute.   However,  lest  there  be  misunder- 
standing, we  emphasize  two  cautions.   The  first  is  that  once  a  case 
reaches  a  court,  no  judge  is  free  to  ignore  the  law  or  make  up  his  own 
rules.   But  matters  need  not  reach  the  courts.   Jurists  have  long  recognized 
that  a  system  of  criminal  law  would  break  down  were  there  no  play  in 
the  hinges,  points  where  the  officers  of  justice  can  exercise  discretion. 
Our  second  caution  is  that  individual  policemen  cannot  be  let  to  decide 
what  laws  to  enforce  or  when.   What  we  say  is  that,  pending  repeal  of 
legislation,  all  the  agencies  of  justice,  under  strong  central  municipal 
leadership,  can  together  lay  down  a  policy  to  follow,  open  and  above- 
board,  and  proudly  declared  to  the  State  and  Nation. 


13  - 


In  the  succeeding  Parts  of  this  Report,  we  apply  our  seven 
principles  to  several  types  of  non-victim  crime.   Chapter  II  will  discuss 
"Drunkenness."  Other  Parts  of  the  Report  to  be  released  later  will 
take  up  sexual  conduct,  gambling,  pornography  and  drug  abuse. 

The  statements  in  this  first  chapter  are  generalities,  only  dimly 
clarified  by  the  simple  examples  already  given.   They  must  be  brought 
down  to  earth  by  specific  application  to  concrete  situations.   To  do 
that  is  not  an  easy  task.   We  have  said  that  if  conduct  of  a  person  is 
not  "injurious"  to  society,  law  and  government  should  leave  it  alone. 
But  what  is  "injurious?"  If  use  of  certain  drugs  threatens  to  destroy 
a  generation  of  youth,  or  any  sizeable  proportion,  is  that  an  injury 
to  society?   The  answer  would  seem  to  be  "yes."  If  sexual  acts  are 
performed  in  Union  Square,  the  public's  sense  of  decency  is  outraged.   Is 
that  an  injury  to  the  public?   Everyone  will  answer  "yes"  to  that.   But 
if  homosexuals  overrun  a  city  blatantly,  engaging  in  no  sexual  acts 
publicly,  but  offending  others  by  their  presence  and  their  mannerisms, 
is  the  public  injured?   In  Iowa  the  answer  might  well  be  "yes."  What 
about  in  San  Francisco?   The  correct  answers  are  not  easy  to  reach,  but 
the  attempt  to  find  them  will  be  simplified  by  applying,  at  each  step  of 
the  inquiry,  our  basic  principles  enumerated  above.  We  seek  answers  that 
will  strengthen  law  enforcement,  increase  respect  for  the  law  and  the 
system  of  justice  or  stop  the  decrease  of  respect,  and  at  the  same  time 
reduce  or  retard  the  mounting  costs  of  maintaining  law  and  order,  while 
providing  better  methods  of  handling  some  of  the  ills  of  society. 


14 


We  can  anticipate  that  at  this  point  some  concerned  readers 
may  ask,  "Is  the  Crime  Committee  going  to  legalize  homosexuality, 
prostitution,  drug  use,  drunkenness?"   Once  more  it  is  necessary  to 
insist  on  sharp,  clear  thinking,  and  to  that  end  we  indulge  in  some 
repetition.   To  talk  about  "legalizing"  crime  is  to  put  matters  backwards. 
The  proper  way  to  phrase  the  question  is  not  whether  we  should  "legalize" 
this  or  that  but  whether  the  law  should  continue  to  illegalize  it,  that 
is,  to  make  it  criminal.   Not  everything  we  disapprove  should  be  a 
crime.   To  refrain  from  making  a  particular  act  a  crime  is  not  to  approve 
or  even  condone  it.   The  Old  Testament,  and  the  law  of  other  ancient 
societies  like  the  Incas  and  the  Mongols,  looked  with  horror  and  revulsion 
on  sodomy.   Most  of  the  public  may  continue  to  do  so;  others  may  view  it 
with  pity  and  compassion.   Most  of  the  public  may  ostracize  homosexuals 
in  social  relationships  if  they  choose  to  do  so.   As  to  all  this  the 
Crime  Committee  refrains  from  expressing  any  views  one  way  or  the  other, 
for  our  purview  is  to  ask  the  totally  different  question  whether  a  given 
conduct  should  be  made  a  crime. 


II.   PUBLIC  DRUNKENNESS 

We  shall  consider  "drunkenness"  first  because  it  is  an  object 
lesson.   It  illustrates  an  easy  application  of  the  seven  principles 
enumerated  above.   And  knowing  opinion  has  generally  come  around  to 
recognizing  that  drunkenness  must  not  be  handled  as  it  traditionally 
has  been,  although  the  method  of  handling  it  is  still  in  a  state  of 
transition.  Many  people  would  deal  with  it  as  a  public  health  problem, 
and  the  Crime  Committee  approves  that  concept.  But  we  emphasize  that 
drunkenness  can  be  handled  short  of  that.  Without  the  expense  of 
attempts  at  complete  medical  rehabilitation  and  cure,  "drunkenness" 
should  be  taken  out  of  the  criminal  process  entirely. 

We  do  not  include  in  our  use  of  the  term  "drunkenness"  the  state 
of  being  drunk  in  an  automobile  or  the  act  of  driving  while  drunk. 
Those  are  conditions  containing  so  strong  a  probability  of  injuring 
other  people  that  they  ought  to  be  held  criminal.   On  that  score  we 
have  no  doubt  whatever. 

A.  The  Hazy  Nature  of  the  "Crime" 

By  "drunkenness"  we  mean  conduct  violating  Penal  Code  Section 
647f.   That  section  makes  criminal  two  types  of  relevant  conduct: 
(1)  Being  under  the  influence  of  intoxicating  liquor  in  a  public  place 
in  such  a  condition  that  the  person  cannot  exercise  care  "for  his  own 
safety  or  the  safety  of  others,"  and  (2)  by  reason  of  being  under  the 
influence  of  intoxicating  liquors,  interfering  with,  obstructing  or 


16  - 


preventing  free  use  of  a  street,  sidewalk  or  other  public  way.   There 
are  thus  three  categories.   In  the  first  a  man  is  subject  to  punishment 
for  not  being  able  to  take  care  of  himself!   That  is  monstrous.   In 
the  second,  he  is  subject  to  punishment,  not  for  injuring  others,  but 
for  not  being  able  to  "care  for  their  safety."  This,  too,  is  monstrous. 
As  for  the  third,  blocking  a  public  way,  the  offense  should  consist  of 
blocking  the  way,  whether  drunk  or  sober.   Injecting  the  element  of 
drunkenness  is  simply  to  create  hypocrisy,  for  in  practice  the  offense 
becomes  simply  one  of  being  drunk  in  public. 

Because  drunkenness  on  the  street  is  easily  associated  with  a 
stereo-typed  physical  appearance  and  living  habits,  it  is  sometimes  not 
clear  whether  an  offender  is  arrested  for  violating  647f  or  for 
"looking  like  a  drunk."  Few,  if  any,  of  those  arrested  are  given  a  test 
to  determine  sobriety;  few  are  even  given  the  chance  to  explain  their 
presence  on  the  street.   Arrest  reports  are  not  normally  made.   Officers 
explained  that  they  wrote  reports  only  when  they  thought  "the  guy  was 
going  to  make  trouble."   Common  arrest  criteria  in  South  of  Market 
arrests  are,  "he  looked  drunk,"  or  "he  smelled  of  booze,"  or  "he  was 
an  old  customer." 

About  half  of  all  drunk  arrests  are  in  the  South  of  Market  Skid 
Row  area,  where  most  of  the  visible  alcoholics  live  when  not  in  jail. 
To  handle  them,  at  least  four  policemen  and  a  patrol  wagon  run  a 
"sweep,"  in  which  people  are  arrested  en  masse  and  taken  in  the  wagon  to 
city  prison.   South  of  Market  there  are  four  "sweeps"  a  day. 


17 


B.   The  Size  of  the  Problem 

The  peak  year  for  drunk  arrests  in  San  Francisco  in  the  past  30 

years  was  1950.   In  that  year  there  were  45,913  drunk  arrests.   In 

1967,  out  of  a  total  of  58,540  arrests  by  the  San  Francisco  Police, 

1 
almost  35%  or  20,240  were  drunk  arrests.    In  1969  total  arrests  were 

59,104,  and  drunk  arrests  had  dropped  to  16,112,  possibly  because  the 

police  have  given  drunkenness  a  lower  priority,  possibly  because  drug 

use,  not  alcohol,  is  the  current  preference  of  the  young,  possibly 

because  redevelopment  has  demolished  Skid  Row  hotels  and  the  Salvation 

Army  has  increased  its  activity  South  of  Market.   The  figures  do  not 

include  instances  where  middle  and  upper  income  inebriates  are  escorted 

home  by  officers  or  sent  home  by  taxi. 

Of  the  total  arrests  in  1969,  almost  one-fourth  (3,548)  --  virtually 
all  repeaters  --  resulted  in  sentences  to  the  county  jail,  about  the 
same  number  as  in  1967  (3,801).   County  jail  is  still  the  chief  dumping 
ground  for  drunks  in  San  Francisco.   Somewhere  around  40%  of  the  inmates 


In  the  same  year  367o  of  the  reported  arrests  in  Washington,  D.C., 
66%  in  Boston,  and  2%%  in  St.  Louis  were  drunk  arrests.   Comparisons 
cannot  be  drawn  from  these  figures.   Arrest  statistics  depend  on  (1) 
police  interpretation  of  city  ordinances;  (2)  whether  there  is  a  detox- 
ification center;  (3)  whether  arrests  for  drunkenness  are  made  under 
some  other  charge,  such  as  vagrancy;  and  (4)  whether  it  is  police  policy 
to  make  drunk  arrests  regularly.   Boston's  figures  on  total  arrests 
are  probably  incomplete  and  unreliable.   St.  Louis  had  a  detoxification 
center  and  gave  drunk  arrests  a  low  priority. 


-  18 


2 
at  San  Bruno  County  Jail  are  drunkenness  offenders,   serving  an  average 

of  27.5  days  each,  the  highest  average  sentence  for  drunkenness  in  Bay 

Area  counties.   The  Sheriff's  Department  reports  that  one  quarter  of 

the  capacity  of  the  county  jail  is  regularly  given  over  to  drunks. 

It  is  a  satisfaction  to  report  that  drunkenness  is  not  associated 
with  any  one  racial  or  ethnic  group.   So  far  as  available  arrest  records 
indicate,  arrests  in  San  Francisco  for  drunkenness  among  whites,  non- 
whites  and  ethnic  groups  are  in  proportion  close  to  their  percentage  of 

3 
the  population. 

Drunk  arrests  fall  into  two  classes,  the  one-time  offender  and 
the  "revolving  door"  type. 

Of  the  persons  arrested  in  San  Francisco  in  1969,  68.4%  were 

4 
first  offenders,  and  according  to  an  experienced  observer   three-quarters 

of  these  were  transients  --  farmers,  seamen,  suburbanites  out  on  a 

spree.   They  spend  the  night  in  the  drunk  tank  until  sober,  and  usually 


2 

During  1969,  there  were  3,548  individual  sentences  to  county  jail 

from  Drunk  Court.   This  accounted  for  about  41%  of  the  8,665  sentences 
to  county  jail  handed  down  by  the  San  Francisco  courts  during  that  year. 

3 
American  Indians  are  a  curious  exception.   Although  Indians  represent 

around  14/100ths  of  one  percent  of  the  population  of  San  Francisco,  Indian 

drunk  arrests  have  ranged  from  nearly  6%  to  8%.   These  figures  are 

based  on  total  arrests,  not  on  individuals  arrested. 

4 
Officer  John  Larsen. 


19 


get  off  with  a  fine,  suspended  sentence,  or  some  combination  of  the  two, 

First  offenders  who  are  city  residents  are  usually  required  to  attend 

5 
four  sessions  of  "drunk  school"  as  a  condition  of  probation;   sometimes 

the  arrest  itself  is  considered  a  sufficient  lesson. 


About  8.2%.  of  the  persons  arrested  comprise  a  core  of  about  620 
chronic  recidivist  drunks,  the  "street  drunks;"  about  93  have  been 
arrested  more  than  15  times  in  one  year.   Yet  this  figure  under-represents 
the  amount  of  time  that  the  police,  courts  and  jails  devote  to  this 
population.   In  1967  recidivist  drunks,  although  but  a  small  proportion 
of  all  those  arrested,  accounted  for  nearly  one  half  of  the  arrests. 
There  may  or  may  not  have  been  some  reduction  of  this  percentage  in  1969. 

Ninety-five  percent  (95%,)  of  the  arrests  South  of  Market  are  of 
males,  and  seventy-two  percent  (72%.)  are  persons  over  the  age  of  35. 
Typically,  the  older  they  are  the  more  frequently  they  are  arrested, 
according  to  experienced  observation. 


5 
An  article  on  this  school  by  Judge  Gerald  S.  Levin  of  the  Federal 

District  Court  for  the  Northern  District  of  California,  published  in  the 

American  Bar  Association  Journal  of  November  1967,  cites  a  study  of  those 

processed  through  the  school  1964-1967  which  indicated  that  almost  70% 

of  "those  who  attended  the  four  sessions  of  the  school  during  the  time 

period  covered  by  the  study  did  not  suffer  a  subsequent  drunk  arrest  in 

that  period." 

6 
Statistics  for  1967  classified  as  recidivist  those  arrested  four 

or  more  times  in  one  year;  statistics  for  1969  changed  the  classification 

to  five  or  more  arrests.   This  produces  an  apparent  reduction  from  1/2 

to  1/3. 


-  20 


C.   How  the  Drunk  Is  "Processed"  Through  the  Criminal  System 

Each  person  arrested  is  searched,  booked  and  allowed  to  make  one 
phone  call  if  he  is  coherent.   If  not  coherent,  he  is  taken  to  sober  up 
in  the  "tank,"  a  group  of  three  cells,  containing  no  bedding  or  furni- 
ture aside  from  a  steel  sink  and  toilet.   When  filled  to  capacity  (about 
80),  tank  cells  are  so  crowded  that  all  prisoners  cannot  even  find 
room  to  sleep  on  the  floor. 

Medical  examinations  are  given  at  San  Francisco  General  Hospital  to 
those  who  are  picked  up  unconcious,  but  there  is  no  routine  inspection 
of  drunks  who  are  brought  to  the  "tank"  at  city  prison.   Efforts  of  the 
Crime  Committee  resulted  in  setting  up  a  medical  steward  plan  to  handle 
emergency  medical  problems  in  the  city  prison,  but  there  is  still  no 
routine  inspection  of  drunks.   Although  a  doctor  is  on  hand  five  mornings 
a  week  to  attend  to  the  300  to  400  city  prisoners,  a  drunk  must  request 
an  examination,  and  in  many  cases  his  condition  precludes  his  being 
able  to  ask.   One  morning  in  April  1970  Crime  Committee  staff  observed 
an  epileptic,  who  had  been  separated  from  his  medication  the  night  before, 
try  to  explain  his  need  to  the  judge  in  a  bad  stutter.   The  eyes  of 
another  man  in  the  same  group  were  so  badly  swollen  and  infected  that 
he  had  to  be  led  in  and  out  of  the  courtroom;  he  held  a  dirty  rag  to  his 
face  to  keep  his  eyes  from  running. 


The  Police  Department's  Annual  Report  for  1969  indicates  that  3,184 
alcoholic  prisoners  were  treated  at  city  prison  in  1969;  alcoholics  may 
have  been  part  of  1807  prisoners  sent  to  San  Francisco  General  Hospital 
or  part  of  295  sent  to  emergency  hospitals  after  arrival  at  city  prison. 


21 


On  weekday  mornings,  drunkenness  offenders  are  arraigned  in  a 
department  of  the  Municipal  Court  where  they  are  brought  from  adjacent 
holding  cells  in  groups  of  25  to  50  at  a  session,  like  cattle  to  the 
dehorning  chutes.   Judges  rotate  in  presiding  at  these  sessions,  and 
disposition  of  the  accused  often  depends  on  who  the  judge  is  and  what 
his  mood  is  at  the  moment.   Some  judges  are  careful  to  explain  to  the 
accused  their  rights  to  counsel  and  the  right  to  plead  not  guilty,  all 
done  en  masse.   Some  judges  tell  them  little  or  nothing.   Whether  told 
or  not  --  probably  few  understand  --  they  have  no  counsel.   An  experi- 
enced observer  estimates  that  967<,  to  97%  plead  guilty.   Sitting  next 
to  the  judge  on  the  police  bench  is  Officer  John  Larsen,  court  liaison 
officer  for  the  Municipal  Drunk  Court.   He  has  the  defendants'  records 
and  advises  the  judge  when  he  is  asked.   His  job  is  a  curious  hybrid 
of  prosecutor,  defense  counsel,  and  probation  officer.   He  knows  most 
of  the  repeaters,  whom  he  calls  rather  affectionately  "my  drunks"  or 
"my  boys"  --  which  ones  prey  on  others,  which  ones  are  candidates  for 
rehabilitation. 

Some  judges  may  take  some  personal  interest  in  each  case.   If  the 
defendant's  record  is  clear,  he  is  given  a  suspended  sentence.   A  re- 
peater who  pleaded  "I  haven't  been  here  since  August"  was  given  "one 
more  chance  --  30  days  suspended."  Another  was  cut  short:   "I  gave  you 
30  days  suspended  yesterday,  and  here  you  are  again  --30  days."   Some 
of  the  defendants  asked  to  be  sentenced  ("I  need  some  time  to  dry  out, 
your  Honor").   The  judge,  after  consultation  with  Officer  Larsen,  then 
imposes  sentence.   Although  there  are  normally  no  defense  attorneys, 
public  defenders,  bail  project  personnel  or  district  attorneys  at  these 


-  22  - 

hearings,  Officer  Larsen's  role  as  advocate  and  prosecutor,  while 
indefensible  in  theory,  seemed  effective  in  practice.   Drunks  who  have 
money,  friends  or  connections  to  raise  $35  bail  normally  forfeit  it 
and  do  not  appear  in  Drunk  Court. 

Occasionally  a  judge,  preoccupied  with  getting  through  the  calendar, 
will  rush  through  the  explanation  to  the  accused  of  his  rights  so  that 
the  befuddled  prisoner  can  barely  understand  what  is  being  said.   On  one 
such  occasion  members  of  the  Crime  Committee's  staff  observed  an  elderly 
man  insisting  that  he  be  told  what  he  was  there  for.   The  judge  responded, 
"You  know  what  you  are  here  for."  When  the  man  said,  "What  do  I  do  now?" 
the  judge  responded,  "You  have  already  done  it."  At  that  point  the  man 
seemed  close  to  tears  and  said,  "I  want  someone  to  help  me."  The  judge 
responded,  "We'll  find  someone  to  help  you,"  and  sentenced  the  man  to 
county  jail. 

In  most  cases  the  defendant's  past  record  and  not  the  immediate 
arrest  determines  the  judge's  disposition  of  the  case.   Repeated  offenders, 
especially  those  with  multiple  recent  arrests,  are  commonly  given  a  jail 
sentence,  as  if  failure  of  prior  imprisonment  to  accomplish  any  good  for 
society  or  for  the  accused  were  a  reason  to  continue  the  futility  and  -- 
in  the  hands  of  some  judges  --  the  savagery. 

The  police  seem  compassionate  enough;  they  claim  and  doubtless 
believe  that  a  jail  sentence  is  an  act  of  kindness;  --  it  "keeps  the 
drunks  alive  another  30  days"  or  whatever  the  term  of  the  sentence  may  be. 


23  - 


For  the  period  of  his  jailing,  the  drunk  is  at  least  fed,  whereas  on 
Skid  Row  he  takes  his  calories  in  the  form  of  alcohol  and  starves.   And 
both  police  and  social  service  workers  say  that  street  drunks  are  in- 
creasingly subject  to  savage  beatings  by  roaming  gangs  of  hoodlums  in 
the  streets,  indeed  by  other  drunks  who  are  predators  one  day  and  prey 
the  next,  fighting  over  pennies  or  a  few  trifles  of  the  world's  goods. 

Drunks  are  also  beaten  by  their  fellow  prisoners  in  the  county 

jail.   As  the  Committee's  Jail  Report  pointed  out,  there  is  no  segre- 
gation in  jail  of  prisoners  by  type.   The  helpless,  physical  wrecks 

from  the  Tenderloin  provide  the  most  convenient  outlets  for  pent-up 

aggressions. 

Judge  Leo  Friedman,  formerly  Presiding  Judge  of  the  Municipal 
Court,  has  described  the  present  system: 


"All  you're  going  to  do  is  feed  them  and 
prolong  their  lives  for  a  little  while. 
I 'm  not  hooked  on  sending  drunks  to  jail 
but  there  is  no  other  place  for  them." 


That  is  an  indictment  of  the  system. 

D.   The  Costs  of  Handling  Drunkenness  by  Criminal  Process 

The  futility  and  savagery  of  handling  drunkenness  through  the 
criminal  process  is  evident'.   The  cost  to  the  city  of  handling  drunks 
in  that  way  cannot  be  determined  with  exactness.   Only  approximation 
is  possible.   The  Committee's  staff  has  computed  that  in  1969  it  cost 


-  24 


the  city  a  minimum  of  $893,500.    The  computation  was  that  $267,196 
was  spent  in  making  the  arrests  and  processing  the  arrested  person 
through  sentence,  and  that  roundly  $626,300  was  spent  in  keeping  the 
drunks  in  county  jail  at  San  Bruno.   And  these  figures  do  not  include 
the  costs  to  the  city  when  a  drunk  is  taken  to  San  Francisco  General 
Hospital  from  either  the  city  prison  or  county  jail.   While  our  staff 
has  concluded  that  it  costs  the  city  between  $17  and  $20  to  process 
each  drunk  from  arrest  through  sentencing,  an  estimate  by  a  police 
officer  assigned  as  liaison  to  the  Drunk  Court  put  the  cost  at  $37 
per  man  through  the  sentencing  process.   Thus,  if  anything,  our  cost 
estimates  are  low. 

On  a  morning  in  the  Drunk  Court  observed  by  one  of  the  Co-Chairmen 
of  the  Crime  Committee,  49  men  were  led  into  the  courtroom  for  dispo- 
sition of  their  cases.   By  this  time,  the  city  had  spent  at  least 
$700  just  to  get  them  there.   Twelve  of  the  forty-nine  men  were  given 
30-day  jail  sentences  without  suspension,  and  it  would  cost  the  city 
at  least  another  $1,800  to  keep  them  at  San  Bruno.   Thus,  it  cost  the 
taxpayers  about  $2,500  to  run  one  morning's  "crop"  of  drunks  through  the 
criminal  process.   The  split-second  decision  of  a  judge  to  dismiss, 
sentence  or  suspend,  may  cost  the  city  anywhere  from  $125  to  $150.   If 
these  expenditures  achieved  some  social  or  public  good,  they  should  be 
gladly  borne.   But  they  do  not. 


See  Appendix 


-  25 


E.   Necessity  of  Change 

By  no  principle  or  criterion  stated  in  Chapter  I  of 
this  Report  should  drunkenness,  unaccompanied  by  danger  of  violence, 
continue  to  be  processed  through  the  criminal  system.   If,  while  drunk, 
one  commits  some  other  crime,  he  can  be  prosecuted  for  that.   As  a 
drunk  he  hurts  no  one  but  himself.   No  enlightened  social  conscience 
is  outraged.   And  the  criminal  system  achieves  nothing  whatever  by 
way  of  cure  or  deterrence.   Only  if  a  drunk  is  in  an  ugly  mood  where 
he  may  commit  acts  of  violence  should  he  be  handled  by  the  police. 
In  simple  truth,  the  police  use  the  drunk  statute,  Penal  Code  Section 
647f  as  a  tool  or  excuse  to  achieve  other  ends,  such  as  prettifying 
the  streets  or  preventing  other  crime.   That  portion  of  Penal  Code 
Section  647f  which  makes  public  alcoholic  intoxication  criminal  should 
be  repealed. 

To  test  the  validity  of  the  conclusions  of  this  Report  on  drunk- 
enness a  draft  was  submitted  to  a  person  of  police  background  for 
criticism.   His  comment  on  rejecting  the  conclusion  that  the  law  pro- 
hibiting public  drunkenness  should  be  repealed  is  that  Sec.  647f: 


"...is  a  useful  police  tool.   Public  drunk 
arrests  are  often  made  when  a  patrolman 
sees  no  other  way  to  handle  a  dispute  in 
which  one  or  more  persons  have  been  drinking. 
As  a  result  the  disorder,  disturbance, 
argument  with  the  police,  fight,  etc.  is 
broken  up  and  yet  no  one  involved  has  a 
charge  more  serious  than  plain  drunk." 


-  26  - 


Example  1 

Police  are  called  to  a  disturbance  in  a  Negro  neighborhood. 
A  crowd  gathers.   A  drunk  on  the  sidelines  starts  yelling 
insults  at  the  police  and  agitating  the  crowd.   Solution: 
Arrest  the  drunk  for  647f  P.C.  before  he  gets  the  crowd 
angry.   Result:   Although  the  drunk  was  in  fact  inciting  a 
riot  he  was  arrested  for  drunk  and  will  probably  plead 
guilty  to  this  charge.   Alternative  Solution:   Arrest  the 
drunk  for  inciting  a  riot  (a  felony).   Result:  He  will  most 
likely  plead  not  guilty  and  an  expensive  trial  and  parade 
of  witnesses  will  be  required.   Win  or  lose,  the  drunk  ends 
up  with  a  felony  arrest  on  his  record. 


Example  2 

Police  are  called  to  a  fight  in  progress  behind  a  "Western" 
bar  on  a  Saturday  night.   A  crowd  of  patrons  are  watching. 
Both  participants  are  deadly  serious  and  both  are  arrested 
for  415  P.C.  (disturbing  the  peace).   As  police  reinforcements 
arrive,  friends  of  the  two  under  arrest  tell  the  police  they 
aren't  going  anywhere  with  the  prisoners.   Solution:   Either 
threaten  to  arrest  or  arrest  the  friends  for  drunk  in  public. 
Result:   They  either  leave  well  enough  alone  or  get  arrested 
too.   Most  likely  all  concerned  will  plead  guilty.   Alternative 
Solution:  Wait  until  they  either  make  an  overt  move  toward 
the  prisoners  or  lay  a  hand  on  the  officers  then  arrest  them 
for  obstructing  an  officer  in  his  duties  (misdemeanor),  resisting 
an  executive  officer  (felony),  lynching  (felony),  or  assault  on 
a  police  officer  (felony) .   Result :   Those  involved  will  have 
high  bails  set  and  will  probably  plead  not  guilty.   Again  higher 
court  costs  and  the  defendants,  win  or  lose,  will  have  more 
serious  offenses  on  their  records. 

The  police  cannot  avoid  their  responsibility  for  order  main- 
tenance.  Unfortunately,  much  of  the  disorder  in  any  city 
involves  either  drunks  or  people  who  have  been  drinking. 

We  have  quoted  these  objections  in  full  because  they  make  the  best 
case  for  not  repealing  those  portions  of  Penal  Code  Section  647f  which 
make  public  alcoholic  intoxication  criminal.   And  that  case  is  not  good 
enough.   It  confirms  the  conclusion  expressed  earlier  in  this  Report 
that  the  drunk  statute  is  used  as  a  tool  or  excuse  to  achieve  other  ends, 
such  as  preventing  other  crime.   The  use  of  any  statute  as  a  tool  to  achieve 


27 


unexpressed  purposes  is  hypocrisy.   The  use  of  statutes  of  vague 
contour  as  grants  of  discretion  to  police  to  arrest  in  order  to 
prevent  crime  is  intolerable  and  inconsistent  with  the  fundamental 
American  idea  that  people  should  be  arrested  for  what  they  do,  not 
because  a  police  or  other  officer  believes  that  they  may  commit  a 
crime.   It  may  be  true  that  conduct  containing  a  strong  probability 
of  injuring  other  people  might  well  be  prohibited  as  criminal,  but 
it  should  be  prohibited  directly,  not  reached  hypocritically.   In 
Example  1  of  the  objection,  the  drunk  on  the  sideline  agitating  the 
crowd  is  not  being  arrested  because  he  is  drunk.   If  not  desirable  to 
charge  him  with  inciting  a  riot,  he  should  be  arrested  for  disturbing 
the  peace  (P.C.  Sec.  415),  a  misdemeanor.   If  the  facts  warrant  con- 
viction on  that  charge,  the  accused  will  be  convicted.   If  they  do 
not,  the  police  officer  has  made  a  mistake  in  judgment,  and  should  not 
hide  behind  a  "phony"  drunk  charge,  to  which  the  accused  pleads  guilty 
and  places  a  stain  on  his  record. 

Our  objector  further  criticized  our  proposal  for  repeal  of  parts 
of  Penal  Code  Section  647f  thus: 


As  far  as  the  skid  row  alcoholic  goes,  I  suspect  that  repeal 
of  647f  P.C.  would  only  result  in  increased  arrests  for  dis- 
turbing the  peace,  begging,  trespassing,  malicious  mischief, 
indecent  exposure,  etc. 

The  end  result  would  be  the  same  and  although  the  drunk  court 
would  be  eliminated  the  case  load  on  other  departments  of 
the  Municipal  Court  would  increase,  involve  more  prosecutors, 
and  public  defenders,  require  officers  and  witnesses  to  testify 
in  court  and  otherwise  increase  expenses.   Drunks  in  public, 
whether  or  not  they  are  alcoholics,  are  individuals  with  lessened 
inhibitions.   If  you  can  see  the  need  and  necessity  for  arresting 
drunks  in  cars  even  though  they  have  committed  no  violation 
because  they  represent  a  potential  menace  to  society,  then  it 
would  seem  that  it  would  also  be  clear  that  drunks  that  appear 
to  be  aggressive,  or  would  appear  likely  to  be  the  subject  of 


28 


a  police  report  in  the  immediate  future  should  also  be  taken 
into  custody  before  they  commit  disorders,  disturbances  or 
violate  other  sections  of  the  penal  code.   The  police  must 
be  able  to  make  the  decision  as  to  whether  they  represent  a 
potential  hazard  to  themselves  or  others.   They  shouldn't 
have  to  wait  until  potentially  dangerous  situations  escalate. 


If  in  fact  repeal  of  647f  would  result  in  increased  arrests  for 
other  specific  criminal  acts,  one  or  the  other  of  two  things  will  be 
true   --  either  those  acts  will  have  been  committed,  or  they  will  not 
have  been.   If  they  have,  it  is  better  that  people  be  honestly  charged 
for  what  they  do,  not  hypocritically  under  a  catchall  statute.   If  those 
acts  have  not  been  committed,  the  police  will  be  guilty  of  harassment 
in  making  the  arrests,  but  the  abuse  of  process  will  not  be  cloaked  and 
can  more  readily  be  reached. 

The  United  States  Supreme  Court  in  Powell  v.  Texas,  392  U.S.  514 
(1968)  came  close  to  holding  it  unconstitutional  to  treat  chronic  drunk- 
enness as  a  crime.   The  court  was  deterred  from  doing  so  because  five  of 
the  nine  judges  saw  no  clear  promise,  yet,  of  a  better  way  of  handling 
drunks.   The  Crime  Committee  thinks  that  a  better  way  is  at  hand. 

The  "street  drunks,"  the  recurrent  alcoholics,  offer  a  more  difficult 
problem  than  the  one-time  transient.   But  even  they  can  be  handled  in  a 
non-criminal  manner  either  at  less  cost  or  not  materially  more,  the 
treatment  will  be  more  humane,  more  efficient,  and  the  police,  prosecutors, 
defenders  and  courts  will  have  their  hands  freed  to  attend  to  their  true 
work.   Government  can  also  go  even  further  to  a  public  health  or  medical 
approach,  but  it  need  not  do  so  to  handle  drunks  better  than  they  have  been. 


29 


F.   The  Public  Health  or  Medical  Approach 

Many  have  read  the  Supreme  Court's  decision  in  Powell  v.  Texas, 
supra,  as  a  warning  to  cities  and  states.  While  the  Court  narrowly 
upheld  the  constitutionality  of  criminal  statutes  on  public  drunkenness, 
it  did  so  on  the  ground  that  medical  knowledge  could  not  show  a  uniform 
consensus  that  alcoholism  was  a  disease.  However,  most  public  health 
authorities  have  interpreted  the  decision  as  a  time-biding  device,  a 
way  to  give  local  jurisdictions  the  chance  to  set  up  alternatives  to 
the  criminal  justice  system. 

Over  the  past  several  years,  many  cities,  including  Atlanta, 
New  York,  Washington  D.C.,  and  St.  Louis,  have  established  various 
kinds  of  detoxification  and  treatment  programs  for  handling  skid-row 

alcoholics.  A  summary  of  many  of  these  programs  was  prepared  in 

9 
August,  1969,  by  the  staff  of  the  Bay  Area  Social  Planning  Council, 

and  it  would  be  pointless  for  us  to  duplicate  their  excellent  work  in 
this  Report.   These  programs  usually  feature  two  components:  a  medical 
detoxification  unit  and  varying  kinds  of  follow-up  rehabilitations  tech- 
niques. While  programs  designed  to  rehabilitate  the  skid-row  alcoholic 
are  undoubtedly  motivated  by  laudable  and  humane  concerns  for  helping 
the  skid-row  alcoholic,  these  programs  have  uniformly  suffered  from  two 


9 

Keldgord,  Garrison  &  Wahl,  Background  Information  on  Chronic 

Drunkenness  Offenders  in  Alameda  County,  B.A.S.P.C.,  (1969),  Ch.  V. 


30  - 


defects.   First,  even  when  one  uses  a  broad  and  liberal  test  of 
success  or  failure,  rehabilitation  programs  aimed  at  the  skid-row 
population  have  not  been  able  to  demonstrate  rehabilitative  success 
with  even  50%  of  their  patients.   Second,  the  costs  of  these  kinds  of 
rehabilitative  programs  have  ranged  generally  from  $38  to  $100  per 
patient  per  day.   In  short,  skid  row  rehabilitation  costs  a  great 

deal  and  produces  limited  benefits.   Some  examples  are: 

10 

(a)  St.  Louis 

A  study  of  200  male  patients  made  through  interviews  conducted 
about  four  months  after  discharge  from  the  St.  Louis  Detoxification  and 
Diagnostic  Evaluation  Center  revealed  that: 

(1)  197»  of  the  study  group  had  been  abstinent  from 
discharge  for  120  days; 

(2)  47%  had  shown  "marked  improvement"  in  drinking  patterns; 

(3)  497»  had  shown  "marked  improvement"  in  health  . 

(4)  15-18%  had  shown  "significant  improvement"  in  housing, 
income,  and  employment. 

(b)  New  York  Bowery  Project 

The  Bowery  Project  has  not  published  any  criteria  of  success. 
However,  the  Project's  "First  Annual  Report"  recommended  as  follows: 
"Finally  there  should  be  therapeutic  programs  whose  goal  is  to  help  a 


For  a  description  of  the  St.  Louis  project,  See  the  B.A.S.P.C. 
study  (1969).   The  data  quoted  here  is  taken  from  St.  Louis  Detoxifi- 
cation and  Diagnostic  Evaluation  Center,  Addendum  to  the  Final"  Project 
Report  to  the  Law  Enforcement  Assistance  Administration,  United  States 
Department  of  Justice  (1969)  p. 3. 

•  See  Manhattan  Bowery  Project,  First  Annual  Report;  April  1,  1969,  p.  41 


-  31 


a  man  re-enter  society.   A  small  proportion  of  the  men  treated  at  the 
Project  seem  amenable  to  such  intensive  rehabilitation  efforts." 

(c)  Texas  Involuntary  Civil  Commitment 

Since  1958,  Texas  law  has  permitted  involuntary  civil  commit- 
ment for  persons  suffering  from  seven  categories  of  severe  alcoholism. 
(  See  Tex.  Rev.  Civ.  Stat.  Ann.  Art.  5561c,  Sec.  9  (1958)).   These  patients 
are  sent  to  Austin  State  Hospital.   A  note  in  the  Texas  Law  Review  reports 
that  less  than  30%  of  those  treated  at  the  hospital  stay  dry  for  more  than 
six  months  following  discharge.   The  author  concluded:  "With  the  present 
shortage  of  facilities  in  the  Austin  Rehabilitation  Center,  it  is  questi- 
onable whether  the  resources  of  the  state  are  wisely  expended  on  patients 
who  offer  such  slight  chances  of  success." 

13 

(d)  Boston  Halfway  House 

Peter  Bent  Brigham  Hospital  and  the  Harvard  Medical  School  set 
up  a  halfway  house  rehabilitative  program  for  skid  row  alcoholics,  focusing 
on  work  skills.   They  defined  "rehabilitation"  as  "  ...  a  man  who  lives, 
for  the  most  part,  a  sober  life,  works  steadily  and  restores  meaningful 


12 

Banner ot,  Civil  Commitment  of  Alcoholics  in  Texas.  48  Tex.  L.  Rev. 

159,  197  (1969).        ""      ""  "        

13 

Report  on  Alcoholism  Clinic,  Peter  Bent  Brigham  Hospital,  Boston, 

in  Institute  on  Modern  Trends  in  Handling  the  Chronic  Alcoholic  Offender, 
19  So.  Car.  L.  Rev.  303,  332  (1967)  . 


32  - 


family  relations."  Taking  106  follow-up  cases,  they  reported: 
22%  successfully  rehabilitated 
24%  partially  rehabilitated 
54%  failures 

Accurate  cost  figures  are  hard  to  come  by.   The  Manhattan  Bowery 
Project  reports  that  it  cost  $38.20  per  day  per  patient  during  1968. 

The  Committee  staff  has  concluded  that  the  St.  Louis  Project  cost  about 

14 
$43  per  patient  per  day  during  the  same  year.    The  San  Francisco  Bureau 

of  Alcoholism  reports  that  it  costs  $80  -  $110  per  day  to  keep  a  patient 

in  the  acute  detoxification  ward  at  San  Francisco  General  Hospital  and 

from  $36  to  $38  per  patient  per  day  at  the  rehabilitation  ward  at  Laguna 

Honda. 

G.   San  Francisco  Bureau  of  Alcoholism 

These  discouraging  cost/benefit  figures  help  explain  why  the  San 
Francisco  Bureau  of  Alcoholism  has  been  reluctant  to  provide  expensive 
resources  for  the  rehabilitation  of  skid-row  alcoholics.   The  medical 
profession  would  rather  spend  money  and  effort  on  more  promising  patients, 
i.e.  working  class  or  middle  class  alcoholics  who  outnumber  street  drunks 
in  San  Francisco  by  about  20  to  1.   However,  state  funds  for  alcoholism 


14 

The  St.  Louis  Project  does  not  publish  cost  figures.   Their  reports 

to  L.E.A.A.  contain  only  estimates  of  police  and  court  time  saved  by  the 

Project,  without  any  cost  analysis.   The  staff  cost  figure  is  arrived  at 

as  follows: 

(a)  Total  budget,  1968:   $353,252.00 

(b)  Total  admissions,  1968:    1,174 

(c)  Cost  per  admission:   $300.00 

(d)  Since  the  St.  Louis  Project  is  based  on  a  7-day  involuntary 
commitment,  the  cost  per  admission  per  day  ($300/7)  is  roughly  $43.00. 


33 


treatment  were,  until  last  year,  directed  toward  attempts  at  reha- 
bilitating the  skid-row  alcoholic.   The  McAteer  Act  of  1965  (Cal.  Stat. 
1965,  Ch.  1431,  replaced  in  1969  by  Chs.  8  and  9  of  the  Welfare  and 
Institutions  Code)  entitles  local  county  health  departments  to  receive 
state  money  to  set  up  programs  for  treatment  and  rehabilitation.   In 
1967-68,  the  California  Assembly  Interim  Committee  on  Criminal  Procedure, 
after  hearings  on  chronic  drunkenness,  concluded  that  each  county  should 
be  required  to  establish  inebriate  reception  centers  equipped  and  staffed 
to  provide  detoxification  services,  emergency  medical  care  and  diagnosis. 
It  further  recommended  that  the  police  take  all  persons  in  violation  of 
the  drunk  statutes  to  this  reception  center  where  they  could  be  detained 
for  a  limited  period  of  time.   Finally,  it  was  proposed  that  each  county 
be  required  to  establish  a  comprehensive  treatment  and  rehabilitation 
scheme,  featuring  a  variety  of  services  and  facilities. 

Following  the  1965  McAteer  Act,  a  Bureau  of  Alcoholism  was  established 
in  the  San  Francisco  Department  of  Public  Health,  but  no  comprehensive  plan 
was  developed.   Dr.  J.  M.  Stubblebine,  Program  Chief  of  Community  Mental 
Health  Services  in  the  San  Francisco  Department  of  Public  Health,  has 
explained  the  inaction,  both  in  writing  and  in  testimony  before  the  Health 
and  Environment  Committee  of  the  Board  of  Supervisors,  by  stating  that 
"There  was  not  a  clear,  unambivalent  charge  for  this  program,"  that  is, 
to  create  an  alternative  to  jailing.   Beginning  with  fiscal  1969-70,  the 
San  Francisco  Board  of  Supervisors  called  for  the  creation  of  this  alterna- 
tive by  approving  a  budget  of  $891,000  for  the  Bureau  of  Alcoholism.   The 
Bureau  designed  a  program  for  a  20-bed  detoxification  ward  at  San  Francisco 


-  34  - 

General  Hospital,  a  45-bed  convalescent  hospital  ward  at  Laguna  Honda's 
Clarendon  Hall,  and  one  halfway  house  of  unspecified  capacity.   Beginning 
July  1,  1969,  additional  state  money  became  available  to  California 
counties  on  a  ratio  of  9  to  1  through  passage  of  the  Lanterman-Petris- 
Short  Act  (Welfare  and  Institutions  Code,  Section  5000,  et   seq.) .   One 
of  the  purposes  of  the  legislation  was  to  induce  community  mental  health 
services  to  work  on  the  problem  of  alcoholism,  rather  than  continue  to 
send  chronic  drinkers  away  to  state  hospital  facilities,  mainly  at 
Mendocino. 

Thus,  since  July  of  last  year,  the  Bureau  of  Alcoholism  has  operated 
two  facilities  in  San  Francisco.   One  is  an  acute  detoxification  unit, 
located  at  San  Francisco  General  Hospital.   This  is  an  intensive  care  unit 
which  provides  medical  care  and  treatment  for  persons  suffering  from  acute 
medical  problems  associated  with  alcoholism.   Occasionally,  the  unit  treats 
patients  suffering  from  medical  problems  arising  out  of  the  use  of  drugs 
other  than  alcohol,  but  its  emphasis  is  on  the  treatment  of  alcoholics  who 
are  seriously  ill.   It  has  20  beds;  the  population  fluctuates  between  13 
and  20.   The  average  stay  is  5  days,  after  which  about  two-thirds  of  all 
patients  are  referred  to  Laguna  Honda  for  convalescence  and  attempts  at 
rehabilitation.   The  per  diem  cost  per  patient  in  this  unit  varies  from 
$80  to  $110,  depending  on  what  kind  of  specialized  services  are  provided. 
There  is  no  liaison  between  the  police,  or  the  courts,  and  this  unit  at 
present.   About  70%  of  the  patients  seen  are  derelict  or  "skid-row"  alco- 
holics.  The  unit  is  concerned  with  emergency  medical  problems  associated 
with  detoxification  and  there  are  no  attempts  at  rehabilitation. 


35 


Then,  there  is  a  convalescent  and  rehabilitative  unit  at  Laguna 
Honda  Hospital,  with  45  beds,  providing  detoxification  services  for 
non-acute  alcoholic  withdrawal.   The  program  first  attempts  to  provide 
food  and  exercise  for  physical  recovery,  then  encourages  patients  to 
join  in  a  variety  of  rehabilitative  techniques,  ranging  from  encounter 
groups  (including  families)  to  direct  psychiatric  counseling.   After  an 
initial  stay  (7-30  days),  patients  are  encouraged  to  return  to  the  unit 
for  out-patient  counseling.   The  cost  is  $36  to  $38  per  day  for  in-patients, 
and  about  70-80%  of  patients  are  derelict,  skid-row  alcoholics.   This  pro- 
gram is  voluntary,  and  a  patient  may  leave  at  any  time.   The  Bureau  has 
not  released  any  data  on  their  "success"  rate. 

Until  very  recently,  there  were  only  minimal  connections  between 
the  Bureau's  programs  and  the  criminal  justice  system.   In  part,  this 
could  be  explained  by  a  reluctance  on  the  part  of  those  in  the  criminal 
justice  system  to  cooperate  with  the  Bureau.   For  example,  in  the  past, 
the  police  refused  to  let  Bureau  doctors  into  City  Prison,  so  that  the 
doctors  could  simply  make  an  evaluation  of  the  medical  needs  of  those  in 
the  drunk  tank.   Similarly,  Bureau  personnel  have  reported  that  among  the 
judiciary,  only  Municipal  Court  Judge  Charles  Goff  has  been  actively 
interested  in  cooperating  with  the  Bureau.   On  the  other  hand,  the  Bureau 
has  received  a  good  deal  of  help  from  Officer  John  Larsen,  the  liaison 
officer  in  Drunk  Court. 

During  the  past  couple  of  months,  however,  a  sense  of  change  has 
clearly  emerged.   After  years  of  mutual  aloofness,  the  police  and  public 


-  36  - 

health  authorities  have  begun  to  meet  regularly  in  order  to  design 

a  workable  alternative  to  the  current  methods  of  handling  drunks  in 

the  criminal  justice  system.   In  part,  this  incentive  for  change  has 

come  from  Bureau  doctors,  notably  Dr.  Richard  Shore,  the  Bureau's  Director, 

and  Dr.  Charles  Becker,  the  Director  of  the  Acute  Detoxification  Unit  at 

San  Francisco  General.   In  part,  the  incentive  has  come  from  Chief  of 

Police  Nelder  himself,  from  Judge  Goff,  and  from  this  Committee.   It  is  fair 
to  say  that  a  general  agreement  has  been  reached,  that  the  police  are  not 
happy  with  the  present  system,  and  that  changes  along  the  lines  suggested 
in  this  Report  are  likely  to  be  forthcoming  in  the  near  future.   The  fol- 
lowing small  steps  have  already  been  taken: 

(1)  Since  February,  1971,  the  police  have  been  delivering  one 
drunk  arrestee  per  day  directly  to  Laguna  Honda. 

(2)  Every  Wednesday,  one  of  the  Bureau's  doctors  goes  to  Drunk 
Court  and  picks  up  three  men,  convicted  of  drunkenness  and  screened  by 
Officer  Larsen.   Their  sentences  are  suspended  on  the  condition  that  they 
go  to  the  Single  Men's  Rehabilitation  Center  in  Redwood  City,  administered 
by  the  San  Francisco  Department  of  Social  Services. 

Doctors  in  the  Bureau  of  Alcoholism  realize  that  present  programs 
are  not  well  suited  for  handling  skid-row  alcoholics.   Physicians  in 
charge  of  the  acute  detoxification  ward  at  San  Francisco  General  readily 
admit  that  the  vast  majority  of  skid-row  drunks  do  not  need  the  ward's 

extensive  access  to  specialized  medical  services  in  order  to  "dry  out"  in 
a  manner  that  is  completely  satisfactory  by  medical  standards.   For  most 


37 


alcoholics,  good  food  and  oral  medication  is  wholly  adequate,  and  the 
doctors  point  out  that  nobody  needs  a  hospital  ward  for  this  sort  of 
treatment.   Similarly,  Bureau  doctors  who  run  the  rehabilitation  program 
at  Laguna  Honda  know  that  their  facilities  and  programs  are  largely  wasted 
on  hard-core  skid-row  alcoholics,  even  though  the  program  concentrates  over 
half  of  its  resources  on  skid-row  patients,  possibly  because  they  re- 
present the  most  public  (and  therefore  the  most  offensive)  manifestations 
of  alcoholism  in  the  city. 

This  is  not  to  say  that  the  Bureau's  programs  are  worthless,  or 
even  ill-advised.   There  is  no  doubt  that  the  20  beds  in  the  detoxification 
unit  are  badly  needed  --  for  emergency  medical  problems  associated  with 
alcoholic  withdrawal  and,  possibly  even  more  urgently,  for  emergency  cases 
of  drug  overdose  and  withdrawal.   And  the  Bureau  knows  that  the  vast 
majority  of  alcoholics  in  the  City  are  not  on  skid  row.   The  National 
Council  on  Alcoholism  has  estimated  that,  for  every  skid -row  alcoholic 
there  are  fifteen  to  twenty  working  alcoholics,  doing  jobs  as  house  painters, 
teamsters,  secretaries,  bankers  and  attorneys.   The  Bureau  knows,  too,  that 
alcoholic  rehabilitation  stands  a  good  chance  with  patients  who  have  enough 
ties  to  family  ,  church  or  work  to  want  to  make  it  back,  and  these  patients 
are  the  ones  that  the  Bureau  would  like  to  get  at  Laguna  Honda.   One  Bureau 
doctor  pointed  out  that,  in  all  his  professional  practice,  he  had  never 
encountered  a  case  in  which  a  skid-row  alcoholic  was  arrested  for  drunk 
driving.   "By  far  the  most  dangerous  alcoholics  are  those  who  drive,"  he 
said,  "yet  criminal  justice  does  no  more  to  solve  their  problems  than  it 
does  to  solve  the  problems  of  the  guy  on  the  skids." 


38  - 


It  would  be  wrong,  also,  to  assume  that  the  Bureau  wants  to 
give  up  on  skid-row  alcoholics,  to  pretend  that  Sixth  Street  doesn't 
exist.   Rather,  doctors  in  the  Bureau  are  worried  that  the  city,  in  its 
concern  over  the  treatment  of  alcoholics  by  the  criminal  justice  system, 
will  simply  transpose  the  handling  of  drunks  from  the  courts  to  the 
Bureau's  existing  programs  --  programs  that  are  ill-designed  for  chronic 
drunkenness  offenders.   There  is  little  purpose  served  in  devoting  the 
costly  resources  of  current  Bureau  programs  to  skid-row  alcoholics,  es- 
pecially when  the  effect  of  such  a  policy  would  be  to  deny  those  resources 
to  patients  who  need  them  and  can  be  helped  by  them.   Thus,  the  Bureau, 
along  with  many  other  authorities  in  the  treatment  of  alcoholism,  has 
proposed  a  different  approach,  one  that  has  already  been  tested  in  San 
Francisco. 

H.   An  Alternative  to  the  Criminal  Justice  System: 
Alcoholic  Residential  Centers 

After  a  year  and  one-half  of  providing  care  and  treatment  for  skid- 
row  alcoholics,  the  staff  of  the  Manhattan  Bowery  Project  concluded  that 

15 
the  most  crucial  priority  in  alcoholism  treatment  was  as  follows: 

"First  of  all,  congregate  living  facilities  should 
be  available  to  that  proportion  of  homeless  alco- 
holics who  are  probably  incapable  of  re-entry  into 
society  as  fully  independent  persons." 


15 

Manhattan  Bowery  Project,  First  Annual  Report  (1969)  p.  40. 


-  39  - 

The  Crime  Committee  has  studied  the  possibilities  for  implementing 
such  living  facilities  in  San  Francisco,  is  assured  by  workers  in  the 
field  (including  members  of  the  staff  of  the  Bureau  of  Alcoholism)  of  the 
practicality  of  such  a  plan  and  is  convinced.   Instead  of  elaborate  detoxi- 
fication arrays,  or  in  addition  to  them,  the  community  need  simply  furnish 
sparse  municipal  living  quarters,  a  place  for  the  drunk  to  dry  out. 
They  may  be  called  "Alcoholic  Residential  Centers."  But  they  would 
be  clean,  with  medical  attendants,  and  infinitely  superior  to  a  jail 
or  prison.   Surely  there  is  no  need  for  guards  or  bars,  no  need  of  a 
jail  for  the  drunk,  and  no  reason  to  toss  him  in  with  criminals.   Instead 
of  a  police  sweep  and  a  wagon  to  take  the  drunk  to  the  tank  and  thence  to 
court,  a  small  bus  manned  by  a  qualified  attendant  from  the  Department 
of  Public  Health  and  a  civilian  driver  can  tour  the  Skid  Row  area. 
They  would  pick  up  all  drunks  in  need  of  care  or  shelter  and  take  them 
to  the  Center.   If  a  person  is  unwilling  to  go,  the  attendant  from  the 
Public  Health  Department  will  decide  whether  the  drunk  is  in  such  con- 
dition that  he  should  be  involuntarily  detained  under  Section  5170  of 
the  Welfare  and  Institutions  Code  and  taken  to  the  Acute  Detoxification 
Unit  for  72  hours  treatment  or  whether  he  can  be  safely  left  to  wander 
the  streets.   When  the  drunk  who  is  taken  to  the  Alcoholic  Residential 
Center  sobers  up,  he  can  be  offered  further  residence,  payable  out  of  his 
welfare  check,  and  in  some  cases,  rehabilitation.   If  he  declines,  he  goes 
forth,  uncoerced  to  stay.   If  he  is  picked  up  again,  he  sobers  up  again. 
There  may  still  be  a  "revolving  door,"  but  it  would  be  humane,  it  would 
be  less  expensive,  it  would  give  alcoholics  a  chance  to  regain  self-respect. 


-  40 


In  this  connection  the  Crime  Committee  is  much  impressed  with 

"New  Start  Center,"  located  at  Fourth  and  Howard  Streets  and  its 

operation  of  nearby  New  Mars  Hotel.   New  Start  Center  is  sponsored 

and  staffed  by  three  agencies,  the  San  Francisco  Department  of  Public 

Health  (not  the  Bureau  of  Alcoholism) ,  the  San  Francisco  Department  of 

Social  Services,  and  the  San  Francisco  Redevelopment  Agency.   Over  the 

past  few  years,  New  Start  has  seen  more  than  2,000  individuals,  nearly 

all  of  whom  suffer  problems  of  excessive  drinking.   Mr.  Earl  Dombross, 

coordinator  of  the  project,  stated: 

"Frankly,  we  got  tired  of  waiting  for  the  Bureau 
of  Alcoholism  to  get  facilities  set  up  where  we 
could  send  patients  for  detoxification  or  custodial 
care,  so  we  decided  to  go  ahead  and  set  up  our  own." 

In  October,  1969,  the  Center  took  over  two  floors  of  the  Mars  Hotel  on 
Fourth  Street,  where  five  beds  on  the  5th  floor  were  set  aside  for  detoxi- 
fication purposes  and  about  25  to  30  on  the  6th  floor  were  set  aside  for 
minimally  supervised  boarding.  "We  purposely  avoided  having  any  rehabi- 
litation ambitions  for  the  men  we  housed  on  the  6th  floor,"  Dombross  added. 
"All  we  wanted  to  do  was  give  them  a  place  to  live  and  food  to  eat  so  that 
they  would  stay  off  the  streets  and  out  of  jail.   We've  staffed  the  6th 
floor  with  a  couple  of  desk  clerks,  who  are  recovered  alcoholics  themselves, 
and  kept  the  rules  to  a  minimum  --  drinking  is  allowed  where  it  doesn't 
disturb  the  other  boarders." 

On  the  5th  floor,  patients  referred  by  the  New  Start  Clinic  physicians 
are  detoxified  for  a  period  averaging  about  five  days.   For  the  most  part, 
desk  clerks  are  able  to  handle  this  drying-out  process,  giving  milk,  juice, 
medication  and  companionship.   On  the  relatively  few  occasions  when  a 


41 


patient  suffers  convulsions  or  appears  to  exhibit  serious  symptoms  of 
illness,  the  desk  clerks  call  an  ambulance  from  San  Francisco  General. 

According  to  Mr.  Dombross,  New  Start  can  run  both  the  5th  floor 
and  6th  floor  operations,  including  salaries  for  desk  clerks  and  food, 
but  not  rent  or  visits  by  physicians,  for  about  $3.00  a  day  per  person. 
The  food  is  catered  by  Foster's  because  the  Hotel  does  not  have  adequate 
cooking  facilities. 

The  success  of  the  6th  floor  unit  is  perhaps  best  measured  by  the 
fact  that  its  residents  stay  out  of  jail.   Mr.  Dombross  reports  that 
in  the  first  seven  months  of  operation,  only  two  men  out  of  the  total  of 
140  who  have  lived  in  rooms  on  the  6th  floor  have  been  picked  up  on  the 
streets  for  drinking,  and  the  two  were  arrested  and  jailed  only  overnight. 
In  other  words,  some  of  the  city's  worst  recidivist  alcoholics  have  been 
fed  and  sheltered  in  a  workable,  less  expensive  alternative  to  jail.   A 
few  have  even  gone  on  to  more  ambitious  rehabilitation  programs. 

We  do  not  believe  that  the  Residential  Centers  would  take  drunks 
entirely  out  of  the  criminal  system.   For  that,  a  center  would  need  ade- 
quate security  facilities,  and  trained  security  personnel,  in  order  to 
handle  a  mean  or  fighting  drunk.   This  would  mean  that  the  centers  them- 
selves would  begin  to  resemble  jails,  and  the  costs  of  their  operation 
would  mount.   Thus,  where  a  drunk  has  been  engaged  in  a  fight,  where  he 
is  still  angry  or  dangerous,  he  should  be  taken  to  city  prison  and  booked 
on  the  appropriate  charge  --  disturbing  the  peace,  battery,  or  other 
applicable  statutes.   However,  we  think  that  the  centers  could  accommodate 


42 


the  vast  majority  of  those  now  arrested  for  drunkenness  in  San 
Francisco  --  the  one-time  transient  offender  and  the  "revolving 
door"  drunk  who  is  ordinarily  discovered  asleep  on  the  sidewalk. 

We  think,  too,  that  a  person  delivered  to  a  center  should  be 
able  to  leave  at  will.   Our  first  reason  for  proposing  that  a  voluntary 
commitment  be  tried  is  that  we  think  it  unlikely  that  an  involuntary 
commitment  is  necessary  in  order  to  keep  skid-row  men  off  the  streets. 
The  Mars  Hotel  project  has  demonstrated  that  most  skid-row  alcoholics 
will  do  their  drinking  indoors  if  permitted  to  do  so.   Indeed,  it  seems 
that  one  reason  that  "bottle  groups"  form  on  the  streets,  and  that 
alcoholics  end  up  asleep  in  doorways,  is  that  drinking  on  the  street 
provides  a  source  of  socialization  and  friendship  (albeit  transient)  that 
cannot  exist  in  many  hotels  that  forbid  drinking. 

Furthermore,  we  think  it  unfair  (and  probably  unconstitutional) 
that  any  person  could  be  detained  against  his  will  in  any  facility  -- 
whether  it  is  called  a  "jail"  or  a  "residential  center"  --  without  a 
hearing  in  a  court  of  law.  Nor  do  we  believe  that  such  an  involuntary 
commitment  _to  a  Residential  Center  is  authorized  by  existing  law.   Although 
the  Lanterman-Petris-Short  Act    permits  inebriates  to  be  detained  for 
72  hours  without  a  hearing,  such  an  involuntary  detention  must  be  in  a 
facility  "...  approved  by  the  State  Department  of  Mental  Hygiene,"  for 


16 

Sec.  5170  et  seq.  W.  &  I.  Code. 


-  43  - 

17 
medical  care  and  treatment.    We  think  it  likely  that  the  purpose 

of  the  Act  was  to  provide  for  involuntary  commitment  to  intensive 
medical  facilities,  such  as  the  Acute  Detoxification  Unit,  and  we 
think  it  very  doubtful  that  the  Act  could  be  used  to  justify  involun- 
tary commitments  to  sparse  residential  facilities. 

We  can  anticipate  various  objections  to  this  proposal.   Certainly 
very  few  residents  of  San  Francisco  want  chronic  alcoholics  in  their 
neighborhoods,  and  there  is  likely  to  be  a  good  deal  of  public  resis- 
tance no  matter  where  the  centers  are  located.   This  problem  of  location 
will  undoubtedly  become  more  acute  as  redevelopment  projects  transform 
areas  of  the  city  which  have  traditionally  harbored  homeless  alcoholics. 
Yet  changes  in  the  physical  make-up  of  the  city  do  not  get  rid  of  skid- 
row  drunks;  rather,  the  population  is  re-located  and  dispersed.   Even  now, 
one  can  see  more  visible  alcoholics  in  the  Mission  than  there  were  only 
a  year  ago,  and  many  of  these  have  emigrated  from  the  South-of -Market 
renewal  area.   Thus,  citizens  of  San  Francisco  must  realize  that  they 
face  some  hard  choices.   The  people  of  skid  row  will  not  disappear.   They 
can  be  arrested  and  jailed,  time  and  again,  at  great  expense.   They  can 
simply  be  left  alone,  to  sleep  on  the  streets  of  the  city  as  beggars  do 
in  cities  of  the  Far  East.   Or  they  can  be  provided  with  sparse  and  spare 
and  frugal  accommodations,  and  an  opportunity  to  improve  their  condition 
and  to  become  more  self-sufficient.   If  the  citizens  of  the  city  choose 


17 

See  Sees.  5172  and  5250  W.  &  I.  Code,  allowing  a  14-day  commitment 
where  a  person  is  "danger  to  others,  or  to  himself,  or  gravely 
disabled  as  a  result  of  mental  disorder  ..." 


44 


the  latter  alternative,  as  we  have  done,  then  the  city,  and  we 
ourselves,  must  make  room  for  residential  centers. 

If  indeed,  public  opposition  to  the  location  of  these  centers 
in  residential  districts  is  enormous,  the  city  should  consider  the 
conversion  of  smaller  warehouses  in  essentially  industrial  districts. 
This  suggestion  may  provoke  some  to  say  that  we  are  in  favor  of  "ware- 
housing "  drunks.   We  are  not.   Many  artists  in  San  Francisco  (and  in 
other  cities)  have  proved  that  a  warehouse  can  be  transformed  into  a 
stylish  residential  facility  at  little  cost.  While  we  do  not  recommend 

that  alcoholic  residential  centers  become  "stylish,"  we  do  think  that 
smaller  warehouses  could,  with  imagination,  be  transformed  into  decent, 

humane  and  practical  residential  facilities,  probably  at  less  expense 

18 
to  the  city  than  the  cost  of  jailing  our  drunks  for  even  a  month  or  two. 

Another  argument  to  be  recognized  and  met  is  this:  "By  recommending 
that  residential  facilities  be  provided  for  drunks,  aren't  you  guaranteeing 
a  better  source  of  essentially  public  housing  than  exists  for  some  poor 
people  in  San  Francisco  who  are  not  drunks?"  We  are  prepared  to  grant  the 
truth  of  this  argument,  so  far  as  it  goes,  i.e.  that  alcoholics  living  in 
residential  centers,  no  matter  how  sparsely  furnished,  would  get  better 
housing  than  some  poor  people  in  the  city  who  have  no  alcoholic  problems. 
Yet  we  find  the  establishment  of  residential  centers  still  justified. 


1  g 

Our  estimates  indicate  that  the  city  spends  about  $66,500  per  month 
in  costs  at  city  prison  and  county  jail  for  drunks. 


45  - 


First,  we  should  realize  that  the  city  now  pays  for  housing 
many  alcoholics,  because  they  receive  welfare  assistance  in  one  form 
or  another  or  they  are  housed  at  the  county  jail.   Thus,  to  some  large 
extent,  the  city  now  provides  alcoholics  with  housing,  which,  in  some 
cases,  may  be  better  than  housing  provided  for  poor  but  sober  citizens. 

Second,  we  believe  that  the  establishment  of  Alcoholic  Residential 
Centers  may  possibly  save  the  city  money.   No  assurance  can  be  given  of 
this  because  the  Bureau  has  not  yet  estimated  the  costs  of  setting  up, 
staffing  and  operating  them.   But  it  is  clear  that  the  manpower  and  money 
presently  being  spent  by  the  police,  the  courts  and  the  Sheriff's  Depart- 
ment to  process  drunks  within  the  criminal  justice  system  can  be  spent 
much  more  effectively  in  handling  criminal  cases  of  greater  community 
concern.   Also,  we  must  consider  that  skid-row  alcoholics  suffering  from 
exposure,  malnutrition,  hepatitis  and  related  diseases  constitute  a 
substantial  proportion  of  the  patients  now  seen  and  treated  at  San  Francisco 
General  Hospital.   By  providing  shelter,  nutrition  and  early  preventive 
medical  care,  the  Centers  should  help  to  reduce  hospital  costs  and 
enable  the  staff  to  give  better  service  to  other  patients.   Finally, 
funding  for  Residential  Centers  (and  for  expanded  programs  for  those 
convicted  of  drunk  driving)  is  available  from  various  state  and  federal 
sources.   The  police  and  the  Bureau  of  Alcoholism  are  aware  of  these 
funds  and  will  probably  be  developing  grant  proposals. 


-  4b  - 


Some  will  say  that  we  want  to  reward  drunks  for  becoming  drunks. 
However,  we  have  difficulty  conceiving  of  anyone  voluntarily  choosing 
the  road  of  alcoholism  with  the  aim  of  ultimately  residing  in  an 

Alcoholic  Residential  Center. 

We  believe  that  we  are  proposing  the  least  expensive  form  of  humane 
and  quasi-medical  treatment  as  a  solution  to  a  problem  that  is  both 
medical  and  social  in  nature. 

III.   RECOMMENDATIONS 

1.  The  Committee  urges  that  alternatives  to  both  jail  and 
rehabilitation  be  adopted  for  the  accommodation  of  those  chronic 
alcoholics  who  by  virtue  of  age,  health,  mental  incapacity,  or  un- 
willingness to  cooperate  are  truly  beyond  reclamation. 

2.  Inexpensive  Alcoholic  Residential  Centers,  modeled  on  the 
Mars  Hotel  project,  should  be  established  in  lieu  of  jail  for  those 
inebriated  persons  who  are  found  in  a  public  place,  unable  to  care 
for  themselves.   These  Centers  should  provide  minimal  detoxification 
services,  and  essential  bedding  and  food.   They  should  serve  both  as 
detoxification  centers  for  transient  or  "one-time"  public  drunks  and 
as  permanent  residential  facilities  for  derelict  alcoholics.   Public 
drunks  should  be  recruited  from  the  streets  and  taken  to  a  Center  by 
civilian  teams  (preferably  ex-alcoholics)  employed  by  the  Department 

of  Public  Health.   Continued  residency  in  a  Center  should  be  voluntary. 


-  47  - 
Recommendations ;  (Cont'd) 

3.  Emergency  medical  cases  should  be  taken  to  the  Acute 
Detoxification  Unit  at  San  Francisco  General  Hospital. 

4.  The  State  Legislature  should  repeal  those  portions  of 
Section  647f  of  the  Penal  Code  which  make  public  alcoholic 

intoxication  criminal.   The  police  should  be  called  to  handle 
only  dangerous,  unruly,  or  fighting  drunks,  and  these  drunks 
should  be  arrested  and  charged  under  appropriate  penal  code 
statutes  such  as  disturbing  the  peace  or  battery. 

5.  The  Courts  and  the  Bureau  of  Alcoholism  should  co- 
operate and  initiate  a  policy  whereby  defendants  convicted  of 
drunk  driving  should  be  required,  as  a  condition  of  probation, 
to  submit  to  an  oral  examination  by  Bureau  staff,  so  that  the 
defendant's  possible  alcoholism  can  be  diagnosed.   Where  the 
Bureau  so  recommends,  the  defendant  should  be  required  to  enter 
and  participate  in  the  Bureau's  Clarendon  Hall  rehabilitation 
program  at  Laguna  Honda  Hospital  as  a  condition  of  probation. 
This  should  be  required  even  though  the  court,  in  its  discretion, 
may  also  impose  a  jail  sentence  or  fine. 

6.  Until  such  time  as  drunks  can  be  taken  out  of  the  criminal 
justice  system,  those  sent  to  dounty  jail  should  be  separated  and 
segregated  from  other  inmates. 


APPENDIX 


CRIMINAL  JUSTICE  COSTS  OF  PUBLIC 
DRUNKENNESS  ARRESTS,  SAN  FRANCISCO,  1969 


COST  ANALYSIS:   DRUNKENNESS  ARRESTS  AND  PROCESSING,  1969 

This  analysis  attempts  to  arrive  at  an  estimate  of  the 
costs  of  processing  through  the  criminal  justice  system  those  persons 
arrested  for  public  drunkenness  during  1969.   Since  our  focus  is  on 
the  cost  of  the  routine  "Drunk  Court"  operation,  we  have  not  included 
in  this  analysis  the  costs  of  processing  persons  who  were  arrested 
primarily  for  an  offense  other  than  public  drunkenness  but  who  were 
charged  with  drunkenness  as  an  additional  and  secondary  offense. 

There  is  an  inherent  difficulty  in  computing  the  costs  of 
criminal  justice  in  San  Francisco.   The  Police  Department  issues  its 
Annual  Report  on  a  calendar-year  basis,  in  this  case  calendar  year 
1969.   All  other  agencies  of  criminal  justice,  however,  issue  reports 
on  a  fiscal  year  basis,  and  the  city's  budget  is  also  compiled  that 
way.   Thus,  in  this  analysis,  all  arrest  and  sentencing  statistics 
are  derived  from  the  Police  Department's  Annual  Report  for  calendar 
1969.    Police  salaries  are  also  taken  from  that  Report.   However,  the 
salaries  and  costs  of  other  agencies  of  criminal  justice  are  taken 
from  the  City  Budget  for  fiscal  1968-1969.   Since  most  costs  and  salaries 
increased  during  fiscal  1969-1970  (a  period  which  includes  the  latter 
half  of  calendar  year  1969) ,  it  should  be  apparent  that  this  cost 
analysis  is  somewhat  low  in  estimating  the  costs  of  processing  persons 
arrested  for  drunkenness  during  calendar  year  1969. 


A- 2 


I.   Police  Costs/Time: 

Arrests  for  violations  of  647f  of  the  California  Penal  Code, 
drunk  and  disorderly,  are  most  commonly  made  by  the  Patrol  Division  of 
the  San  Francisco  Police  Department.   In  order  to  determine  the  amount 
of  time  required  for  detention  and  arrest  on  drunkenness  charges,  an 
average  arrest  time  was  formulated. 

Most  arrests  made  by  the  Patrol  Division  of  the  San  Francisco  Police 
Department  are  made  by  the  wagon  crews,  assigned  to  specific  areas 
of  downtown  San  Francisco. 

Through  a  process  of  observation  and  analysis,  we  have  estimated 
that  the  average  time  to  effect  an  arrest  for  public  drunkenness  is 
approximately  15  minutes.   This  is  from  the  time  the  officer's  attention  . 
is  focused  upon  an  individual  because  of  his  behavior  pattern  until 
the  individual  is  placed  in  a  police  patrol  vehicle  or  police  wagon 
to  be  transported  to  the  Hall  of  Justice.   There  is  no  report  writing 
required  of  the  offense,  merely  a  booking  slip  made  at  the  scene. 
The  total  number  of  individuals  detained  by  the  Patrol  Division  of  the 
San  Francisco  Police  Department  during  the  period  under  inquiry  was 
16,112. 

A.  16,112  arrests  X  15  minutes  =  241,680  minutes  or  4,028  hrs. 

B.  4,028  hours  X  $5.67  per  hour  ('69  patrolman's  hourly  wage  = 
$22,839.00 


TOTAL     $22,839.00 


A- 3 


II.   Transportation  Costs: 

Transportation  to  a  district  station  or  to  the  Hall  of  Justice 
for  individuals  who  have  been  detained  or  arrested  may  be  by  either  of 
two  means.   The  defendant  may  be  transported  by  the  arresting  officers 
in  a  police  vehicle,  or  else  the  defendant  may  be  transported  to  a 
district  station  or  to  the  Hall  of  Justice  by  the  police  patrol  wagon. 
Because  of  the  potential  danger  involved,  and  the  condition  of  most 
drunks,  it  is  an  infrequent  situation  in  which  the  officer  will  transport 
the  individual  himself.   Elapsed  times,  from  the  point  at  which  the  officer 
summons  the  patrol  wagon  to  the  arrival  of  the  wagon,  differ  greatly, 
as  to  the  time  of  the  day,  the  day  of  the  week  and  the  availability 
of  the  wagon.   Also,  in  large  numbers  of  drunk  arrests,  the  arrests 
themselves  are  made  by  patrol  wagon  personnel. 

In  most  situations  we  have  observed  the  average  time 
to  be  35  minutes  from  the  time  the  officer  summons  the  wagon  until 
the  wagon  delivers  the  defendant  to  the  booking  area  of  city  prison. 
Each  patrol  wagon  has  two  uniformed  officers  assigned  to  it.   There  is 
an  average  of  6  men  transported  per  trip. 

A.  2685  trips  X  35  minutes  X  2  patrolmen  =  187,970  minutes  or 

3116  hours 

B.  3116  hours  X  $5.67  per  hour  X  2  patrolmen  =  $35,356.00 


TOTAL       $35,356.00 


A-4 


III.   Other  Police  Personnel: 

There  are  at  present  (and  were  during  1969)  2  patrolmen  as- 
signed as  liaison  with  the  court  in  the  handling  of  647f  violations. 
These  men  are  also  responsible  for  the  "drunk  school"  which  is  conducted 
by  the  court.   This  is.  their  sole  function  within  the  police  department. 

A.   Salary,  2  patrolmen  (1969  avg.)  @  $958  mo.  =  $22,992.00 


TOTAL  $22,992.00 

IV.   City  Prison  Costs: 

The  police  department  does  not  publish  segregated  cost  figures 
for  city  prison.   However,  the  department  reports  that  the  following 
personnel  were  assigned  to  the  prison  during  1969: 

Cost/year 
1  Captain  (?  $1533/mo  gig  oqg  qq 

6  Sergeants  @  $1116/mo  80,352.00 

36  Patrolmen  @  $958/mo  (avg.)         413,856.00 

5  Jail  Matrons  @  $760/mo  (avg.)       45,600.00 
(full-time) 


Total  Personnel  Salaries         $  558,204.00 

A.  Total  prisoners  booked  in  City  Prison, 

1969  59,086 

B.  Prisoners  booked  in  City  Prison, 

1969,  for  drunk  16,660 

Thus,  287o  of  all  bookings  were  for  drunk. 


A- 5 


C.  Personnel  cost  attributable  to  drunks 

($558,204  X  .28)  $156,297.00 

D.  Estimated  cost  of  food  per  day:   $.95 

E.  Cost  of  food  per  day  ($.95)  X  16,660 

(assuming  avg.  one  day  incarceration)       $  15,827.00 

Costs  of  City  Prison  (Personnel  and  Food, 
not  including  costs  of  medical  care  or  transportation 
to  San  Francisco  General  Hospital)  attributable  to 
drunks,  1969:  $  172,124.00 


TOTAL   $172,124.00 

V.   Records  Index 

Another  clerk  in  the  Criminal  Records  Division  is  responsible 
for  indexing  defendant  and  his  disposition  in  the  courts  criminal 
records  index.   There  is  an  average  of  at  least  1.2  indices  per  arrest, 
including  continuances,  and  each  index  requires  approximately  2  minutes 
to  record. 

A.  16,112  arrests  X  2  minutes  X  1.2  indices   =  38,670  minutes 
or  645  hours. 

B.  645  hours  X  $4.10  (avg.  hrly.  clerk  wage)   =   $2644.00 


TOTAL      $2,644.00 


A-6 

VI.   Preparation  of  the  Court  Calendar: 

A.  15,930  charged  defendants  +  25  lines  on  the  court  calendar  per 
page  :=  637  calendar  pages 

B.  637  calendar  pages  X  1.2  average  appearances  =  764  calendar 
pages 

C.  764  calendar  pages  X  15  minutes  (avg.  time  to  type  a  page)  = 
191  hours 

D.  191  hours  X  $4.10  per  hr.  =  $781.00 


TOTAL     $781.00 


VII.   Court  Time/Costs  (Drunk  Court): 

Costs  of  operation  of  Municipal  Court  Department  No.  13g 

A.  Salary,  Municipal  Court  Judge  $12.00  hr. 

B.  Salary,  2  Bailiffs  9.30  hr. 

C.  Salary,  Courtroom  Clerk  5.90  hr. 


TOTAL     $    27.20   per  hour 


Drunk  Court  holds  session  on  the  average  of  one 
hour  per  day  every  week  of  the  year. 
$27.20  X  5  days  X  52  weeks  =      $7,072.00 


TOTAL  $7,072.00 


A-7 


VIII.   Additional  Costs/Court  Trials: 

Approximately  4%  of  those  charged  subsequently  requested  trials 
by  a  judge.   The  average  length  of  such  an  appearance  was  approximately 
7  minutes. 

A.  637  defendants  X  7  minutes  =  74  hours 

B.  74  hours  X  $44.00  (Municipal  Court  Costs)*  =  $3,388.00 


TOTAL    $3,388.00 

IX.   Jury  Trials: 

The  District  Attorney's  Office  reports  that  there  are  very  few, 
if  any,  jury  trials  arising  out  of  ordinary  drunkenness  charges  (i^.e. 
defendants  initially  processed  in  Drunk  Court).   A  drunkenness  charge 
may  be  at  issue  in  a  jury  trial  when  that  charge  is  joined  with  others, 
such  as  battery,  assault  on  a  police  officer,  or  resisting  arrest.   For 
our  purposes,  however,  it  is  safe  to  say  that  ordinary  drunkenness 
offenders  account  for  a  negligible  portion  of  those  tried  by  juries  in 
San  Francisco. 


Where  a  court  trial  or  a  jury  trial  is  held,  both  a  Deputy  District 
Attorney  and  a  court  reporter  are  present.   Often,  a  Public  Defender 
will  be  appointed. 


A- 8 


X.   TOTAL  COSTS:   ARREST  THROUGH  SENTENCING 

Police  Costs/  arrests 
Police  Costs/  transportation 
Police  Costs/  Court  liaison 
Police  Costs/  City  Prison 
Records  Index 
Calendar  preparation 
Court  Costs/  Drunk  Court 
Court  Costs/  Court  trials 


$   22,839.00 

35,356.00 

22,992.00 

172,124.00 

2,644.00 

781.00 

7,072.00 

3,388.00 


TOTAL    $  267,196.00 


XI.   County  Jail  Costs 

Although  persons  charged  with  647f  P.C.  (drunk)  accounted  for 
about  41%  of  the  sentences  to  County  Jail  by  the  San  Francisco  Courts 
during  1969  (3,548  out  of  8,665),  this  does  not  provide  an  accurate 
basis  for  cost  analysis,  since  it  is  likely  that  most  sentences  for 
other  offenses,  including  felonies,  exceed  the  average  of  27.5  days 
for  drunkenness  offenders. 


Thus,  we  base  our  analysis  on  the  Sheriff  Department's  estimate 
that  approximately  1/4  of  all  physical  facilities  at  San  Bruno  have 
been  devoted  to  drunkenness  offenders  over  the  past  several  years. 


A- 9 


The  budget  for  fiscal  1968-1969  for  County  Jails  Nos.  2  and  4 
(San  Bruno)  is  as  follows: 

Salaries  $2,253,516.00 

Admin.  Costs  8,970.00 

Equip. /supplies  etc.         53,685.00 
Food/livestock  189,000.00 

$  2,505,171.00 

25%  of  $2,505,171.00  =  $626,293.00 


TOTAL       $626,293.00 


TOTAL  CRIMINAL  JUSTICE  COSTS 

A.  Costs:   Arrest  Through  Sentencing  $267,196.00 

B.  Costs:   County  Jail  626,293.00 

TOTAL  CRIMINAL  JUSTICE  COSTS  $893,489.00 


THE  SAN  FRANCISCO  COMMITTEE  ON  CRIME 


A  REPORT  ON  NON-VICTIM 
CRIME  IN  SAN  FRANCISCO 

PART  I 


BASIC   PRINCIPLES 
PUBLIC   DRUNKENNESS 

PART  II 


SEXUAL  CONDUCT 

GAMBLING 

PORNOGRAPHY 


Moses  Lasky,  Co-Chairman 

William  H.  Orrick,  Jr.,  Co-Chairman 

Irving  F.  Reichert,  Jr.,  Executive  Director 

Richard  M.  Sims,  III,  Asst.  Exec.  Director 

THE  SEVENTH  REPORT  OF  THE  COMMITTEE 

June  1971 


THE  SAN  FRANCISCO  COMMITTEE  ON  CRIME 


A  REPORT  ON  NON-VICTIM 
CRIME  IN  SAN  FRANCISCO 

PART  II 


SEXUAL  CONDUCT 

GAMBLING 

PORNOGRAPHY 


Moses  Lasky,  Co-Chairman 

William  H.  Orrick,  Jr.,  Co-Chairman 

Irving  F.  Reichert,  Jr.,  Executive  Director 

Richard  M.  Sims,  III,  Asst.  Exec. Director 

THE  SEVENTH  REPORT  OF  THE  COMMITTEE 

June  3,  1971 

This  Report  is  being  submitted  to  the  Law  Enforcement  Assistance  Admini- 
stration of  the  United  States  Department  of  Justice  in  partial  satisfaction  of 
the  conditions  of  O.L.E.A.  Grant  #374. 


THE  SAN  FRANCISCO  COMMITTEE  ON  CRIME 


MEMBERS: 

Mr.  Moses  Lasky,  Co-chairman 

Mr.  William  H.  Orrick,  Jr.,  Co-chairman 


Mr.  Alessandro  Baccari 

Mr.  Clarence  W.  Bryant 

Mrs.  Ruth  Chance 

Mr.  William  K.  Coblentz 

Mr.  Gene  N.  Connell 

Dr.  Victor  Eisner 

Dr.  Leon  J.  Epstein 

Mr.  Welton  H.  Flynn 

Mr.  Frederick  Furth 

Dr.  Donald  Garrity 

Dr.  David  Hamburg 

Mr.  Warren  T.  Jenkins 

Rev.  Albert  R.  Jonsen,  S.J, 


Mr.  Samuel  Ladar 
Mr.  Lawrence  R.  Lawson 
Mr.  Orville  Luster 
Lt.  William  Osterloh 
Mr.  Michael  Parker 
Mr.  Stuart  Pollak 
Mr.  William  K.  Popham 
Mr.  Lee  D.  Rashall 
Mrs.  Becky  Schettler 
Mr.  Louis  S.  Simon 
Mr.  Garfield  Steward 
Mr.  Edison  Uno 
Mr.  Zeppelin  W.  Wong 


Professional  Staff  Participating  in  the  Preparation  of  this  Report; 


Mr.  Irving  F.  Reichert,  Jr.,  Executive  Director 
Richard  M.  Sims,  III,  Asst.  Exec.  Director 
Mrs.  Carolyn  French 
Mr.  William  Frazier 


Secretarial  Staff: 


Miss  Karen  Hagewood 
Mrs.  Nancy  Henshall 
Mrs.  Maria  T.  Strong 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS 


I .   INTRODUCTION 


II.   SEXUAL  CONDUCT 


PAGE 


III .   GAMBLING  47 


IV.   PORNOGRAPHY  56 


APPENDIX  A  --  A-l 

Excerpts  from  the  Report  of  the  Committee 
on  Homosexual  Offenses  and  Prostitution, 
Great  Britain  (The  Wolfenden  Report,  1963) 


APPENDIX  B  -- 

Criminal  Justice  Costs:   Prostitution  Arrests,         A-7 
San  Francisco,  1967 


APPENDIX  C  --  A- 20 

Basic  California  Obscenity  Statutes 


CO-CHAIRMEN 

MOSES    LASKY 
111    SUTTER    STREET 
SAN    FRANCISCO 


San  Francisco  Committee  otst  Crime 

300    MONTGOMERY   STREET      ROOM    709 
SAN    FRANCISCO.    CALIFORNIA.    94104 

PHONE:    (415)    391-1263 


IRVING    F.    REICHERT,  JR. 
EXECUTIVE    DIRECTOR 


WILLIAM  H.  ORR1CK,  JR. 
405  MONTGOMERY  STREET 
SAN    FRANCISCO 


June  3,  1971 


Honorable  Joseph  L.  Alioto, 

Mayor  of  the  City  and  County 

of  San  Francisco 

City  Hall 

San  Francisco,  California  94102 

My  dear  Mr.  Mayor: 

On  April  26,  1971,  the  San  Francisco  Committee  on 
Crime  submitted  to  you  Part  I  of  its  Report  on  Non-Victim 
Crime.  We  now  submit  to  you  Part  II,  which  discusses 
gambling,  sexual  conduct  (including  homosexuality  and 
prostitution),  and  pornography. 

These  ere  all  manifestations  of  the  human  species 
that  have  been  with  mankind  from  time  immemorial.  Nothing 
ever  done  about  them  has  been  completely  satisfactory,  and 
doubtless  nothing  ever  devised  in  the  future  will  be  so 
either.  We  think,  however,  that  our  recommendations  are 
a  step  forward,  promise  improvement,  and  merit  adoption. 

If  time  permits  before  the  Committee's  existence 
ceases  on  June  30,  1971,  there  may  be  a  Part  III  to  the 
Non-Victim  Crime  Report. 

Respectfully, 


Moses-  La sky 

William  H.  Orrick,  Jr. 


UOy^e^^l^. 


Co-Chairmen 


CO-CHAIRMEN 

MOSES    LASKY 
111    SUTTER    STREET 
SAN     FRANCISCO 

WILLIAM  H.  ORRICK,  JR. 
405  MONTGOMERY  STREET 
SAN    FRANCISCO 


San  Francisco  Committee  on  Crime 

300    MONTGOMERY   STREET      ROOM    709 
SAN    FRANCISCO.    CALIFORNIA.    94104 

PHONE:    (415)    391-1363 


June  3,    1971 


IRVING    F.   REICHERT,  JR. 
EXECUTIVE    DIRECTOR 


Honorable  Dianne  Feinstein, 

President  of  the  Board  of  Supervisors 

of  the  City  and  County  of  San  Francisco 

City  Hall 

San  Francisco,  California  94102 

Dear  Mrs.  Feinstein: 

The  San  Francisco  Committee  on  Crime  submits 

to  you  with  this  letter  Part  II  of  its  report  on 

non-victim  crime.   Sufficient  copies  are  enclosed 

for  all  members  of  the  Board  of  Supervisors.  We 

also  enclose  a  copy  of  the  letter  by  which  we  are 

concurrently  submitting  the  report  to  the  Mayor. 

Respectfully, 


Moseslasky 

William  H.  Orrick,  Jr. 


Co-Chairmen 


ML/nh 
Enclosures 


I.   INTRODUCTION 

This  is  the  second  in  a  series  of  reports  by  the  Committee 
on  so-called  "non-victim  crime"  in  San  Francisco.   In  Part  I  of 
our  Report  on  this  subject,  issued  April  26,  1971,   we  said  that 
the  term  "non-victim  crime"  is  a  "loose  term,"  useful  only  to  suggest 
an  area  of  inquiry.   With  this  Report,  we  define  our  concerns  with 
more  precision,  by  examining  the  enforcement  of  laws  dealing  with 
sexual  conduct,  gambling  and  pornography. 

Our  task  is  to  inquire  whether  we,  the  public,  are  not  asking 
the  system  of  criminal  law  and  justice  to  do  too  much.   We  have 
found  that,  during  1969,  the  police  were  unable  to  solve  more  than 
13%  of  the  killings,  forcible  rapes,  robberies,  aggravated  assaults, 
burglaries,  larcenies,  and  auto  thefts  reported  in  San  Francisco. 
During  the  same  year,  over  50%  of  all  arrests  in  the  city  were  for 
non-victim  offenses. 


San  Francisco  Committee  on  Crime,  A  Report  on  Non-Victim  Crime 
in  San  Francisco,  Part  I.   Copies  of  this  report  are  available  at  the 
Committee's  offices,  300  Montgomery  St.,  Suite  709. 


Thus,  if  we  really  want  to  cut  down  serious  crime  in  San 
Francisco,  either  we  must  be  willing  to  devote  considerably  more 
money  to  the  criminal  justice  system  --  to  police,  prosecutors, 
judges,  public  defenders,  probation  services,  jails  and  prisons  -- 
or  we  must  re-examine  our  priorities  in  law  enforcement.   This  latter 
task  requires  that  we  take  a  new  look  at  old  laws.   In  doing  so, 
we  are  guided  by  a  number  of  "basic  principles."  Our  reasons 
for  arriving  at  these  principles  were  set  out  in  some  detail  in 
Part  I  of  this  Report,  and  it  would  be  cumbersome  to  repeat  our 

arguments  here.   However,  we  list  our  principles  again,  with 

the  hope  that  readers  interested  in  the  origins  of  these  guidelines 

will  return  to  Part  I  of  this  Report.   Our  principles  are: 

1 .  The  law  cannot  successfully  make  criminal  what  the 
public  does  not  want  made  criminal. 

2.  Not  all  the  ills  or  aberrancies  of  society  are  the 
concern  of  the  government.   Government  is  not  the  only  human  insti- 
tution to  handle  the  problems,  hopes,  fears  or  ambitions  of  people, 

3.  Every  person  should  be  left  free  of  the  coercion  of 
criminal  law  unless  his  conduct  impinges  on  others  and  injures  others, 
or  if  it  damages  society. 


4.  When  government  acts,  it  is  not  inevitably  necessary 
that  it  do  so  by  means  of  criminal  processes. 

5 .  Society  has  an  obligation  to  protect  the  young. 

6 .  Criminal  law  cannot  lag  far  behind  a  strong  sense 
of  public  outrage. 

7 .  Even  where  conduct  may  properly  be  condemned  as 
criminal  under  the  first  six  principles,  it  may  be  that  the  energies 
and  resources  of  criminal  law  enforcement  are  better  spent  by 
concentrating  on  more  serious  things.   This  is  a  matter  of  priorities, 


II.   SEXUAL  CONDUCT 

It  is  in  matters  of  sex  that  criminal  law  has  made  its  baldest 
efforts  to  legislate  morals.   And  it  is  in  these  matters  that  its 
efforts  are  little  defensible  under  the  basic  principles  stated  in 
Chapter  I.   There  is  no  justification  for  making  criminal  sexual  con- 
duct between  adults,  both  consenting,  carried  on  in  private,  whether 
the  participating  adults  be  of  one  sex  or  two,  both  male,  both  female, 
or  one  male  and  one  female.   This  is  so  obvious  as  respects  adult 
non-commercial  male  and  female  relations  that  laws  against  fornication 
and  adultery  are  rarely  enforced.   The  lack  of  justification  exists, 
moreover,  in  areas  of  sexual  conduct,  where  shreds  and  tatters  of 
"public  outrage"  linger  on  from  an  earlier  age. 

A.   Homosexuality 

In  California  homosexuals  can  be  arrested  for  violating  any  one  or 
a  combination  of  sections  of  the  Penal  Code.   There  are  four  types  of 
misdemeanor  disorderly  conduct:   Section  647a,  engaging  in  a  lewd  act 
in  a  public  place  or  soliciting  anyone  to  engage  in  a  lewd  act;  Section 
647b,  engaging  in  prostitution  where  lewd  acts  are  solicited  for  money 
or  services;  Section  647d,  loitering  about  a  toilet  for  purposes  of 
engaging  in  a  lewd  act;  and  Section  647c,  wilfully  and  maliciously 
obstructing  a  public  way.   Section  650  \   makes  it  illegal  to  imperson- 
ate one  of  the  opposite  sex  for  purposes  of  committing  a  lewd  act. 


Section  286  makes  sodomy,  even  between  husband  and  wife,  a  felony, 
and  Section  288a  makes  the  act  of  oral  copulation  a  felony. 

Unlike  drunkenness,  homosexuality  does  not  consume  a  large 
portion  of  San  Francisco's  budget  for  criminal  justice.   Although  any 
deflection  of  the  energies  of  law  enforcement  from  controlling  violent 
crime  to  matters  of  morals  is  a  waste  of  limited  resources,  the  case 
for  change  of  the  law  relative  to  homosexuality  is  not  one  of 
dollars  and  cents. 

The  police  of  San  Francisco  are  generally  confining  their  efforts 
in  the  area  of  homosexuality  to  controlling  street  solicitation  and 
lewd  acts  in  public.   There  has  been  a  tacit,  if  grudging,  acceptance 
of  the  principle  the  Committee  presents  in  this  Report  --  that  the 
criminal  justice  system  should  not  intervene  in  matters  of  purely 
private  sexual  conduct.   This  enlightened  attitude  has  not  always 
prevailed  in  San  Francisco.   Police  and  homosexuals  concur  that  the 
turning  point  was  a  raid  in  1965  on  a  "gay"  dance,  a  raid  to  which 
there  was  a  strong  adverse  community  reaction.   The  desire  for  a  more 
lenient  attitude  was  communicated  to  the  working  policeman  by  the 
higher  authorities  in  the  police  department.   The  new  attitude  may  be 
based,  in  part,  upon  the  fact  that  there  are,  perhaps,  90,000  homo- 
sexuals in  San  Francisco.   At  anything  close  to  that  figure,  they 
constitute  a  substantial  proportion  of  the  population,  and  an  even 
larger  percentage  of  potential  voters.   Candidates  for  supervisor  in 
the  last  election  recognized  this  fact  and  addressed  meetings  of 
homophile  organizations. 


-  6  - 
Thus,  since  1965,  the  police  have  concentrated  on  the  enforce- 
ment of  law  against  public  homosexual  activity,  usually  involving 
some  form  of  solicitation.   For  example,  during  1969  the  police 

arrested  and  charged  286  males  with  soliciting  and  engaging  in  an 

1 
act  of  prostitution.    During  the  same  year,  the  police  made  57  male 

arrests  for  impersonating  a  female  for  a  lewd  purpose,  and  an  unknown 

number  of  these  were  also  charged  with  prostitution  (therefore 

included  in  the  above  286  arrested  males) .   Forty-three  (43)  males 

were  charged  with  committing  lewd  or  indecent  acts  in  a  public  place. 

During  the  same  time,  only  eight  (8)  defendants  (6  males  and  2  females) 

were  charged  with  sex  perversion,  while  two  (2)  males  were  charged 

with  sodomy.   These  charges  of  homosexual  offenses  accounted  for  a 

miniscule  portion  of  the  costs  of  criminal  justice  in  the  city  during 

1969.   Indeed,  arrests  for  all  sex  offenses  (excluding  prostitution 

and  rape)  accounted  for  less  than  1/2  of  one  percent  of  all  arrests 

2 
during  1969.    The  same  pattern  holds  true  for  the  state  generally. 

Arrests  for  all  sex  crimes  except  rape  accounted  for  less  than  two 

3 
percent  (27o)  of  felony  arrests  in  the  state  during  1969. 


S.F.P.D.,  Annual  Report,  1969,  pp.  108,  130. 


2 
Id.  at  p.  48.   There  were  282  persons  arrested  for  sex  offenses 

(excluding  rape  and  prostitution)  out  of  a  total  of  59,104  persons 

arrested  during  1969. 

3 
3,352  arrests  for  sex  offenses  out  of  198,157  felony  arrests. 

California  Bureau  of  Criminal  Statistics,  Reference  Tables:   Crimes  and 

Arrests,  1969,  p.  5. 


7  - 


Further  relaxation  of  law  or  law  enforcement  against  homosex- 
uality is  therfore  not  a  matter  of  saving  resources.   It  is  based 
on  the  sound  principles  stated  in  Chapter  I. 

Other  police  departments  in  the  Bay  Area  do  actively  employ 
police  officers  as  "decoys"  in  public  restrooms,  bars  and  other  homo- 
sexual hangouts.   But  the  San  Francisco  Police  Department  has  not  been 
using  this  degrading  procedure  in  recent  years.   By  and  large,  the 
San  Francisco  Police  Department  now  leaves  "gay"  bars  and  clubs  alone. 
An  active  homosexual  social  life  goes  on  in  these  places,  but,  as 
the  police  concede,  there  is  little  overt  sexual  activity. 

Arrests  for  male  prostitution  routinely  occur  through  the  use 
of  two  procedures.   Most  often,  a  pair  of  uniformed  or  plainclothes 
patrolmen  observe  a  female  impersonator  make  contact  with  a  potential 
customer.   When  it  appears  that  "she"  and  the  man  are  going  to  do 
business,  the  officers  approach  the  couple,  identify  themselves  and 
attempt  to  learn  the  details  of  the  contact.   One  officer  questions 
the  "victim"  trying  to  determine  who  initiated  the  conversation,  what 
was  said,  the  price  agreed  upon,  and  whether  the  "victim"  believed 
the  impersonator  was  female.   (Invariably,  the  "victim"  insists  that 
he  did.)   The  impersonator  is  then  arrested,  and  the  "victim"  is 
released.   Once  released,  he  is  very  hard  to  find.   The  result  here, 
as  with  female  prostitution,  is  that  many  of  the  cases  based  on  such 
arrests  are  dismissed  for  lack  of  evidence. 


The  second  method  of  arrest  parallels  that  employed  to  arrest 

4 
females  on  prostitution  charges;   an  officer  walks  through  an  area 

frequented  by  prostitutes  and  waits  to  be  solicited.   If  he  is  sol- 
icited, and  a  deal  is  made  between  him  and  the  prostitute,  an  arrest 
results. 

The  plea-bargaining  process  described  at  length  in  earlier 
reports  of  the  Crime  Committee  is  used  extensively  in  prostitution 
cases.   One  reason  is  that  the  arrests  made  on  "observation"  of  a 
solicitation  are  difficult  cases  to  try  since  the  potential  customer 
is  hard  to  find  when  needed  as  a  witness.   Another  reason  is  that  judges 
are  reluctant  to  send  homosexuals  to  jail.   There  is  a  wide  belief 
among  the  judges  that  jailing  encourages  homosexual  activity.   In 

this  setting,  the  District  Attorney  usually  drops  one  of  the  two 

5 
charges  with  the  promise  that  a  guilty  plea  on  the  other  will  bring 

no  jail  sentence.   The  court  normally  honors  this  bargain,  except 

where  there  has  been  violence  in  the  offense  or  the  defendant  has  been 

before  the  court  on  other  occasions. 

To  the  extent  that  all  this  activity  of  police,  prosecutors, 
and  courts  relates  to  public  activity,  there  is  a  legitimate  place  for 


4 
To  be  described  in  the  next  Chapter  of  this  Report. 

5 
See  above,  p.  6.    The  combination  charge  Section  647b  and  650  % 
male  prostitution/female  impersonation  --is  the  most  frequently  filed 
charge. 


the  criminal  law.   Society  also  has  legitimate  concern  to  protect 
the  young.   Penal  Code  Section  272  (contributing  to  the  delinquency 
of  a  minor)  and  Section  288  (lewd  and  lascivious  acts  upon  children) 
should  continue  to  prohibit  adults  from  engaging  in  sexual  conduct  with 
minors. 

But  beyond  this  the  criminal  law  ought  not  to  go. 

Much  of  the  teaching  about  homosexuality  in  Western  societies 
stems  from  religious  doctrine  binding  sexual  relationships  to  pro- 
creation.  Translated  into  legal  phraseology,  these  teachings  made  homo- 
sexuality a  "crime  against  nature,"  since  the  homosexual  relationship 
produced  no  offspring.   Homosexuality  may  continue  to  be  instinctively 
repugnant  to  most  people  and  it  is  not  the  purpose  of  this  Report  to 
argue  away  that  repugnance  or  even  to  try  to  do  so.   This  Report  advo- 
cates nothing  whatever  on  whether  social,  moral,  or  religious  stigma 
should  remain  or  be  removed  from  homosexuality.   It  confines  itself 

to  the  question  of  the  proper  use  of  criminal  law,  and  the  conclusion 

6 
it  has  reached  is  the  same  as  the  Wolfenden  Report  in  England,   the 

Report  of  the  Task  Force  on  Homosexuality  of  the  National  Institute  of 


6 
Report  of  the  Departmental  Committee  on  Homosexual  Offenses  and 

Prostitution,  Great  Britain,  The  Wolfenden  Report,  (Stein  &  Day  Pub. 

1963). 


10  - 


Mental  Health,   and  the  Report  of  the  Roman  Catholic  Advisory  Committee 

8 
on  Homosexual  Offenses. 


Before  leaving  the  subject,  we  must  ask  whether  any  facts  are 
present  which  support  continued  criminalization  of  private,  consensual 
homosexual  conduct  among  adults  upon  the  principles  of  Chapter  I.   Some 
members  of  the  police  department  say  that  there  are.   They  urge  that 
there  is  a  connection  between  homosexuality  and  violent  crime.   They 
claim  that  the  number  of  homicides  by  one  homosexual  partner  of  the 
other  is  increasing.   This  may  be  true,  for  homicide  is  largely  a 
crime  of  passion,  occurring  mostly  among  intimates  and  acquaintances. 
For  example,  the  National  Commission  on  the  Causes  and  Prevention  of 

Violence  discovered  that  homicides  and  assaults  occurred  between 

c 
relatives,  friends,  or  acquaintances  in  about  3/4  of  all  reported  cases. 

These  crimes  may  occur  in  homosexual  relationships  as  well  as  in 
relationships  between  fathers  and  sons,  wives  and  husbands,  or  boy- 
friends and  girlfriends.   But  there  is  no  evidence  showing  that  assaults 
and  homicides  occur  at  a  higher  rate  in  homosexual  relationships. 


7 
National  Institute  of  Mental  Health,  Report  of  the  Task  Force  on 

Homosexuality,  (1969) . 

8 
Report  of  the  Roman  Catholic  Advisory  Committee  on  Homosexual 

Offenses,  in  Dublin  Review,  Vol.  CCXXX  (  Summer  1956)  p.  57  et  seq. 

9 
National  Commission  on  the  Causes  and  Prevention  of  Violence, 

TO  ESTABLISH  JUSTICE,  TO  INSURE  DOMESTIC  TRANQUILITY,  Award  Books  (1969) 

p.  27. 


-li- 


lt has  also  been  argued  that  prohibition  of  homosexuality  is 
a  measure  to  control  venereal  disease.   Prevention  of  venereal  disease 
is  a  legitimate  matter  of  public  concern,  but  nothing  in  present  crim- 
inal law  or  enforcement  policy  holds  any  potential  for  mitigating 
venereal  disease  in  male  prostitution. 

Other  arguments  against  revising  the  laws  to  decriminalize  private 
homosexual  conduct  were  considered  and  found  wanting  by  the  Wolfenden 
Committee,  with  which  we  agree.  We  quote  from  that  Report  in 

Appendix  A- 

Frequently  the  argument  about  homosexuality  and  the  law  becomes 
entangled  with  the  findings  of  Kinsey  and  others.   Some  argue  that 
homosexuality  is  a  sickness,  others  that  it  is  merely  the  individual's 
location  on  a  scale  from  total  heterosexuality  to  total  homosexuality; 
that  there  are  far  more  covert  than  overt  homosexuals,  and  that 
homosexuality  cuts  widely  across  the  population.   Arguments  like  these 
seek  to  remove  the  stigma  from  homosexuality,  just  as  assertions  about 
sinfulness  seek  to  impose  it.   These  arguments,  at  both  ends  of  the 
stigma  spectrum,  miss  the  point.   For  the  present  purpose,  it  is  enough 
that  private  consensual  conduct  of  adult  homosexuals  (whoever  and 

for  whatever  causes)  threatens  no  harm  to  society  at  large  so  as  to 

10 
justify  the  use  of  the  criminal  sanction. 


10 

See  generally:   Comment,  Sexual  Freedom  for  Consenting  Adults- - 

Why  Not?,  2  Pac.  L.  J.  206  (1971). 


12 


B.   "Unlawful  Sexual  Intercourse"  (Statutory  Rape) 

Rape  by  force  or  fraud  are  not  "non-victim  crime"  and  are  out- 
side the  scope  of  this  Report.   But  Penal  Code  Section  261.5  makes  it 
criminal  for  a  male  to  have  sexual  relations  with  a  female  under  the 

age  of  18  however  much  she  consented  or  was  even  the  aggressor,  or 

11 
even  when  the  male  is  a  minor. 

We  can  find  no  justification  at  all  for  this  kind  of  law  to 
apply  when  both  participants  are  minors.   When  one  of  the  participants 

is  a  minor  (under  18),  and  the  other  an  adult,  the  same  law  should 

12 
apply  to  the  adult,  whether  the  adult  be  male  or  female.    And  if 

the  minor  be  close  to  the  age  of  majority  and  the  adult  only  a  little 

older,  the  concern  of  the  law  to  protect  minors  from  adults  does  not 

fit  the  situation  either.   "Statutory  rape"  is  a  ripe  implement  for 

shakedowns.   It  is  so  susceptible  of  creating  injustice  that  the 

Supreme  Court  of  California  7  years  ago  created  an  escape  hatch  by 

holding  that  the  male  could  not  be  held  guilty  if  he  "reasonably" 


The  crime  is  "Unlawful  Sexual  Intercourse."  Punishment  for  convic- 
tion, as  set  out  in. Penal  Code  Section  264,  can  be  by  commitment  to  either 
county  jail  or  state  prison,  in  the  discretion  of  the  jury  or  the  judge 

where  a  guilty  plea  is  entered. 

12 

Females  may  now  be  convicted  for  Contributing  to  the  Delinquency  of 

a  Minor.   See  Penal  Code  Section  272,  People  v.  Aadland,  193  C.A.  2d  584, 
14  Cal.  Rptr.  462  (1961). 


13  - 


13 
supposed  the  female  to  be  of  age.    A  female  of  age  18  is  probably 

as  adult  sexually  as  a  male  of  21  or  22.   It  has  been  suggested  that 

the  adult  not  be  guilty  of  statutory  rape  unless  the  adult  is  at 

14 
least  three  years  older.     We  agree  with  that  view. 


Prostitution 


Prostitution  is  essentially  a  business  transaction  between  a 
willing  buyer  and  a  willing  seller.   As  long  as  there  is  a  demand  for 
prostitutes,  they  will  exist.   Prostitution  has  been  made  criminal 
because  of  a  wide  and  historical  feeling  that  it  is  immoral  and  sinful. 
And  that  is  no  proper  basis  for  invoking  criminal  law.   So  far  as 
prostitution  consists  of  sexual  conduct  in  private  between  two  willing 
adults,  the  principles  for  removing  the  illegalization  apply  as  much 
as  they  do  to  homosexuality,  even  more  so  as  the  moral  repugnance  to 
most  people  is  less.   Justification  for  using  criminal  law  must  look 
further,  and  this  Report  will  examine  the  justifications  advanced. 
But  first  we  turn  to  the  costs  and  show  the  futilities  of  trying  to 
enforce  our  present  laws  on  the  subject. 


13 

People  v.  Hernandez,  71  C.  2d  529,  39  Cal.  Rptr.  361,  393  P. 

2d  673  (1964). 

14 

California  Joint  Legislative  Committee  for  Revision  of  the 

Penal  Code,  Tent.  Draft  No.  1,  (Sept.  1967),  p.  63. 


-  14  - 


Clamor  and  Law  Enforcement 

Law  enforcement  policy  nowhere  appears  more  susceptible  to 

political  pressure  and  whim  than  in  the  area  of  prostitution.   Arrest 

15 
figures  jump  one  year  and  plummet  the  next.     Rousting  prostitutes 

has  long  been  the  most  flamboyant  of  police  "streetcleaning"  operations. 

There  is  no  arrest  pattern  more  ritualized  and  superficial,  nor  any 

more  apparently  ineffectual.   On  a  given  night,  police  may  bear  off 

to  the  Hall  of  Justice  as  many  as  sixty  girls,  most  of  whom  are  back 

on  the  street  the  next  night.   In  an  election  year  political  pressures 

drive  the  whole  operation  into  high  gear:   "Wait  and  see,"  said  one 

cynical  member  of  the  Black  community,  "the  closer  to  November,  the 

harder  the  police  and  politicians  will  stress  cleaning  up  on  the 

streets."  Newspapers  and  political  candidates  have  focused  attention  on 

16 
the  problem  in  the  last  couple  of  years,    and  police  have  responded 

to  pressure  to  clean  up  the  street  by  making  more  arrests  for  prosti- 
tution (see  Chart  A,  p.  15  ). 


Chart  A,  showing  the  number  of  prostitution  arrests  for  the  years 
1936-1969  also  reflects  historical  developments  and  events  in  San  Fran- 
cisco which  had  an  effect  upon  the  number  of  prostitutes  presumably 
present  in  the  city.   But  in  some  of  the  years  ('48- '52),  ('60- '65), 
and  ('65- '66)  the  fluctuations  are  far  too  great  to  be  explainable  on 
the  basis  of  a  proportionate  reduction  in  the  number  of  prostitutes 
"working"  in  the  city. 

16 

Numerous  studies  and  exposes  have  been  produced  in  the  past  two 
years  on  prostitution.   Particularly  in  August,  September,  November  and 
December  1968  when  a  new  Vice  Detail  head  was  appointed. 


15 


CHART  A 

PROSTITUTION  ARRESTS,  SAN  FRANCISCO 
1936  -  1969 


No.  of  Arrests 
5,500 

5,000 

4,500 

4,000 


3,500 


3,000 


2,500 


2,000 


1,500 


1,000 


500 


•36   '40   '44   '48   '52   '56   '58   '60   '65   '66   *69 

YEAR 


16  - 


Table  I,  on  page  17  shows  that  ten  times  as  many  girls  went 
to  jail  in  San  Francisco  in  1967  than  in  other  comparable  jurisdictions. 
Yet  police  admit  that  prostitution,  particularly  streetwalking,  is 
on  the  increase. 

Less  than  ten  years  ago  police  made  only  330  arrests  in  the  city 
for  prostitution  (Chart  A).   During  1969,  the  figure  had  risen  to 
3,221.    It  does  not  follow,  however,  that  there  are  ten  times  as  many 
prostitutes  now  as  there  were  then.   Prostitution  arrest  figures  for 
any  period  may  reflect  political  pressure  and  fail  to  be  any  index 
of  the  prostitute  population  at  any  given  time. 

No  person  conversant  with  reality  believes  that  prostitution  can 
be  "eliminated,"  certainly  not  in  a  city  like  San  Francisco  --  with  its 
port,  tourists,  conventions,  etc.   It  is  no  doubt  true  that  some 
American  cities  have  controlled  visible  streetwalking  prostitutes  by 
the  application  of  criminal  sanctions,  and  the  Crime  Committee  believes 

that  to  be  a  legitimate  use  of  criminal  law.   But  the  prostitution 

18 
continues  clandestinely. 

In  the  late  30 's  through  1950,  more  than  130  houses  of  pros- 
titution were  closed  down  in  a  clean-up  campaign  inspired  by  the 
State  Attorney  General's  Report  (The  Atherton  Report)  on  vice  in  San 


17 

S.F.P.D.,  Annual  Report,  1969,  p.  150. 


18 

See  George,  Legal,  Medical  and  Psychiatric  Considerations  in  the 
Control  of  Prostitution,  60  Mich.  L.  Rev.  717  (1962). 


-    17 


H 
oo 

w 

o 

H 


VO 
CTi 


W 

m 
3 


H  en 


H 
CO 

O 


H 
H 


PU 

p 

O  H 

g  w 

O   P 
M    W 

H  oo 

M 

00 

O 

PM 

CO 

M 

Q 


u 

s 

M 

o 

■vt" 

m 

p 

o 

r-- 

oo 

23 

<t- 

i-i 

W 

PM 

0J 

w 

W 

CM 

o 

CO 

vO 

H 

1-1 

•* 

r~- 

O 

1—1 

W 

3 

<t" 

oo 

o 

M 

00 

oo 

Pn 

CM 

e 

H 

S 

W 

00 

c^ 

o 

o 

• 

<t- 

P-i 

CM 

00 

p 

00 

P 

C\ 

i-i 

ON 

M 

CO 

CO 

<: 

CO 

>-> 

p 

w 

00 

00 

i-M 

<y\ 

00 

g 

CM 

vO 

CO 

m 

00 

M 

p 

p 

W 

LO 

CM 

m 

o 

CO 

O 

CM 

ftf 

CO 

ft 
r-l 

m 

CM 

u 

p 

H 

H 

VO 

CM 

m 

v£) 

00 

i-f 

O 

CM 

<f 

w 

.-1 
CM 

m 

CM 

o 

CM 

<: 

O 

CJ 

CO 

• 

# 

H 

o 

# 

O 

• 

p 

00 

5 

p3 

3 

#\ 

o 

fe 

O 
H 

• 

p 

*pr 

00 

CO 

• 

<3 

O 

<: 

H 

00 

m 

^ 

00 

X) 

■u 

<d 

3 

O  J2 

0.1 

O    co 

B 

CO    -H 

•u 

•r4    rH 

ft 

M 

O   43 

4J 

ra 

3    3 

3 

PX, 

cfl    CX 

cy 

a' 

n  s 

e 

P 

fo    3 

4-' 

a> 

3    « 

en 

U 

cfl    4J 

a 

•H 

oo    3 

0) 

^H 

CD 

R 

O 

-  B 

PM 

00    4J 

0) 

vO    f-i 

a 

co 

r-l    cfl 

•r-l 

•H 

!       &.1-I 

3 

<f   a) 

o 

O 

CM   Q 

Pj 

(J 

• 

1—1 

CD 

a; 

• 

• 

60 

•  o 

u 

4J 

U 

cu-i-i 

• 

00 

cfl 

ftl-M 

p 

X! 

o 

■  n 

• 

O 

ft  PL( 

«\ 

r^ 

r^ 

r^ 

3 

vO 

vO 

M-l 

vO 

3 

o 

CTV 

CTi 

O 

av 

o 

4J 

1-1 

r-l 

r-H 

4-> 

60 

r*. 

CO 

a 

ft 

*\ 

W 

o 

•H 

4J 

w 

1-M 

■u 

P0 

.3 

•H 

•H 

•H 

r-l 

CO 

3 

3 

3 

o 

■  »\ 

cfl 

P 

P 

60 

a 

/-N 

E3 

0) 

Nl 

bO 

60 

CD 

« 

1 

•  ft 

3 

3 

r-l 

< 

r» 

■H 

•H 

CD 

i-l 

N— ' 

VO 

3 

3 

£ 

cd 

CTi 

a 

3 

3 

CN1 

i—l 

ai 

cfl 

■3 

3 

CO 

r-l 

i—i 

(D 

3 

i-M 

n 

Pm 

PM 

4-) 

<! 

■ 

-U 

CO 

o 

•H 

"3 

-3 

0) 

ft  CO 

3 

3 

3 

rJ 

4-1    r-l 

P 

cfl 

cfl 

r-l 

3 

cfl 

9i     * 

&0X 

S3 

B    w 

3 

O 

o 

co 

4J    i-l 

•m 

S-i 

lM 

1—1 

H    o 

3 

cfl 

Cfl 

cfl 

cfl    > 

3 

0! 

CD 

3 

&, 

rt 

CO 

co 

T3 

oo     ». 

i-t 

01 

CD 

•1-1 

P   -u 

P-. 

Pi 

Pi 

> 

a) 

•A 

CJ    J£ 

"3 

w\ 

*x 

T3 

o    o 

a 

CO 

CO 

3 

•r4     O 

cfl 

(U 

CD 

■H 

r-t     P 

M 

U 

O 

CO 

3 

3 

VO 

PM    4J 

X) 

60 

60 

r^. 

u 

!-i 

■r-l 

•H 

i-i 

o    3 

o 

u-l 

m 

o   o 

o 

r*. 

CO   U 

<u 

T3 

T3 

1—1 

•rl 

ot 

QJ 

CD 

3 

CJ    r-l 

jd 

J3 

o 

3    cfl 

n 

CO 

CO 

cfl    &, 

CO 

■H 

•H 

co 

H   -H 

0) 

r-l 

■—I 

4J 

p4    O 

!-! 

.a 

rQ 

u 

•H 

-; 

3 

3 

O 

3    3 

60 

& 

ft 

& 

cfl    d 

•H 

3 

3 

<D 

oo  S 

M-l 

3 

3 

co 

•  • 

•H 

co 

3 

CD 

O 

o 

P 

M 

3 

• 

O 

4J 

CO 

CO 

* 

* 

-X 

-  18  - 

Francisco.   Before  then  police  were  heavily  involved  in  pay-offs, 
and  prostitution  flourished  under  their  protection.   When  the  city 
became  a  port  of  embarcation  before  the  war,  girls  came  here  from 
other  cities  to  practice  their  trade.   Venereal  disease  became  a 
serious  social  problem,  and  police  made  over  5,600  arrests  in  1940 
in  an  attempt  to  check  it. 

After  the  war  and  through  the  50 's  prostitution  arrests  dropped 
off  in  the  absence  of  any  serious  public  concern  over  the  issue. 
Streetwalkers  were  discreet  and  generally  cautious. 

In  the  late  60' s,  as  street  violence  rose,  politicians  and 
police  pledged  efforts  to  control  it.   Since  prostitution  is  a  highly 
visible  kind  of  street  "crime"  police  concentrated  manpower  on  making 
those  arrests,  in  an  effort  to  satisfy  the  more  general  public  demand 
that  they  "do  something  about  crime." 

Most  of  those  who  seek  prostitutes  in  San  Francisco  are  returning 
servicemen  or  merchant  seamen,  conventioneers  and  other  visitors  looking 
for  the  "fun"  San  Francisco  has  a  reputation  for  providing.   The 
middle  class  tourist  works  through  a  cab  driver,  hotel  clerk  or  bellhop 
who  will  put  him  in  touch  with  the  $100-a-night  call  girl.   She  is 
generally  not  a  native  of  San  Francisco,  and  she  does  not  stay  long 
enough  to  get  caught;  she  is  shrewd,  versatile,  and  usually  white. 
Affluent  "swingers"  may  also  find  sexual  partners  at  some  massage 
parlors  and  "breakfast  clubs,"  the  latter  a  euphemism  for  sleasy  early- 


19 


morning  catch-alls  of  vice-prone  buyers.   Less  affluent  visitors  pick 
up  bar  girls  or  streetwalkers,  the  latter  considered  by  other  pros- 
titutes to  be  of  the  lowest  caste. 

The  range  of  prostitution  in  this  city  is  fantastic.   Practi- 
tioners may  be  male  or  female;  black,  white,  or  oriental.   They  may 
be  14-year  olds  hustling  as  part  of  a  junior  high  school  "syndicate" 
operation;  they  may  be  hippies  supporting  the  habits  of  their  "old 
man"  (or  their  own  habits);  they  may  be  moonlighting  secretaries  who 
sell  their  favors  on  a  selective  basis  through  legitimate  dating  ser- 
vices.  Places  of  assignation  range  from  run-down  hotels  to  luxurious 
hilltop  apartments.   A  few  "houses"  still  exist  (under  elaborate  covers) 
in  spite  of  the  red-light  abatement  laws. 

Streetwalkers  --  because  they  are  so  flagrantly  visible  -- 
have  provided  the  greatest  source  of  public  outcry  and  consequent 
political  pressure.   As  competition  increases,  there  is  strong  rivalry 
for  "territory"  and  approaches  to  the  customer  become  more  aggressive. 
Hotel  owners  in  the  downtown  area  complain  that  respectable  tourists 
are  shocked  by  the  aggressive  tactics  of  streetwalkers  in  the  heart  of 
town. 

The  Cost  and  Futility  of  Enforcement 

19 
Based  on  their  investigations,   members  of  the  Committee's  staff 


19 

Summaries  of  the  staff  analysis  appear  in  Appendix  B. 


20 


concluded  that  it  cost  the  city  more  than  $270,000  to  arrest,  process, 
and  prosecute  2,116  prostitution  arrests  to  the  point  of  sentencing 
during  1967,  plus  probable  county  jail  costs  in  excess  of  $100,000  for 
those  convicted  of  a  prostitution  offense.   The  total:  more  than 

$375,000,  or  an  estimated  per  arrest  cost  in  excess  of  $175.   These 

20 
costs  were  undoubtedly  even  higher  during  1969. 

What  do  San  Francisco  taxpayers  buy  for  $175  every  time  a  pros- 
titute is  swept  up  off  the  street?   They  buy  essentially  nothing  of 
a  positive  nature,  and  agreat  deal  that  is  negative.   Without  really 
affecting  the  problems  associated  with  prostitution,  they  are 
supporting  a  futile  operation  and  one  of  the  most  cynical  conducted 
by  any  level  of  government. 

During  1969  the  police  arrested  1,566  adults  (including  286 
males)  for  either  soliciting  or  engaging  in  an  act  of  prostitution. 
In  683  cases  the  charges  were  dismissed.   In  706  cases  charges  were 
still  "pending"  at  the  end  of  the  year.   During  the  year  only  246 
defendants  went  to  jail  for  soliciting  or  engaging  in  an  act  of  pros- 
titution, and  most  of  them  were  sentenced  to  less  than  four  months. 
Another  1,938  adults  were  arrested  for  "obstructing  the  sidewalk," 
the  usual  charge  in  a  street- sweep  operation  where  no  attempt  is 
made  to  prove  solicitation.   198  of  these  were  dismissed,  983  defendants 


20 

The  San  Francisco  Police  Department  reported  3,221  prostitution 

arrests  during  1969.   S.F.P.D.  Annual  Report,  1969,  p.  44.   In  addition 

the  1967  cost  figures  were  calculated  according  to  costs  for  that  year. 


-  21 


received  suspended  sentences,  and  599  cases  were  pending  at  the  end 

of  the  year.   Only  334  went  to  jail,  usually  for  less  than  thirty 

21 
days.    Assuming  that  most  arrests  for  "obstructing  the  sidewalk" 

are  substitutes  for  prostitution  arrests,  we  can  conclude  that, 

during  1969,  only  about  15%,  of  all  persons  arrested  on  prostitution 

charges  in  San  Francisco  ended  up  going  to  jail,  almost  invariably  for 

a  period  of  time  between  one  and  four  months.   The  police  say  that 

even  prostitutes  who  are  sent  to  jail  are  not  deterred  from  future 

prostitution;  they  write  off  a  short  jail  sentence  as  the  cost  of 

doing  business. 

The  reason  that  current  enforcement  practices  have  not  worked 
is  that  the  statutes  are  unenforceable  and  the  courts  congested. 
The  appearance  of  efforts  at  enforcement  goes  on  because  it  offers 
the  public  the  appearance  of  "controlling"  prostitution.   The  whole 
process  resembles  a  game. 

The  game  starts  on  the  streest,  where  the  police  are  supposed  to 
arrest  prostitutes  for  soliciting  or  for  engaging  in  an  act  of  pros- 
titution. Yet  the  soliciting  prostitute  is  a  very  difficult  rabbit  to 
catch.   Any  citizen  can  report  a  solicitation  to  the  police.   But 


21 

For  the  foregoing  figures  see,  San  Francisco  Police  Department 

Annual  Report,  1969,  pp.  130,  150,  176,  178. 


22  - 


citizens  are  ordinarily  not  so  offended  that  they  are  willing  to 
call  the  police,  fill  out  a  report,  and  spend  time  on  the  witness 
stand  in  the  Municipal  Court.   Customers  do  not  wish  to  get  involved 
with  a  prostitution  arrest.   When  a  police  officer  apprehends  a  pros- 
titute and  customer  on  the  street,  the  customer  is  likely  to  give 
the  officer  a  false  name  and  address,  thereby  foreclosing  attempts 
to  locate  him  when  the  case  comes  up  for  trial.   Even  if  the  customer 
gives  his  correct  name,  the  chances  are  slim  that  he  will  be  willing 
to  go  to  court.   One  Municipal  Court  judge  in  1970  set  all  cases 
(where  the  customer  was  expected  to  testify)  for  trial  on  the  same 
day,  because  he  knew  that  only  one  in  a  hundred  would  ever  go  to 
trial  and  others  would  "fold  up."  This  practice  became  widely  known 
around  the  Hall  of  Justice  as  "trick  day." 

Since  the  police  know  that  they  cannot  rely  on  a  customer's 
testimony,  they  have  turned  to  the  use  of  plainclothes  officers  who 
pose  as  customers,  walking  through  an  area  or  sitting  in  a  bar, 
waiting  to  be  approached.   He  may  or  may  not  be  "wired  up"  to  record 
the  conversation.   But  he  must  maneuver  the  girl  to  make  the  approach 
and  set  the  price  --  any  overt  move  on  his  part  would  be  considered 
entrapment.   The  girl,  unless  she  is  a  novice,  is  likely  to  be  wary 
of  any  man  who  seems  to  be  playing  coy;  she  knows  he  is  probably  a 
police  officer.   The  kind  of  verbal  skirmishing  that  occurs  in  this 
situation  consumes  much  police  time  and  often  accomplishes  little. 
Street  grapevine  is  able  to  identify  a  plainclothes  officer  in  almost 
no  time. 


-  23  - 


The  police  themselves  know  that  this  sort  of  plainclothes 
stalking  produces  few  arrests  for  the  time  and  effort  invested.   Most 

often  they  settle  for  street-sweeps,  with  arrests  for  "wilfully 

22 
and  maliciously  obstructing  the  sidewalk."  '   The  sweep  is  merely 

a  way  of  removing  the  girls  from  the  street  temporarily  (until  three 

or  four  o'clock  the  next  afternoon),  getting  publicity,  and  swelling 

arrest  statistics.  Neither  the  district  attorney's  office  nor  the 

judges  take  this  kind  of  arrest  seriously  unless  there  is  a  previous 

conviction  of  some  kind.   A  girl  who  makes  no  fuss  knows  that  she 

will  soon  be  back  at  work.   She  is  eligible  for  bail  and  has  a  right 

to  an  attorney.   Her  pimp  will  get  her  bailed  out  and  will  usually 

retain  one  of  several  lawyers  who  specialize  in  prostitution  cases. 

Since  a  native-born  prostitute  (and  particularly  one  with  prior  arrests) 

is  a  better-than-average  risk  to  a  bondsman,  there  is  seldom  any 

problem  in  getting  a  bond.   The  pimp,  too,  has  an  interest  in  having 

his  girl  make  her  court  appearances,  since  he  must  maintain  a  good 

working  relationship  with  the  bondsmen  in  order  to  keep  his  girls  on 

the  street.   Thus,  within  forty-eight  hours  of  her  arrest,  the  girl 

is  back  on  the  street,  further  indebted  to  her  pimp. 

The  girl's  case  is  now  formally  in  the  Municipal  Court.   Her 
lawyer  demands  a  jury  trial,  knowing  that  it  is  impossible  for  the 


22 

Sec.  647c  P.C. 


-  24 


courts  to  provide  jury  trials  for  even  a  fraction  of  those  arrested 
for  prostitution,  let  alone  for  the  multitude  of  other  misdemeanor 
offenses  that  the  courts  must  process.   The  District  Attorney  reports 

that  during  1968-69,  23%  of  all  jury  trial  demands  in  Municipal  Court 

23 
were  in  prostitution  cases .    Municipal  Court  judges  who  have  pre- 
sided over  the  criminal  trial  departments  have  estimated  that  30-35% 
of  all  jury  trial  demands  during  1970  were  made  in  prostitution  cases. 

The  girl's  attorney  knows  that,  if  the  case  depends  on  the  testi- 
mony of  the  customer,  chances  for  a  dismissal  are  excellent,  even 
though  the  case  may  remain  in  court  until  the  day  of  trial.   If  it 
appears  that  the  case  involves  an  irate  customer  who  wants  to  testify, 
or  that  a  plainclothes  officer  is  a  witness,  the  lawyer's  tactic  is 
to  ask  for  repeated  continuances  of  the  case  until  the  customer  stops 
coming  to  court  or  until  the  prosecution  offers  a  better  plea  bargain. 
The  large  number  of  continuances  granted  in  prostitution  cases  is 
demonstrated  by  the  fact  that  706  of  those  cases  were  pending  at 
the  end  of  1969.   In  one  case  one  girl  arrested  four  times  within  a 
two  month  period  was  given  twenty-one  continuances  over  the  following 
13  months!   Continuances  also  give  the  lawyer  and  his  client  a  chance 
to  "judge  shop"  as  the  case  is  transferred  from  court  to  court  until 
it  finally  reaches  a  judge  known  to  "go  easy"  on  prostitution  offenses. 


23 

Office  of  the  District  Attorney  for  the  City  and  County  of  San 
Francisco,  Annual  Report,  1968-1969,  p.  8. 


25 


Judges  say  that  if  they  did  not  grant  continuances,  lawyers  would 
ask  for  a  jury  trial  and  the  court  calendars  would  become  more  hope- 
lessly clogged  than  ever. 

In  consequence  of  all  this,  most  prostitution  cases  are  dismissed 
or  short  sentences  are  given  on  plea  bargains.   It  is  obvious  that 
nothing  is  gained  by  the  State  Legislature's  attempt  in  1969  to  make 
sentences  in  prostitution  cases  more  severe  by  requiring  a  45-day 

sentence  for  a  convicted  prostitute  with  one  prior  prostitution  convic- 

24 
tion  and  a  90-day  sentence  for  a  defendant  with  two  or  more  priors. 

The  legislature  may  have  thought  that  stiffer  sentences  would  increase 

the  "cost  of  doing  business"  and  thereby  discourage  prostitution.   But 

if  mandatory  penalties  increase,  there  are  more  jury  trial  demands, 

more  continuances,  and,  following  conviction,  more  appeals.   If  the 

legislature  had  really  wanted  stiffer  prostitution  sentences,  it  would 

have  had  to  provide  the  judicial  resources  --  from  courts  to  prosecutors 
to  bailiffs  and  clerks  (not  to  mention  jail  facilities)  --  to  enable 
the  whole  system  to  handle  a  vastly  increased  load  of  contested  cases. 

The  criminal  process  not  only  fails  to  be  significant  deterrent 
for  prostitution,  it  does  nothing  to  help  the  prostitute.   It  reinforces 


24 

Sec.  647b  P.C.,  as  amended. 


-  26 


the  pimp's  role  in  the  prostitution  complex.   Nor  does  a  jail 
sentence  --  whether  short  or  long  --  help  a  girl  who  wants  to  get 
out  of  the  business.   She  is  not  given  protection  from  her  pimp 
when  she  is  released  from  jail.   She  has  not  been  given  any  education 
or  training  or  skills  which  might  enable  her  to  survive  economically 
without  prostitution,  and  if  she  has  a  drug  habit  when  she  goes  into 
the  county  jail,  she  will  have  it  when  she  gets  out. 

25 
Studies  have  shown  that  most  prostitutes  do  not  like  their  work. 

While  there  is  much  debate  among  medical  authorities  over  the  causes 

of  prostitution,  there  is  wide  agreement  that  many,  if  not  most,  girls 

who  become  prostitutes  are  suffering  from  psychological  illness  of 

26 
one  kind  or  another.    It  is  not  for  us  to  determine  which  medical 

theory  of  prostitution  is  correct;  it  is  enough  that  we  recognize  that 

prostitution  is  connected  with  psychiatric  illness. 

Thus  there  are  a  number  of  losers  in  the  "prostitution  game"  as 
it  is  now  played.   The  taxpayers  are  losers,  because  they  do  not  get 


25 

See  Khalaf,  Prostitution  in  a  Changing  Society,  Khayats  Pub., 

Lebanon  (1965),  p.  81.   Report  of  the  Departmental  Committee  on  Homosexual 

Offenses  and  Prostitution,  Home  Department,  Great  Britain,  The  Wolfenden 

Report,  Stein  &  Day  Pub.  (1963). 

26 

Thompson,  Psychiatric  Aspects  of  Prostitution  Control,  101  Am.  J. 
Psychiatry,  677  (1945),  Agoston,  Some  Psychological  Aspects  of  Prostitu- 
tion:  The  Pseudo-Personality,  26  Int'l.  J.  of  Psychoanalysis,  62  (1945), 
Wengraf,  Fragment  of  an  Analysis  of  a  Prostitute,  5  J.  Crinr.  Psychopath, 
247  (1943),  Lichtenstein,  Identity  and  Sexuality,  9  J.  Am.  Psychoanalytic 
A.  179  (1961). 


-  27 


what  they  think  their  money  pays  for.   The  police  and  the  courts  are 
losers.   But  the  pimps  continue  to  exercise  their  dominion  from  the 
sidelines. 

The  Arguments  Encountered  for  Continuing  Present  Law  about  Prostitution: 
Public  Decency,  Associated  Crimes,  Venereal  Disease,  Protection  of 
Minors  and  Girls  of  Racial  Minorities 

27 
The  real  root  of  laws  criminalizing  prostitution  is  moral  repugnance, 

but  other  considerations  are  advanced  to  support  these  laws.   It  is 
said  that  these  laws  and  their  enforcement  (1)  prevent  offense  to 
decency  when  prostitutes  become  a  visible  and  public  nuisance;  (2) 
prevent  robbery,  extortion,  sales  of  dangerous  drugs,  and  the  develop- 
ment of  organized  vice  rings  feeding  on  prostitution;  (3)  prevent 
the  spread  of  venereal  disease;  and  (4)  prevent  exploitation  of  ju- 
veniles and  racial  minorities.   We  must  discuss  these  claims  to  see 
what  merit  they  possess. 

We  think  it  clear  that  prostitution  on  the  public  streets  in  a 
highly  visible  form  is  no  longer  a  "non-victim"  crime.   The 
offense  to  public  decency  and  public  sensibilities,  the  obstruction  of 


27 

A  medical  historian  has  written  that  "It  was  the  fear  of 

venereal  disease  more  than  a  change  in  the  moral  fabric  of  society 
which  led  to  an  increase  of  degrading  punishments  meted  out  to 
prostitutes  *  *  *;"  Bullough,  The  History  of  Prostitution,  pp.  134-135 
(University  Books,  1964).   But  the  root  of  making  prostitution  a  crime 
is  undoubtedly  moral  feeling  of  its  sinfulness. 


28  - 


passageway,  the  irritation  of  the  passerby,  all  constitute  an 
offense  to  society  which  does  warrant  prohibition  and  the  use  of 
criminal  process,  if  the  use  of  that  process  can  be  successful.   The 
tentative  conclusion  that  would  seem  to  follow  is  this:   (1)   Remove 
criminal  prohibitions  from  prostitution  carried  on  privately  and 
discreetly  off  the  street,  but  (2)  continue  the  prohibition  against 
streetwalking.   We  explore  the  question  each  raises  to  see  whether 
the  tentative  conclusion  is  the  correct  one. 

According  to  the  Chief  of  Special  Services  of  the  police  depart- 
ment, between  20-30  robberies  are  reported  each  week  in  connection 
with  prostitution.   During  1967,  there  were  596  robberies  or  thefts 

reported  to  the  police  in  connection  with  prostitution,  amounting  to 

28 
a  loss  of  victims  of  over  $145,000.    Though  it  cannot  be  measured, 

the  police  claim  that  the  amount  of  theft  associated  with  prostitution 

is  many  times  that  reported  to  the  department. 

No  doubt,  some  prostitutes  do  rob  or  "roll"  their  clients  by 
the  use  of  force  or  the  threat  of  force.   (One  pimp  has  told  us  that 
it  is  necessary  to  protect  the  girls  from  being  robbed  or  beaten  by 
the  customer.)  More  frequently,  however,  prostitutes  rely  on  their 
customer's  naivete  or  stupidity.   Bar  girls,  for  example,  may  sit 
with  a  man  until  he  has  drunk  enough  to  be  insensible,  and  then  slip 


28 

San  Francisco  Police  Department  Prostitution  Theft  Detail 

figures,  1967. 


29 


some  money  out  of  his  wallet  without  ever  engaging  in  an  act  of 
prostitution.   Another  frequent  ploy  is  the  "paddy  hustle,"  where 
the  customer  leaves  his  wallet  or  other  valuables  with  a  friendly 
and  trustworthy  third  party  (who  may  or  may  not  be  a  pimp),  only 
to  find  his  possessions  gone  when  he  returns. 

Confidence  games  like  these  are  as  old  as  civilization.   They 
will  continue  so  long  as  there  are  "gulls"  who  will  be  "gulled." 
In  prostitution  there  is  a  high  degree  of  "assumption  of  the  risk" 
on  the  part  of  the  customer.   Bearing  in  mind  the  financial  limits 
on  public  resources  available  to  combat  crime,  this  is  a  poor  area 
to  apply  "consumer  protection"  against  the  consumer's  own  gulibility. 
The  answer  to  prostitution-connected  force,  violence  or  theft  is 
that  it  is  chargeable  and  punishable  as  a  separate  crime,  independent 
of  any  act  or  solicitation  of  prostitution. 

Moreover,  it  is  more  likely  that  a  crime  of  force  or  violence, 
"connected  with  prostitution,"  will  be  committed  by  a  male  pimp  than 
by  a  female  prostitute.   The  commoner  practice  is  for  the  prostitute 
to  lure  the  customer  to  a  hotel  room,  car,  or  apartment,  where  he 
becomes  the  easy  target  for  strong-arm  pimps.   In  short,  society's 
effort  to  prevent  crimes  of  violence  associated  with  prostitution 
would  be  more  effective  by  concentrating  law  enforcement  efforts  on 
the  pimps,  rather  than  on  the  girls,  on  the  "associated  crimes" 
rather  than  prostitution. 


30 


During  1967,  the  police  arrested  140  "known  prostitutes" 

29 
for  possession  of  narcotics  and  dangerous  drugs,    a  wholly 

insignificant  part  of  the  city's  4,278  total  arrests  for  drugs  and 

30 
narcotics  during  the  same  year.    However,  these  bare  statistics 

tell  us  little.   Interviews  have  revealed  a  close  connection  between 

prostitution  and  drug  abuse,  but  we  must  examine  the  connection 

closely,  to  see  what  it  really  signifies. 

Pimps  sometimes  induce  girls  into  taking  habit-forming  drugs, 
as  a  calculated  way  of  gaining  power  and  control.   The  girl  performs 
for  the  pimp,  who  in  turn  supplied  her  with  drugs  for  her  habit. 
Moreover,  many  women  and  men  become  prostitutes  because  they  are 
suffering  from  any  one  of  a  host  of  psychiatric  illnesses,  and  it 
is  likely  that  the  psychiatric  problems  which  lead  persons  to  pros- 
titution also  lead  those  persons  into  the  drug  sub-culture. 

While  we  cannot  measure  the  relationship  between  drug  sales 
and  prostitution,  we  know  that  many  pimps  are  also  drug  dealers.   There 
is  little  evidence  of  independent  drug-dealing  by  prostitutes  themselves, 


29 

San  Francisco  Police  Department  Prostitution  Theft  Detail 
Records,  1967. 

30 

San  Francisco  Police  Department,  Annual  Report,  1967,  p.  45. 


31 


Where  prostitutes  are  selling  drugs  or  narcotics,  they  are  usually 
doing  so  because  a  pimp  has  given  them  no  alternative. 

In  short,  if  we  want  to  reduce  the  dissemination  of  dangerous 
drugs  and  narcotics  associated  with  prostitution  we  should  focus 
attention  on  the  pimp,  not  the  prostitute. 

It  is  sometimes  suggested  that  there  may  be  a  connection  between 
prostitution  and  organized  crime.   The  Committee  on  Crime  is  not  a 
Grand  Jury  and  has  no  power  of  subpoena.   It  has  therefore  been  unable 
to  investigate  whether  there  is  organized  crime  in  San  Francisco. 
We  know,  however,  that  the  President's  Crime  Commission  reported  in 

1967  that  prostitution  plays  "...a  small  and  declining  role  in 

31 
organized  crime's  operations."    On  the  other  hand,  we  have  been 

informed  by  reliable  law  enforcement  authorities  that  pimps  are  in 

control  of  virtually  all  street-walking  prostitution  in  the  city, 

and  that  the  pimps  themselves  are  organized.   We  presume  that  in  the 

near  future  we  will  know  much  more  about  organized  crime  in  the  Bay 

Area,  since  a  special  task  force  of  the  United  States  Department  of 

Justice,  headquartered  in  San  Francisco,  is  currently  investigating 

that  area. 


31 

President's  Commission  on  Law  Enforcement  and  Administration  of 

Justice,  THE  CHALLENGE  OF  CRIME  IN  A  FREE  SOCIETY,  189  (1967). 


32 


No  doubt  organized  crime  could  not  gain  a  foothold  in  pros- 
titution if  there  were  no  prostitution.   It  is  also  probable  that 
if  prostitution  were  not  a  crime,  it  would  not  be  organized.   In  any 
event,  a  law  enforcement  policy  of  sweeping  prostitutes  off  the 
streets  and  into  our  courts  is  no  way  to  keep  organized  crime  out  of 
prostitution.   The  prostitute  is  the  last  link  in  any  chain  or 
"organization,"  whether  the  organization  is  limited  to  a  pimp  and  his 
stable  or  whether  it  extends  beyond.   By  and  large,  in  this  context, 

the  prostitute  is  a  victim  --  obviously  a  victim  of  pimps,  possibly 

32 
of  poverty  and  racism,  and  probably  a  victim  of  psychiatric  abnormality. 

One  of  the  most  fearsome  problems  associated  with  prostitution 
is  the  spread  of  venereal  disease.   This  has  been  true  since  at 
least  the  fifteenth  century,  when  the  "bad  pox"  appeared,  apparently 
for  the  first  time  in  Europe. 

Medical  studies  show  that  a  high  percentage  of  prostitutes  are 

33 
carriers  of  venereal  disease.    While  Public  Health  officials  agree 


32 

See  p.  26,  infra. 

33 

Mc  Ginnis  &  Packer,  Prostitution  Abatement  in  a  V.D.  Control 

Program,  27  J.  Social  Hygiene,  355,  357  (1941);  Willcox,  Prostitution 

and  Venereal  Disease,  13  Int'l.  Rev.  of  Crim.  Policy  67  (U.N.  Pub. 

No.  58  IV.  4,  1958). 


-  33  - 

that  changing  sexual  patterns  among  adolescents  and  young  adults 
is  the  major  cause  of  the  increase  in  the  disease  among  the  young, 
there  can  be  no  doubt  that  prostitution,  with  its  high  commerce  in 

partners,  plays  a  significant  role.   No  scheme  of  medical  inspection 

34 
can  be  effective  in  checking  venereal  disease  among  prostitutes. 

Not  only  are  female  cultures  simply  not  accurate  tests  of  venereal 
disease,  but  a  prostitute  can  acquire  V.D.  immediately  after  inspec- 
tion and  infect  fifty  to  seventy  men  before  she  is  inspected  again. 
In  any  event,  the  present  method  of  handling  prostitution  is  ineffec- 
tive to  controlling  V.D.  When  police  make  a  large  "sweep,"  the 
girls  are  ordinarily  given  a  shot  of  penicillin  and  asked  to  return, 
but  few  do.   Nor  can  they  be  located,  since  they  give  false  addresses 
to  the  police.   They  very  criminality  of  prostitution  serves  to 
discourage  many  girls  from  seeking  cures.   Since,  we  have  concluded, 
prostitution  cannot  be  stamped  out  by  the  increased  use  of  law 
enforcement  resources,  the  most  effective  remedies  for  the  problem  of 
venereal  disease  must  be  found  in  efforts  that  will  (a)  educate  both 
prostitutes  and  customers  to  the  risks  and  dangers  of  venereal  disease; 
(b)  encourage,  rather  than  discourage,  prostitutes  in  seeking  medical 
inspection  and  help;  and  (c)  encourage  medical  research  to  develop 
preventive  medical  approaches  to  venereal  disease. 


34 

See:   George,  supra,  note  4,  at  pp.  738-739. 


34 


There  is  still  another  factor  to  consider:1  the  exploitation  of 
minors  and  racial  minorities.   Young  girls,  particularly  young  Black 
girls,  are  being  enticed  into  the  profession  by  enterprising  pimps. 
The  police  report  that  during  1969  about  60%  of  all  women  arrested 
for  prostitution  were  Black,  and  the  perecentage  of  Black  women 

arrested  for  "obstructing  the  sidewalk"  (a  frequent  street-sweeping 

35 
charge)  was  even  higher.    Over  20%  of  all  women  arrested  for  pros- 

36 
titution  during  the  same  year  were  between  18  and  20  years  old, 

and,  in  addition,  36  juveniles  were  taken  to  the  Youth  Guidance  Center 

37 
for  "delinquency"  associated  with  prostitution.    Prostitution  rings 

have  been  uncovered  in  San  Francisco  high  schools,  and  knowledgeable 

streetworkers  in  the  Western  Addition  and  Tenderloin  swear  that  the 

police  department's  juvenile  arrest  figures  vastly  under-represent 

the  proportion  of  young  girls  arrested  for  prostitution,  because  the 

girls  lie  about  their  age. 

The  pimp  has  a  number  of  means  of  power  and  influence  at  his 
command.   One,  already  discussed,  is  drugs.   Another  is  his 

:  b  J.  v  '  ' 


35 

San  Francisco  Police  Department,  Annual  Report,  1969,  p.  150. 

36 

Id.  at  p.  128. 

37 

Id.  at  p.  82. 


-  35 


affluence  and  glitter  in  the  midst  of  poverty.   No  employment 

agency  can  match  the  offer  that  the  pimp  holds  out  to  the  poor, 

young,  uneducated  girl.   Then  too,  the  pimp  offers  many  girls  a  promise 

of  caring.   Once  a  girl  is  in  the  pimp's  stable,  his  tactics  may 

change  considerably.   The  girl  discovers  that  her  promised  cut  shrinks 

to  only  a  modest  share.   And  she  discovers  that  it  is,  after  all, 

a  very  tough  game.   The  penalty  for  holding  back  on  the  pimp's  cut  is 

likely  to  be  a  beating  or  a  cutting,  and  the  same  may  be  true  if  she 

wants  to  leave  the  stable.   It  is  no  accident  that  law  enforcement 

officials  have  enormous  problems  in  getting  convictions  for  pimps. 

The  girls  are  afraid  they  will  be  killed. 

The  pimps  also  have  a  large  amount  of  economic  leverage,  and 
most  of  this  is  supplied  by  the  criminal  justice  system  itself.   The 
pimp  allows  his  girls  enough  money  so  that  they  can  keep  themselves 
looking  good  but  not  enough  so  that  they  can  keep  themselves  out  of 
jail.   The  girls  need  the  pimp  to  pay  bail  and  to  hire  a  lawyer.   Thus 
a  direct  consequence  of  our  current  law  enforcement  practices  is  that 
they  provide  the  pimp  with  economic  power  over  his  girls. 

There  are  stringent  laws  against  the  activities  of  pimps.   Pimping, 

"pandering"  and  conspiring  to  commit  prostitution  are  all  felonies, 

38 
punishable  by  from  one  to  ten  years  in  state  prison.    But  in  1969 


38 

See  Sees.  182,  266h,  266i  P.C. 


36  - 


the  San  Francisco  police  arrested  only  one  adult  for  pimping,  and 

39 
the  charges  were  dismissed.     In  that  year  there  were  no  arrests  for 

40 
pandering,    and  only  nine  adults  were  arrested  on  criminal  conspiracy 

41 
charges,    an  unknown  number  of  these  involving  activities  not  connected 

with  prostitution.   Indeed,  during  1969,  only  25  defendants  in  the 

entire  State  of  California  were  convicted  of  either  pimping  or  pander- 

42 
ing,  and,  of  these,  only  four  defendants  were  sentenced  to  state  prison. 


In  large  part,  the  failure  of  law  enforcement  against  the  opera- 
tions of  pimps  has  been  a  failure  of  proof;  girls  won't  talk.   While 
the  problems  involved  in  prosecuting  pimps  are  enormous,  it  seems 
to  us  that  they  are  not  insurmountable.   Difficult  problems  of  proof 
have  existed  wherever  rackets  have  taken  hold  and  have  been  broken. 
Law  enforcement  officials  should  ask  for  help  from  other  jurisdictions 
in  the  state,  and  from  the  state  itself,  since  pimps  are  an  increasing 
problem  in  the  state  generally.   This  may  mean,  for  example,  that 
girls  who  are  willing  to  testify  may  be  sent  to  other  jurisdictions  and 
protected  there  by  other  law  enforcement  agencies.   It  may  mean,  too, 


39 

San  Francisco  Police  Department,  Annual  Report,  1969,  p.  176. 

40 
Id. 

41 

Id.  at  p.  170. 

42 

California  Department  of  Justice,  Bureau  of  Criminal  Statistics, 
Superior  Court  Prosecutions,  1969,  Table  25,  p.  33. 


37 


that  there  can  be  an  exchange  of  ideas  and  techniques  in  law 
enforcement  against  pimps.   San  Francisco  can  ask  for  the  cooperation 
of  the  federal  government.   For  example,  tax  evasion  has  been  used 
successfully  as  a  tool  in  efforts  to  stamp  out  organized  crime  in 
other  parts  of  the  country,  and  we  suspect  that  it  would  be  a  useful 
device  for  cleansing  our  city  of  pimps. 

We  believe,  further,  that  removing  the  illegalization  of  private, 
non-visible  prostitution  would  itself  contribute  to  lessening  the 
grip  of  the  pimp,  for  it  would  open  an  area  of  activity  to  the  girls 
where  the  pimp's  protection  would  be  less  needed.   Possibly  the  most 
important  step  to  be  taken  in  reaching  the  pimp  is  for  the  authorities 
to  seek  the  help  and  cooperation  of  the  minority  communities.   There  is 
some  sentiment  in  those  communities  that  present  enforcement  practices 
against  prostitutes  are  discriminatory  and  unfair,  but  there  are 
also  overwhelming  distaste  and  revulsion  for  the  pimps  who  prey  upon 
those  communities.   Our  own  interviews  and  investigations  have  convinced 
us  that  there  is  substantial  supply  of  information  about  the  activities 
of  pimps  which  could  be  tapped  by  law  enforcement,  if  the  minority 
communities  could  be  convinced  that  the  pimps  --  and  not  the  girls  -- 
were  the  target  of  the  criminal  law  and  of  enforcement  policies. 

One  thing  is  clear.   Present  law  enforcement  practices  have  not 
worked,  and  we  can  do  little  worse  by  trying  something  different. 


38 


We  are  thus  impelled  to  the  conclusion  that  continued  criminal- 
ization of  private,  non-visible  prostitution  cannot  be  warranted  by 
fear  of  associated  crime,  drug  abuse,  venereal  disease,  or  protection 
of  minors.   Our  tentative  conclusion  to  to  this  effect  becomes  fixed. 

We  turn  back  to  the  tentative  conclusion  that  criminal  law 
should  continue  to  prohibit  open  solicitation  on  the  streets. 


Prevention  of  Open  Solicitation 

We  have  observed  the  aggressive  tactics  of  large  groups  of 
prostitutes  in  the  Western  Addition  and  in  the  Tenderloin  and  have 
seen  them  flag  down  cars  and  grab  at  the  coattails  of  pedestrians. 
There  are  undoubtedly  many  elderly  persons  and  merchants  in  the 
Tenderloin,  families  in  the  Western  Addition,  and  tourists  in  the 
North  Beach  area  who  feel  offended,  even  imperilled,  by  the  open 
solicitations  that  take  place  before  their  eyes.   Few  respectable 
citizens  care  to  look  upon  the  exposed  face  of  vice,  and  they  should 
not  have  to . 

But  it  is  argued  that,  since  efforts  to  enforce  the  law  against 
visible  prostitution  have  been  so  costly  and  so  futile  as  we  have 
described,  it  makes  no  sense  to  continue  the  prohibition  and  the 
enforcement.   It  is  argued,  too,  that  strict  enforcement  of  criminal 
sanctions  against  street  solicitation  make  the  pimp's  role  as  a 


-  39 


procurer  even  more  necessary,  since  streetwalking  is  currently  the 
prostitute's  way  of  advertising  her  wares.   The  arguments  are 
persuasive,  but  not  persuasive  enough.   If  non-visible,  private 
prostitution,  conducted  discreetly  of f-the-street,  were  no  longer 
criminal,  there  would  be  a  place  for  the  girls  to  go,  lawfully, 
and  that  very  fact  may  join  hands  with  continued  enforcement  of  the 
law  against  street  operations  to  diminish  the  street  evil  to  an 
acceptable  level.   Yet  if  that  hope  proves  wrong,  and  if  the  courts 
continue  to  be  deluged  with  street  prostitution  cases,  there  are  other 
measures  that  can  be  taken.   The  large  number  of  jury  trial  demands 
in  solicitation  cases  clog  the  courts.   The  Municipal  Court  judges 
can  announce  collectively  that  they  will  not  impose  more  than  a  15- 
day  sentence  on  any  defendant,  charged  with  solicitation,  who  agrees 
to  waive  a  jury  trial  and  is  tried  by  the  court  and  found  guilty. 
A  similar  promise  of  leniency  by  the  courts  --  say  a  promise  to 
impose  no  more  than  60  days  upon  conviction  --  could  be  made  in 
return  for  a  defendant  s  willingness  to  be  tried  by  a  six -man  jury. 

It  is  said  that  such  a  waiver  of  a  right  to  jury  trial  is 
unconstitutional,  because  a  defendant  would  face  a  longer  possible 
sentence,  if  convicted,  by  insisting  on  a  jury  of  twelve.   Thus,  it 


43 

Art.  I,  Sec.  7  of  the  California  Constitution  now  permits  mis- 
demeanor cases  to  be  tried  with  a  jury  of  less  than  twelve,  where  both 
prosecution  and  defense  stipulate  to  the  smaller  jury. 


40 


is  argued  that  the  courts  cannot  make  it  "costly"  for  a  defendant 

44 
to  insist  on  his  right  to  a  full  jury  trial.    We,  however,  think 

that  a  voluntary  and  knowledgeable  waiver  of  jury  trial,  in  exchange 

for  a  promise  of  leniency  by  the  courts  if  the  defendant  is  convicted, 

is  closely  analagous  to  plea  bargaining,  where  the  defendant  enters 

a  plea  of  guilty  based  upon  a  promise  of  a  reduced  sentence  by  the 

courts.   This  process  is  clearly  permissible  if  the  plea  is  entered 

knowingly  and  voluntarily  and  if  the  state  keeps  its  bargain  with  the 

defendant. 

If  waivers  of  full  juries  in  this  fashion  are  declared  uncons- 
titutional, it  may  be  necessary  to  amend  the  State  Constitution  to 
create  a  new  class  of  "petty"  misdemeanors,  in  which  solicitation  for 

prostitution  would  be  included.   These  petty  offenses  might  be  tried 

46 
without  juries,  so  long  as  the  defendant  faced  a  minimal  sentence. 


44 

Cf.  Spevack  v.  Klein,  385  U.S.  511  (1967),  Garrity  v.  New  Jersey, 

385  U.S.  493  (1967). 

45 

People  v.  West,  3  C.  3d  595  (1970),  People  v.  Delles,  69  C.  2d  906 

(1968). 

46 

A  defendant  charged  with  a  serious  crime  has  a  right  to  a  trial 

by  jury  in  state  court  under  the  Sixth  Amendment  to  the  Federal  Constitu- 
tion.  Duncan  v.  New  York,  391  U.S.  145  (1968).   However,  there  is  no 
Sixth  Amendment  right  to  a  jury  trial  where  the  possible  punishment  does 
not  exceed  six  months  imprisonment.   Baldwin  v.  New  York,  399  U.S.  66 
(1970),  Cheff  v.  Schnackenberg,  384  U.S.  373  (1966),  District  of  Columbia 
v.  Clawans,  300  U.S.  617  (1937).  We  believe,  however,  that  where  a 
defendant  has  no  right  to  jury  trial,  and  is  tried  by  a  judge,  his 
possible  sentence  upon  conviction  should  not  exceed  15  days. 


-  41 


We  should  at  least  experiment  before  entirely  abandoning 
efforts  to  preserve  public  decency.   The  fact  is  that  society  has 
struggled  with  the  problem  of  prostitution  since  time  immemorial,  and 
no  solution  has  seemed  to  work  satisf actorially. 


The  Final  Conclusions  and  Recommendations 

Any  realistic  appraisal  must  start  with  recognition  of  the  fact 
that  "the  world's  oldest  profession"  is  going  to  be  with  us  forever, 
and  the  real  question  is  how  the  city  should  go  about  developing  a 
means  of  dealing  with  prostitution  that  limits  its  visibility  and 
keeps  its  associated  problems  to  the  barest  possible  minimum. 

Any  system  of  control  of  prostitution  should  attempt  to: 

(1)  Prevent  street  solicitation; 

(2)  Eliminate  the  pimp  or  panderer; 

(3)  Prevent  the  enticement  of  minors  into  prostitution; 

(4)  Prevent  the  use  of  force  or  violence,  or  the  sale  of  dangerous 
drugs  in  connection  with  prostitution; 


42 


(5)  Provide  education,  treatment,  or  counseling  for 
prostitutes  who  wish  to  leave  the  business; 

(6)  Retard  as  much  as  possible,  the  spread  of  venereal  disease.  ' 

We  have  been  presented  with  forceful  arguments  that  all  these 
objectives  can  best  be  served  by  a  system  of  licensing  prostitution, 
by  which  government  admits  the  necessary  existence  of  prostitution  and 
licenses  its  conduct.   Forceful  as  these  arguments  are,  we  are  un- 
persuaded  by  them.   The  history  of  prostitution  is,  in  a  sense,  a 
history  of  pendulum  swings  between  licensing  and  repression.   The 
licensing  of  prostitutes  in  London  was  proposed  as  early  as  1724,  on 
grounds  that  it  would  cut  down  on  many  evils,  including  venereal  disease, 
During  the  eighteenth  and  nineteenth  centuries,  prostitution  was 
licensed  in  both  Paris  and  Berlin.   Attempts  at  regulation  by  licensing 
narrowly  failed  in  the  nineteenth  century  in  New  York,  Chicago, 
Cincinnati  and  Washington,  D.C.   When  these  measures  died,  the  police 
turned  to  informal  "segregation"  --  the  toleration  of  known,  but 

unlicensed,  "red-light"  districts  where  prostitutes  were  often  required 

48 
to  register  with  the  police,  though  no  law  required  the  practice. 


47 

This  objective  comes  last  because  in  the  present  state  of  medical 
techniques  no  system  of  control,  either  within  or  without  the  criminal 
justice  system,  can  have  an  appreciable  effect  on  this  problem. 

48 

For  the  foregoing  history,  see  BULLOUGH,  supra,  note  27,  pp.  165-168. 


43 


The  establishment  of  these  districts  provoked  the  passage  of  "Red 
Light  Abatement"  laws  in  most  states,  and,  since  World  War  II,  there 

has  been  nearly-uniform  policy  of  police  repression  throughout  the 

49 
country. 

What  most  repels  us  from  the  licensing  of  prostitution  is  that 
it  puts  organized  society  into  the  position  of  condoning  and  approving. 
Yet  the  basic  principles  stated  in  Chapter  I  of  this  Report  draw  a 
sharp  distinction  between  approving  and  condoning  immoral  conduct,  on 
the  one  hand,  and  merely  removing  from  it  the  hand  of  criminal  process. 
Yet  the  proponents  for  licensing  are  driven  by  their  logic  to  proposing 
that  the  city  own  or  lease  hotels  in  which  to  establish  brothels,  have 
them  administered  by  the  city,  and  rent  the  rooms  to  prostitutes  by 
the  day  (or  night),  week  or  month! 

The  Wolfenden  Committee,  which  studied  and  reported  on  the  laws 

concerning  prositution  in  Great  Britain,  recommended  against  licensed 

50 
brothels.     It  said, 


"...prostitution  can  be  eradicated  only  through  measures 
directed  to  a  better  understanding  of  the  nature  and 
obligations  of  sex  relationships  and  to  a  raising  of  the 
social  and  moral  outlook  of  society  as  a  whole.   The 
licensing  and  toleration  of  brothels  by  the  State  would 
make  nonsense  of  such  measures,  for  it  would  imply  that 
the  State  recognized  prostitution  as  a  social  necessity." 


49 

George,  supra,  note  18,  at  734.   Prostitution  in  Nevada  is  not 
subject  to  control  by  state  law.   Thus,  the  regulation  of  prostitution 
is  left  to  the  counties.   While  Washoe  County  (Reno)  and  Clark  County 
(Las  Vegas)  have  laws  making  prostitution  illegal,  other  counties  have 
permitted  brothels  to  exist. 

50 

iUiiHiiidlliiteiiliMlli^ 


-  44  - 


It  will  be  seen  that  the  Wolfenden  Report  speaks,  not  only  of 
licensing  brothels,  but  of  "tolerating"  them.   It  argues  that  the 
existence  of  the  "tolerated"  brothel  would  encourage  recruitment  of 
women.   Wolfenden  may  here  be  speaking  of  the  "tolerated  brothel" 
as  one  that  has  been  "licensed."   If  so,  we  agree.   If,  however, 
Wolfenden  attaches  disapproval  to  unlicensed  but  non-illegalized  off- 
the- street  prostitution,  we  are  unable  to  follow  the  Wolfenden  Report 
to  that  extent,  just  as  we  are  unable  to  follow  those  who  would 
license  prostitution.   We  share  Wolfenden 's  conclusion  that  pros- 
titution should  be  kept  off  the  streets.   Keeping  prostitutes  off  the 
streets  may  be  aided  by  tolerating  them  off  the  streets,  and  we 
find  it  difficult  to  imagine  that  tolerating  them  off  the  streets 
would  recruit  more  women  than  pimps  are  doing  now. 

Our  final  conclusion  is  that: 

(1)   The  laws  against  on-the-street  activity  should  be  continued 
and  enforced; 


51 

Wolfenden  also  reported  that: 


"All  but  two  European  countries  have  now  abolished  them 
(tolerated  brothels)  and  there  are  at  the  present  time 
only  19  countries  with  tolerated  brothels  as  against 
119  'abolistionist '  countries." 

But  the  experience  of  other  countries,  while  important  to  consider  and 
study,  cannot  be  controlling. 


-  45 


(2)  The  laws  against  pimps  should  be  continued  and  enforcement 
stepped  up,  because  the  activity  of  pimps  is  not  "non-victim 
crime;" 

(3)  Discreet,  private,  of f-the-street  prostitution  should  cease 
to  be  criminal. 

The  repeal  of  Penal  Code  Section  647b  would  enable  counties  and 
cities  and  counties  to  regulate  the  act  of  prostitution  as  they  see  fit. 

If  it  is  too  sanguine  to  suppose  that  the  state  legislature  will 
make  this  change  in  the  near  future,  nevertheless,  our  Report  may 
induce  others  in  California  to  take  a  fresh  look  at  prostitution  and 
criminal  justice,  as  we  have  done.  We  can  hope  that  they  will  reach 
conclusions  similar  to  ours.   But  meanwhile  the  criminal  justice  system 
in  San  Francisco  can  ill  afford  to  wait  out  the  time  that  may  elapse 
before  such  a  change  takes  place.   What  should  it  do  in  the  meanwhile? 

What  it  must  do  is  to  come  as  close  to  the  desired  system  as  it 

can  by  a  policy  of  selective  enforcement,  adopted  in  the  manner  advocated 

52 

in  Part  I  of  this  Report,    that  is,  by  the  collective  determination 


52 

A  Report  on  Non-Victim  Crime  in  San  Francisco,  Part  I:   Basic 

Principles;  Public  Drunkenness,  issued  April  26,  1971. 


-  46  - 


of  all  the  agencies  of  criminal  justice,  and  the  municipal  health  author- 
ities under  central  municipal  leadership. 

By  recommending  selective  enforcement  of  the  prostitution  laws, 
we  recognize  an  unfortunate  fact  of  life  and  seek  to  direct  enforcement 
into  more  rational  and  less  costly  efforts.   San  Francisco  urgently  needs 
its  police  resources,  and  the  resources  of  its  courts  and  jails,  for 
handling  crimes  that  are  far  more  serious. 


III.   GAMBLING 

Gambling  is  an  activity  of  humans  that  occurs  on  two  levels. 
One  is  typified  by  Sky  Master son  in  "Guys  and  Dolls,"  betting  on  which 
of  two  raindrops  on  a  window  pane  will  reach  the  bottom  first:   two 
"guys"  getting  pleasure  or  excitement  out  of  chance.   The  other  consists 
of  commercialized  operations,  in  which  hard-eyed  men  organize  machinery 
to  profit  from  the  blandishment  that  chance  has  for  the  frailty  of 
humans.   The  first  seems  as  old  as  mankind  and  is  doubtless  incurable. 
The  second  is  as  old  as  the  rapacity  of  some  men  to  profit  from  the 
weakness  of  others.   If  crime  is  involved  in  the  first,  it  is  non- 
victim  crime.   But  crime  in  the  second  is  not  non-victim  crime  at  all, 
for  it  does  involve  injury  to  society. 

The  weakness  of  the  law's  approach  to  gambling  is,  first,  its 
failure  to  perceive  that  gambling  does  take  place  on  these  two  levels 
and  that  these  are  wholly  different  in  character,  and,  second,  its 
erratic  and  capricious  treatment  of  gambling  on  each  level.   Much,  but 
not  alL  non-victim  gambling  is  made  criminal,  and  some  victim  gambling 
is  treated  as  perfectly  lawful.   Thus,  betting  on  horses  in  California 
has  been  lawful  since  1933  on  the  spurious  justification  that  racing 
encouraged  "agriculture  and  the  breeding  of  horses,"  as  if  society  had 
any  interest  in  "the  breed"  except  as  a  tool  for  gambling. 


Pari-mutual  betting  on  horses  was  permitted  by  the  addition  of  Art, 
IV,  Sec.  25a  to  the  California  Constitution  in  1933.   In  the  same  year, 
the  Legislature  enacted  the  "Horse  Racing  Act,"  the  purpose  of  which  was 
"...the  encouragement  of  agriculture  and  the  breeding  of  horses  in  the 
State  of  California."   Cal .  Stats.  1933,  Ch.  769,  Sec.  4,  p.  2048.   See: 
In  re  Goddard,  24  C.A.  2d  132,  137  (1937). 


-  48 


Various  forms  of  gambling,  ranging  from  stud  poker  to  slot 

2 
machines,  are  made  illegal  by  state  law.    Yet  the  state  has  not  made 

all  forms  of  gambling  "illegal."   For  example,  while  "banking  or 

percentage"  card  games,  including  stud  poker,  are  illegal,  draw 

3  4 

poker   and  bridge   have  been  held  by  the  courts  to  be  predominantly 

5 
games  of  skill,  not  prohibited  by  state  law.    Moreover,  San  Francisco 

and  other  cities  have  legislated  against  gambling  in  areas  not  covered 

6 
by  state  statutes.    Thus  Section  260  of  the  San  Francisco  Municipal 

Police  Code  prohibits  "any  game  of  chance  of  any  kind  whatever  in  a 

public  place  open  to  public  view."  And  Section  288  of  the  Police 

Code  makes  it  a  misdemeanor  to  visit  or  maintain  a  place  where 

"gambling"  is  carried  on  or  conducted.   It  is  this  latter  statute  -- 

Section  288  --  that  is  charged  in  most  of  the  gambling  cases  in  San 

Francisco. 


2 
Sees.  330-337.5  P.C. 

3 
In  re  Hubbard,  62  C.  2d  119,  41  Cal .  Rptr.  393,  396  P.  2d  809  (1964). 

4 
In  re  Allen,  59  C.  2d  1,  377  P.  2d  280  (1962). 

5 
Ordinary  pin-ball  games  have  also  been  classified  as  "games  of  skill.' 
Knowles  v.  O'Connor,  266  C.A.  2d  31,  71  Cal.  Rptr.  879  (1968). 

6 

See  In  re  Hubbard,  supra. 

In  1969,  charges  for  "keeping"  or  "visiting"  a  place  of  gambling 
accounted  for  419  out  of  425  formal  charges  filed  by  the  police.   S.F.P.D. 
Annual  Report,  1969,  p.  166. 


49  - 


Just  as  the  law  is  erratic  in  what  gambling  it  declares  to  be 
illegal,  law  enforcement  is  erratic  about  when  and  against  whom  it  will 
enforce  the  law.   These  laws  are  applied  with  some  energy  against  the 
poor  and  the  minority  communities,  while  gambling  in  more  affluent 
communities  goes  virtually  untouched.   This  difference  in  treatment  is 
even  written  into  the  law  itself  in  Section  277  of  the  Municipal  Police 
Code.   Although  that  section  prohibits  "any  game  of  chance  of  any  kind 
whatever  in  a  public  place,"  it  then  allows  dice  to  be  "...thrown  for 
merchandise  within  a  place  of  business  where  such  merchandise  is  or- 
dinarily sold."   This  broad  language  is  designed  to  allow  an  exception 
in  the  law  for  the  favorite  pastime  of  rolling  dice  for  drinks,  lunch 
or  dinner.   It  cannot  be  explained  to  men  from  the  Black  communities 
like  the  Western  Addition  who  are  arrested  on  a  Friday  afternoon  for 
rolling  dice  in  a  garage.   The  distinction  cannot  be  based  on  differences 
in  chance  or  in  value,  since  the  cost  of  drinks  and  dinner  at  a  good 
San  Francisco  restaurant  is  far  more  than  the  stakes  at  any  backyard 
crap- shoot.   The  difference  is  one  of  cultural  values,  carved  into  the 
law  to  protect  a  cultural  pastime  of  the  majority. 

Section  277  writes  a  discrimination  into  the  law.   More  pervasive 
is  the  inequality  in  the  way  that  all  gambling  laws  are  enforced.   During 
1969,  the  police  charged  593  persons  with  gambling  offenses  in  San 
Francisco.   Of  these,  396,  or  sixty-seven  percent  (67%)  were  Black. 

Eighty-six  percent  (867o)  of  those  charged  were  minority  citizens,  while 

8 
only  fourteen  percent  (147o)  were  white.    Yet  everyone  knows  that 


8S.F.P.D.,  Annual  Report,  1969,  pp.  146-147. 


-  50  - 

gambling  in  San  Francisco  is  not  confined  to  minority  communities,  and 
much  goes  on  in  even  the  most  respectable  areas  of  white  society, 
including  private  clubs,  church  functions  and  charitable  affairs.   Some 
judges  who  hear  gambling  cases  have  been  outspoken  in  their  criticism 
of  the  unequal  enforcement  of  gambling  laws.   On  July  10,  1969,  for 
example,  Municipal  Judge  Albert  Axelrod,  presiding  over  a  case  invol- 
ving the  arrest  of  49  persons  for  gambling  in  the  Western  Addition, 
commented  that  he  believed  that  the  police  were  singling  out  the  Fillmore 
District  for  enforcement  of  gambling  laws,  leaving  gambling  in  private 
clubs  untouched.   On  November  4,  1969,  the  late  Judge  Fitzgerald  Ames 
stated  from  the  bench,  "I'm  sick  and  tired  of  seeing  only  Black  defen- 
dants here  on  gambling  charges.   You  can't  tell  me  that  white  people  in 
this  city  don't  do  any  gambling." 

The  enforcement  of  anti-gambling  laws  in  San  Francisco  has  been 
largely  along  racial  lines.   Yet  there  is  no  process  of  rational 
inquiry  which  can  justify  that  kind  of  enforcement.   If  the  unspoken 
rationale  of  this  discrimination  is  that  anti-gambling  laws  are  necessary 
in  order  to  protect  the  poor  from  their  own  weaknesses,  it  takes  little 
reflection  to  see  that  the  rationale  has  no  justification.   Any  law  that 
expressly  legalized  gambling  for  the  rich  and  outlawed  it  for  the 
poor  would  amount  to  denial  of  the  equal  protection  of  the  laws  in 
violation  of  the  Fourteenth  Amendment.   Government  should  not  and  cons- 
titutionally cannot  engage  in  enforcement  practices  that  would  be 
illegal  if  these  practices  were  codified  by  law. 


-  51  - 

It  must  be  conceded  that  the  financial  burden  of  enforcing  laws 
against  gambling  has  not  been  great.   The  arrests  by  San  Francisco  police 
in  1969  for  gambling  accounted  for  only  slightly  more  than  one  percent 
of  the  59,104  total  arrests  made  that  year.   Gambling  arrests  accounted 

for  less  that  5%,  of  the  arrests  made  during  1969  by  the  Bureau  of 

9 
Special  Services,  known  more  familiarly  as  the  "vice  Squad-"    Only 

10 
36  persons  were  sentenced  to  county  jail  for  gambling  offenses. 

The  old  Chinatown  Detail,  which  consisted  of  six  plainclothes  officers 

who  made  regular  and  ineffectual  checks  on  Chinese  gambling  parlors, 

has  been  disbanded. 

But  the  measurable  dollar  cost  of  enforcement  is  only  part  of  the 
costs.   There  are  often  other  and  unmeasurable  costs  suffered  by 
society  when  laws  against  non-victim  crime  are  enforced.   One  of  these 
costs  is  the  lack  of  respect,  the  bitterness  that  is  engendered  when  the 
law  is  enforced  unequally  among  classes  of  citizens.   When  the  law 
bears  down  on  the  conduct  of  the  poor  and  of  racial  minorities,  leaving 
identical  conduct  by  the  more  affluent  untouched,  then  the  poor  and 


9Id.  at  p.  48. 


10Id.  at  p.  167, 


-  52  - 

minority  citizens  rightfully  feel  that  the  law  is  simply  for  the 
rich  and  against  them.   If  in  fact  the  law  is  hypocritical  in  seem- 
ingly small  matters,  it  is  hard  for  the  law  to  hold  out  a  convincing 
honesty  in  matters  more  important. 

Another  immeasurable  cost  is  that  the  police  are  left  with  a  huge 

11 
measure  of  discretion  in  the  enforcement  of  gambling  statutes.    In 

effect,  the  police  must  become  a  buffer  between  hypocritical  laws 

and  realistic  law  enforcement.   This  is  a  truly  monumental  task,  and  it 

is  little  wonder  that  the  police  are  often  caught  between  the  letter 

of  the  law  and  community  sentiment.   Consider  for  example,  what  happened 

during  the  last  football  season  when  the  police  gambling  detail  made 

an  arrest  involving  a  "runner"  (card  collector)  for  an  organized  football 

12 
betting  pool.    The  "runner"  was  arrested  on  a  Saturday  night;  on 

the  following  Monday,  the  police,  for  whatever  reasons,  issued  a  public 

statement  explaining  that  the  arrest  was  not  the  precursor  of  a  crack- 

13 
down  on  football  pools.     The  head  of  the  anti-gambling  squad  explained 

that  most  people  regarded  the  football  pools  as  perfectly  proper,  so 

that  the  police  could  not  get  the  kind  of  information  they  needed  to 

14 
make  arrests. 


11 

See:   SKOLNICK,  JUSTICE  WITHOUT  TRIAL:  LAW  ENFORCEMENT  IN  DEMO- 
CRATIC SOCIETY.  John  Wiley  &  Sons  Pub.,  1967. 

12 

"  There's  No  Football  Pool  Crackdown,"  S.F.  Chronicle,  Oct.  5, 
1970,  p.  36. 

13 

Id. 


53 


Another  immeasurable  cost  is  the  loss  of  respect  for  law  when 
it  tries  to  illegalize  what  the  people  largely  desire.   Certainly 
much  of  the  reason  why  gambling  laws  are  not  enforced  against  church 
bingo  games,  football  pools  and  private  clubs  is  that  most  people  in 
the  community  do,  not  want  the  laws  enforced  against  these  activities. 
It  is  not  simply  a  matter  of  whether  the  police  could  get  evidence. 
Rather,  by  refusing  to  enforce  broadly-drawn  laws  to  the  letter,  the 
police  save  themselves  --  and  the  rest  of  the  legal  system  --  from  public 
ridicule.   Anti-gambling  laws  still  try  to  prohibit  all  people  from 
engaging  in  any  activity  that  many  people  want  to  pursue.   And  this 
has  been  true  since  at  least  Biblical  times.   There  are  as  many  ways 
to  gamble  as  there  are  chances  in  the  world.   There  is  no  way  for  the 
law  to  prevent  gambling  or  to  prevent  people  from  losing  money  at  it. 

Furthermore,  the  selective  enforcement  of  gambling  laws  in  San 
Francisco  has  little  effect,  if  any,  on  whether  poor  people  will  lose 
more  money  than  they  can  afford.   Any  poor  person  who  wants  to  gamble 
legally  can  do  so  very  easily  right  now.   Two  Bay  Area  racetracks, 
open  six  months  of  the  year,  are  easily  accessible  by  local  bus  from 
San  Francisco.   A  San  Francisco  bettor  has  access  to  Golden  Gate  fields 
for  $1.10  round-trip  A.C.  transit  fare  and  the  price  of  admission. 
Anyone  with  $9.30  can  buy  a  round-trip  ticket  to  South  Shore  Tahoe  any 
weekday  and  obtain  a  refund  of  $8.00  in  cash,  plus  a  drink,  when  the 
bus  reaches  the  Lake. 


54  - 


It  must  be  self-evident,  under  the  principles  stated  in  Chapter  1 
of  the  San  Francisco  Crime  Committee's  Report  on  Non-Victim  Crime, 
that  criminal  laws  against  gambling  on  the  first  level  simply  cannot 
be  justified  at  all.   That  is  to  say,  laws  making  gambling  criminal 
cannot  be  justified  on  any  purpose  to  prevent  gambling.   They  cannot 
be  justified  as  an  attempt  to  legislate  morals  or  to  protect  people 
against  themselves.   Criminal  laws  against  gambling  on  the  second  level 
are  justified.   When  gambling  becomes  a  large-scale  commercial  oper- 
ation it  may  cease  to  be  a  matter  of  "non-victim  crime"  because  the 
public  may  become  a  victim,  and  organized  large  gambling  operators 
may  be  a  corrupting  influence.   Society  might  be  warranted  in 
concluding  that  to  be  true.  We  need  not  be  more  conclusive,  because 
the  State  Attorney  General,  Mr.  Evelle  J.  Younger,  has  recently  formed 
a  state-wide  task  force  to  study  and  report  on  the  effects  of  various 
forms  of  legalized  gambling  in  New  York,  New  Hampshire  and  Nevada, 
and  we  can  await  the  results  of  that  study. 

However,  until  there  is  reliable  evidence  that  large-scale  gambling 
is  not  injurious  to  society,  laws  on  gambling  should  be  tailored  to 
prevent  the  operation  of  gambling  apparatus  from  being  organized  and 
large.   There  are  a  number  of  possibilities.   Corporations,  partnerships, 


"Big  Study  of  Legalized  Gambling,"  S.F.  Chronicle,  Feb.  11,  1971, 
p.  10. 


-  55  - 

and  syndicates  could  be  denied  the  right  to  run  gambling  establishments 
or  operations.   Or  conduct  of  more  than  one  establishment  by  the  same 
party  could  be  prohibited.   Or  the  number  of  people  participating  in 
or  visiting  a  game  or  games  of  chance  at  the  same  structure,  building, 
house,  or  club  could  be  limited  to  a  small  figure,  say,  twenty.   Cer- 
tainly the  public  advertisement  of  gambling  or  public  solicitation  of 
participation  in  "gambling"  could  be  prohibited.   We  are  aware  that  the 
Joint  Legislative  Committee  for  the  Revision  of  the  Penal  Code  is 
currently  drafting  proposals  for  change  in  the  state's  gambling  laws, 
and  we  hope  that  they  will  find  our  suggestions  helpful. 

What  the  Committee  on  Crime  does  recommend  at  this  time  is  this: 

(1)  Section  288  of  the  Police  Code  should  be  amended  at  least 

to  confine  it  to  prohibiting  the  maintenance  of  a  place  where  gambling 
is  carried  on  or  conducted  and  to  delete  its  prohibition  of  "visiting" 
such  a  place; 

(2)  So  long  as  the  anti-gambling  laws  remain  on  the  books,  they 
should  be  applied  equally  to  all  segments  of  our  society.   The  city's 
enforcement  policies  on  gambling  should  be  brought  into  balance. 
Since  private  clubs,  church  games  and  the  like  should  remain  free  from 
arrests  for  gambling,  so  also  should  the  private  games  in  garages,  in 
the  Western  Addition,  in  Hunter's  Point,  and  in  the  Mission  or  in 
Chinatown.   The  police  should  confine  their  efforts  to  the  control  of 
large  games,  organization,  the  enticement  of  minors,  and  solicitation. 


IV.   PORNOGRAPHY 

Approximately  30  bookstores  in  San  Francisco  now  specialize 
in  the  sale  to  adults  of  hard-core  pornographic  reading  material. 
While  the  police  have  made  several  arrests  for  "reading  materials" 
over  the  past  year,  these  arrests  have  focused  on  publications 
emphasizing  pornographic  photographs  with  little  text. 

Most  of  the  law  enforcement  relative  to  pornography  has  been 
aimed  at  pornographic  films.   Two  police  officers  are  currently 
assigned  full-time  to  investigation  and  arrest  of  the  operators  of 
theaters  showing  sexually  explicit  films.   At  present  there  are 
between  20  and  25  theaters  in  the  city  regularly  showing  these  kinds 
of  movies.   Since  the  Spring  of  1970,  the  police  and  the  District 
Attorney's  Office  have  seized  33  films  in  connection  with  arrests  for 
obscenity.   These  arrests  resulted  in  10  trials,  which,  in  turn, 
produced  only  3  convictions  and  7  hung  juries. 

The  convictions  involved  films  depicting  heterosexual  masturba- 
tion and  sexual  intercourse,  and  lesbian  oral  copulation,  and  one 
cartoon  found  to  be  obscene  contained  depictions  of  bestiality.   Sen- 
tences in  these  cases  ranged  from  a  fine  of  $1,000  to  a  six-month  jail 
sentence  with  a  $1,000  fine.   All  sentences  have  been  stayed  pending 
appeal . 


-  57 


In  short,  little  has  been  accomplished  by  the  effort  to  put 
down  pornography  by  means  of  the  criminal  law. 

A.   What  is  Pornography?   What  is  Illegal? 

On  the  threshold,  what  to  do  about  pornography  is  elusive  because 
no  one  quite  "knows"  what  "pornography"  is.   The  word  carries  with  it 
a  load  of  condemnation  and  revulsion.   But  what  is  it  that  is  revolting? 
We  all  know  what  pornography  means,  until  we  try  to  define  it  in 
words.   And  we  are  not  helped  much  by  definitions  borrowed  from  the 
law,  for  the  law  on  "obscenity"  has  been  in  constant  flux.   Many 
people  think  that  the  law  has  banned  either  too  little  or  too  much. 

One  inherent  difficulty  in  most  definitions  of  "obscenity"  or 
"pornography"  is  that  they  are  subjective.   For  example,  one  literary 
critic  has  defined  pornography  as  "...the  representation  of  directly 

or  indirectly  erotic  acts  with  an  intrusive  vividness  which  offends 

2 
decency  without  aesthetic  justification."    California's  basic 


1 
See:   Magrath,  The  Obscenity  Cases:   Grapes  of  Roth,  1966  Sup.  Ct . 

Rev.  7;  also  United  States  v.  Reidel  (U.S.  Supreme  Court,  May  3,  1971), 

39  L.W.  4523.       '  "      ' 

2 
George  P.  Elliott,  "Against  Pornography,"  in  Perspectives  on 

Pornography,  Hughes  ed.  (St.  Martin's  Press,  1970),  pp.  74-75. 


-  58 


obscenity  statute,  Section  311  of  the  Penal  Code,  is  as  subjective 

3 
as  other  definitions.   It  was  drafted  to  conform  with  decisions  of 

4 
the  United  States  Supreme  Court  and  defines  "obscene  matter"  as: 


...matter,  taken  as  a  whole,  the  predominant 
appeal  of  which  to  the  average  person, 
applying  contemporary  standards,  is  to  prurient 
interest,  i.e.,  a  shameful  or  morbid  interest 
in  nudity,  sex,  or  excretion;  and  is  matter 
which  taken  as  a  whole  goes  substantially  beyond 
customary  limits  of  candor  in  description  or 
representation  of  such  matters;  and  is  matter 
which  taken  as  a  whole  is  utterly  without 
redeeming  social  importance. 


The  President's  Commission  on  Obscenity  and  Pornography  refused 
to  use  the  term  "pornography"  because  "...  it  appears  to  have  no  legal 
significance  and  because  it  most  often  denotes  subjective  disapproval 
of  certain  materials,  rather  than  their  content  or  effect."  Accordingly, 
the  Commission  addressed  itself  to  "...  a  wide  range  of  explicit 
sexual  depictions  in  pictorial  and  textual  media."   We,  however,  choose 
to  narrow  this  concern  somewhat.   Our  focus  has  been  on  books,  movies 
and  live  stage  shows  commercially  available  in  San  Francisco. 


3 
Penal  Code  Sec.  311  is  reproduced  in  full  in  Appendix  C  to  this 

Report . 

4 
Notably  Roth  v.  United  States,  354  U.S.  476  (1957),  A  Book  Named 

"John  Cleland's  Memoirs  of  a  Woman  of  Pleasure"  v.  Massachusetts,  383 

U.S.  413  (1966).   See:   "Legal  Considerations  Relating  to  Erotica," 

in  Commission  on  Obscenity,  supra,  p.  295. 

The  Report  of  the  Commission  on  Obscenity  and  Pornography,  p.  3, 
n.  4  (1970)  . 


59  - 


Whether  the  distribution  of  books,  newspapers,  photographs  or  movies 
(and  other  forms  of  media)  is  illegal  under  present  law  must  be 
tested  by  the  definition  of  Penal  Code  Section  311.   And  the  test 

applies  to  "obscene  live  conduct"  as  well.   A  somewhat  different 

6 
standard  applies  to  the  distribution  of  "harmful  matter"  to  minors. 

B.   How  is  Something  Found  to  be  "Obscene?" 

Nearly  all  convictions  for  the  sale  or  distribution  of  obscene 

matter  are  appealed  to  higher  courts,  and  in  the  past  they  reviewed 

7 
obscenity  convictions  on  a  case-by-case  basis.   Recent  efforts  have 

attempted  to  set  down  more  precise  standards  for  lower  courts  to 

follow.   Yet  this  process  of  formulating  legal  standards  has  not  been 

easy.   As  one  Justice  of  the  California  Supreme  Court  wrote  recently, 


It  is  no  novel  revelation  that  the  passage  of 
years  since  the  United  States  Supreme  Court  first 
attempted  a  constitutional  definition  of  obscenity 
*  *  *  has  produced  *  *  *  a  multiplicity  of  standards, 
Throughout  this  period,  courts  have  struggled  to 
find  an  accomodation  between  the  constitutionally 
protected  interest  in  free  speech  and  the  legitimate 
public  interest  in  controlling  activities  which  fall 
under  the  broad  category  of  obscenity. 


6 

Penal  Code  Sec.  313,  et  seq.   See  Appendix  C. 

7 
See,  e.g.,  United  States  v.  One  Book  Entitled  "Ulysses,"  72  F. 

2d  705  (2  Cir.  1934). 

8 
Tobriner,  J.,  dissenting  in  People  v.  Luros,  C.  3d  (1971). 


-  60 


As  this  quotation  shows,  the  public  desire  to  ban  matter  felt  to 
be  offensive  to  decency  has  conflicted  with  interpretation  of  the 
freedom  of  speech  protected  by  the  First  Amendment  to  the  Constitu- 
tion of  the  United  States.   One  of  the  roots  of  the  First  Amendment 
is  the  conviction  that  society  profits  by  free  transmission  of  ideas. 
The  attempt  to  apply  this  to  "pornography"  requires  some  determination 
of  where  lies  the  border  between  transmission  of  ideas  and  titillation 
for  profit  or  depravity.   That  border  has  been  difficult  to  find. 

The  Supreme  Court  has  recently  reiterated  that  "obscenity  is  not  within 

9 
the  area  of  constitutionally  protected  speech  or  press,"  but  the 

limits  of  the  one  cannot  be  found  without  marking  the  limits  of  the 

other . 

Of  recent  judicial  decisions,  by  far  the  most  influential  have 
been  those  in  the  following  areas:   (a)  private  possession  of 

obscene  materials;  (b)  procedures  to  be  followed  in  the  issuance  of 
search  warrants  in  obscenity  cases;  and  (c)  requirements  of  proof  of 
"contemporary  community  standards"  in  obscenity  trials. 

In  Stanley  v.  Georgia,  394  U.S.  557,  568  (1969),  the  United 
States  Supreme  Court  held  that  "...the  First  and  Fourteenth  Amendments 


9 

U.S.  v.  Reidel,  39  L.W  4523  (1971) 


61 


prohibit  making  mere  private  possession  of  obscene  material  a  crime." 
This  rule  is  reflected  in  the  California  obscenity  statutes,  which 
make  distribution,  but  not  mere  possession,  of  obscene  materials 
criminal.   But  the  Constitution  does  not  preclude  making  a  crime  of 
the  distribution  of  obscene  materials  to  willing  recipients. 

Before  1969,  the  San  Francisco  police  made  arrests  for  showing 
allegedly  pornographic  films  in  the  following  manner:   (a)  Police 
officers  would  attend  a  film  showing  and  would  then  prepare  detailed 
affidavits  describing  what  they  saw;  (b)  the  affidavits  were  then 
reviewed  by  a  Municipal  Court  judge  and  a  Deputy  District  Attorney; 
(c)  if  the  judge  found  that  there  was  reasonable  cause  to  believe 
the  film  illegal,  he  would  issue  warrants  authorizing  the  police  to 
seize  the  film  and  to  arrest  the  owner  or  disbributor.   That  pro- 
cedure was  upheld  by  the  California  Appellate  Courts  so  long  as  the 
police  seized  an  amount  of  film  that  was  "...  no  more,  and  no  less, 

than  would  be  necessary  to  establish  obscenity  at  a  later  adversary 

10 
proceeding."    Moreover,  the  police  were  not  required  to  present 

evidence  to  the  judge  as  to  whether  the  content  of  the  film  violated 

11 
"contemporary  community  standards"  of  candor  and  decency.     In 


10People  v.  De  Renzy,  275  C.A.  2d  380,  387,  79  Cal .  Rptr.  777  (1969) 

11 

People  v.  De  Renzy,  supra;  Aday  v.  Superior  Court,  55  C.  2d  789, 

13  Cal.  Rptr.  415,  362  P.  2d  47  (1961). 


62 


September  1969  the  United  States  District  Court  for  the  Northern 
District  of  California  held  that  the  Municipal  Court  could  no 
longer  issue  search  warrants  for  the  seizure  of  allegedly  obscene 

films  unless  that  court  first  held  an  adversary  hearing  on  the  issue 

12 
of  the  film's  obscenity.     The  decision  was  reversed  by  the  United 

13 
States  Supreme  Court  in  April,  1971. 

Although  the  California  State  Courts  have  not  required  the 
prosecution  to  show  that  "obscene  matter"  violates  contemporary 
community  standards  at  the  time  a  search  warrant  is  issued,  they  do 
require  proof  at  trial  that  allegedly  obscene  material  "goes  sub- 
stantially beyond"  contemporary  standards  of  candor  and  decency.   In 
holding  that  the  prosecution  should  put  on  "expert  testimony"  of 
community  standards,  the  California  Supreme  Court  said  in  1968: 


We  cannot  assume  that  jurors  in  them- 
selves necessarily  express  or  reflect 
community  standards;  we  must  achieve 
so  far  as  possible  the  application  of 


12 

Natali  v.  Municipal  Court,  309  F.  Supp.  192  (N.D.  Cal,  1969) 

13 

Demich,  Inc.  v.  Ferdon,  ______  U.S.  (1971). 


63 


an  objective,  rather  than  a  subjective, 
determination  of  community  standards. 


The  Court  also  defined  the  relevant  "community"  as  the  entire  State 
of  California,  so  that,  in  theory,  the  prosecution  must  put  on  expert 
testimony  to  the  effect  that  any  given  book,  photograph,  or  film 
violated  statewide  standards  of  candor  and  decency. 

If  there  is  a  common  theme  to  these  decisions,  it  is  that  the 
courts  do  not  much  trust  anyone  to  censor  what  adults  may  choose  to 
see  or  read.   First  of  all,  the  courts  do  not  trust  themselves.  Nor 
do  the  courts  place  an  abiding  faith  in  juries.   The  attempt  of  the 
California  Supreme  Court  to  find  an  "objective"  standard  for  obscenity 
reflect  an  apprehension  that  juries,  without  evidence  of  community 
standards,  would  simply  apply  their  own  moral  notions  to  allegedly 
obscene  matter.   In  part,  the  statewide  test  was  obviously  designed 
to  avoid  the  anomaly  of  having  a  book  or  movie  banned  in  Oakland  and 
distributed  legally  in  San  Francisco.   In  the  long  run,  this  search 


14In  re  Giannini,  69  C.  2d  563,  574-575,  72  Cal .  Rptr.  655,  446 
P.  2d  535  (1968).   In  1969,  the  legislature  added  Penal  Code  Sec. 
312.1,  specifying  that  "neither  the  prosecution  nor  the  defense  shall 
be  required  to  introduce  expert  witness  testimony..."  This  statute 
has  not  been  tested  by  the  courts.   Someone  may  argue  that  expert 
testimony  is  constitutionally  required.   In  San  Francisco,  the  two 
police  officers  regularly  assigned  to  pornography  prosecutions  have 
travelled  extensively  throughout  the  state  and  have  been  qualified 
as  "experts"  on  statewide  standards. 


-  64  - 


for  an  objective  standard  will  fail.   "Pornography"  and  "obscenity" 
are  what  offend.   The  test  is  of  necessity  subjective,  and  it  is 
subjective  to  the  community. 


We  cannot  believe  that  "statewide  community  standards"  means 
very  much  in  fact.   Is  the  jury  bound  by  the  most  permissive  standard 
in  the  state,  or  by  the  mean  average?   If  breasts  are  covered  in 
Red  Bluff  and  bare  in  San  Francisco,  can  Stockton  require  covered 
breasts,  or  must  they  permit  something  to  show? 

The  courts  have  not  succeeded  very  well  in  drafting  strict 
standards  or  in  aiming  at  "objective"  tests  for  obscenity  and  pornog- 
raphy.  The  truth  of  the  matter  is  that  there  can  be  no  objective 
test  for  ascertaining  what  is  pornography.   Words  such  as  "prurient 
interest,"  "contemporary  standards,"  "customary  limits  of  candor," 
and  "redeeming  social  importance"  --  the  words  which  attempt  to  define 
"obscenity"  --  are  no  more  than  linguistic  codifications  of  highly 
personal  moral  feelings. 


A  profitable  analogy  may  be  found  in  the  history  of  the  standard 
of  "negligence"  in  personal  injury  cases.   About  75  years  ago  the 
great  Justice  Oliver  Wendell  Holmes,  then  on  the  Supreme  Judicial  Court 
of  Massachusetts,  insisted  that  the  standard  of  "due  care"  was  for 
judges,  not  juries,  to  decide  (I  Holmes-Pollock  Letters  85,  Harvard 
Press,  1941).   Sixty  years  later  the  United  States  Supreme  Court  was 
holding  that  courts  can  place  almost  no  bridle  on  juries   Rogers  v. 
Missouri  Pacific  Co. ,  352  U.S.  500  (1957). 


65 


C.   What  "Pornography"  Should  Be  Brought  Under  Criminal  Law. 

In  short,  no  guide  can  be  found  in  judicial  decisions  or  supposed 
Constitutional  standards  as  to  what  "pornography"  shall  be  criminally 
condemned.   On  May  3,  1971,  the  United  States  Supreme  Court  observed 
(U.S.  v.  Reidel,  39  L.W.  4523): 


It  is  urged  that  there  is  developing  sentiment 
that  adults  should  have  complete  freedom  to  produce, 
deal  in,  possess,  and  consume  whatever  communicative 
materials  may  appeal  to  them  and  that  the  law's 
involvement  with  obscenity  should  be  limited  to  those 
situations  where  children  are  involved  or  where 
it  is  necessary  to  prevent  imposition  of  unwilling 
recipients  of  whatever  age.   The  concepts  involved 
are  said  to  be  so  elusive  and  the  laws  so  inherently 
unenforceable  without  extravagant  expenditures  of 
time  and  effort  by  enforcement  officers  and  the 
courts  that  basic  reassessment  is  not  only  wise  but 
essential.   This  may  prove  to  be  the  desirable  and 
eventual  legislative  course.   But  if  it  is,  the 
task  of  restructuring  the  obscenity  laws  lies  with 
those  who  pass,  repeal,  and  amend  statutes  and 
ordinances . 


In  order  to  determine  what  laws  should  be  passed,  repealed  or 
amended,  it  is  necessary  to  get  back  to  the  basic  principles  by 

which  to  test  what  conduct  should  be  made  criminal  as  a  matter  of 

16 
sound  public  policy. 


16 

See  Chapter  I  for  the  7  principles. 


66 


We  state  now  the  conclusions  we  reach  by  the  application  of 
those  principles.   There  should  be  no  prohibition  of: 

(1)  What  adults  choose  to  read,  see,  or  do  in  private. 

(2)  The  discreet  sale  of  pornography  by  one  adult  to 
another. 

(3)  The  display  of  pornography  in  the  flesh,  film,  or 
stage  to  adults  in  an  off-the-street  reticent 
surrounding;  that  is  to  say,  in  such  a  way  as  to 
come  to  the  attention  only  of  those  who  seek  it  out. 

(4)  Discreet  commercial  advertising  that  merely  informs 

the  public  about  the  availability  of  sexual  materials 
and  is  not  vulgar,  salacious,  or  lewd  on  its  face. 

There  should  be  prohibition  of: 

(5)  Sale  or  display  to  minors. 

(6)  Public  display  or  exhibition  whereby  the  pornography 
is  thrown  before  or  called  to  the  attention  of  the 
general  public,  the  passerby. 

(7)  Commercial  advertising  or  solicitation  that  is  offensive, 
vulgar,  lewd  or  obscene. 


67 


If  some  of  these  proposals  offend  some  of  the  public  as  too 
liberal,  others  may  be  objected  to  as  violating  constitutional  rights, 
But  if  the  Constitution  as  interpreted  by  the  courts  should  be 
found  to  stand  in  the  way,  confrontation  with  sound  policy  carefully 
thought  out  may  lead  to  reinterpretation  of  the  Constitution.   And, 
if  the  courts  remain  doctrinaire  and  unmovable,  the  Constitution  can 
be  amended. 

The  remainder  of  this  Chapter  tells  how  we  have  reached  the 
conclusions  enumerated  above. 


D.   Pornography  and  "Harm":   Why  Is  the  Distribution  of  Pornography 
Made  Criminal? 


Our  Third  Principle  of  the  proper  application  of  the  criminal 
law  specifies  that:   "Every  person  should  be  free  of  coercion  of 
criminal  law  unless  his  conduct  impinges  on  others  and  injures  others, 
or  if  it  damages  society."  It  is  often  argued  that  pornography  is 
of  itself  "harmful,"  that  in  and  of  itself  it  causes  injury  to  society. 
Among  the  kinds  of  harm  said  to  result,  from  the  distribution  of 
pornography  are  the  following: 

(a)  That  pornography  causes  crime; 

(b)  That  it  is  offensive  to  most  people;  and 

(c)  That  it  leads  to  a  decline  in  civilization. 


68 


(a)   The  Contention  that  Pornography  Causes  Crime 


According  to  the  President's  Commission,  49%  of  the  American 

public  in  1969  believed  that  viewing  explicit  sexual  materials  led 

17 
people  to  commit  rape.     But  the  Commission  concluded,  in  1970, 

that  there  was  no  "substantial  basis"  for  belief  that  erotic 

materials  are  a  "significant  determinative  factor"  in  causing  crime 

I  Q 

and  delinquency.     On  the  other  hand,  it  found  the  data  so 
insufficient  that  it  did  not  "absolutely  *  *  *  disprove  such  a  con- 


nection." 


*  *  it  is  obviously  not  possible,  and  never 
would  be  possible,  to  state  that  never  on 
any  occasion,  under  any  conditions,  did  any 
erotic  material  ever  contribute  in  any  way 
to  the  likelihood  of  any  individual  committing 
a  sex  crime.   Indeed,  no  such  statement 
could  be  made  about  any  kind  of  nonerotic 
material.   On  the  basis  of  the  available  data, 
however,  it  is  not  possible  to  conclude  that 
erotic  material  is  a  significant  cause  of  sex 
crime. 


Given  the  increasingly  widespread  distribution  of  pornography 
in  San  Francisco  over  the  past  year,  one  would  expect  to  find  a 
corresponding  increase  in  forcible  rapes  reported  to  the  police  if  a 


17 

Commission  on  Obscenity,  p.  158, 


18 

Id.  at  pp.  242-243. 


-  69  - 


a  causal  relationship  existed  between  pornography  and  rape.   Yet 

19 
over  the  past  ten  months,    forcible  rapes  reported  to  San  Francisco 

20 
police,  with  ups  and  downs,  have  shown  a  decreasing  trend. 


In  short,  we  have  found  no  reliable  evidence  demonstrating  a 
causal  relationship  between  pornography  and  victim  crime.   The  mere 
undemonstrated  possibility  of  a  connection  is  not  enough  to  support 

the  prohibitions  of  criminal  law.   "A  million  possibilities  do  not 

21 
make  a  probability."     Justification  for  making  conduct  relative  to 

pornography  a  crime  must  be  found  elsewhere,  and  it  can  be  found  for 

some  prohibitions. 


(b)   The  Contention  that  Exposure  to  Pornography  Is  Offensive 
to  Most  People 


Most  people  do  not  want  to  be  exposed  to  erotic  sexual  materials 

22 
without  exercising  some  choice  in  the  matter.     When  erotica  is 


19 

June,  1970  through  March,  1971 


20 

San  Francisco  Police  Department,  Bureau  of  Criminal  Information, 

"Preliminary  Crime  Summary  Reports"  for  months  indicated.   There  were 

488  cases  of  forcible  rape  reported  to  the  police  during  the  months 

indicated,  a  decrease  from  580  forcible  rapes  reported  during  the  same 

months  of  the  previous  year. 

21 

Judge  Alfred  C.  Arra j ,  United  States  District  Judge,  District  of 

Colorado . 

22 

Commission  on  Obscenity,  pp.  155-158. 


-  70  - 


displayed  publicly,  when  it  is  sent  through  the  mails  without  express 
request,  most  people  respond  antagonistically,  from  annoyance  to 
outrage.   For  some,  erotica  itself  strikes  at  deeply-held  religious 
convictions  about  sex.   For  others,  exposure  to  erotic  materials 
is  more  a  matter  of  aesthetic  preference:   They  prefer  not  to  have 
materials  that  they  consider  ugly  thrust  upon  them. 

Annoyance,  revulsion,  or  disgust  are  all  very  real  kinds  of 
"harm."  Moreover,  most  citizens  are  probably  outraged  by  the  distri- 
bution or  display  of  explicit  sexual  materials  in  public.   Our  Sixth 
Principle,  set  out  in  the  Introduction  to  this  Report,  stated  that 
"The  Criminal  Law  cannot  lag  far  behind  a  strong  sense  of  public 
outrage."  We  believe  that  the  criminal  law  acts  properly  in  prohibiting 
both  the  public  display  of  pornography  and  the  dissemination  of  un- 
solicited sexual  materials. 


(c)   The  Contention  that  Distribution  of  Pornography  Leads  to 
a  Decline  in  Civilization 


Some  authors  have  postulated  a  connection  between  sexual  permis- 
siveness  and  the  "cultural  decline"  of  civilization.     It  is 
said  that  sexual  freedom  inhibits  rationality,  philosophical 
speculation  and  "advanced  civilization."    The  argument 


23 

Among  them  are  J.D.  Unwin,  Pitirim  Sorokin,  Arnold  Toynbee, 

and  Bruno  Bettelheim.   See:   Christenson,  "Censorship  of  Pornography? 
Yes.,"  in  The  Progressive,  Sept.  1970,  pp.  24-25. 

24 
Id. 


71  - 


has  two  parts:   (a)  that  exposure  to  erotica  causes  sexual  permis- 
siveness, and  (b)  that  sexual  permissiveness  impedes  "progress." 
The  argument  merits  careful  consideration.   It  may  not  be  lightly 
brushed  aside.   While  it  does  not  seem  to  bear  up  well  on  purely 
intellectual  analysis,  history  is  marshalled  in  its  support. 

In  opposition  to  this  argument  for  placing  criminal  sanctions 
on  pornography,  there  is  a  laissez  faire  attitude  that  says  that  in  a 
democracy  "progress"  is  no  more  and  no  less  than  what  most  people 
say  it  is,  that  our  most  basic  notions  of  the  meaning  of  "progress," 
including  notions  of  proper  sexual  conduct,  are  undergoing  serious 
examination  by  many  people,  particularly  the  young,  and  that  it  is 
not  for  society  to  say  whether  ideas  about  sexual  permissiveness  will, 
or  should,  win  out.   According  to  this  point  of  view,  the  state  has 
no  business  applying  criminal  sanctions  to  depictions  of  sexual 
conduct  viewed  voluntarily  by  adults,  in  order  to  preserve  something 
as  tenuous  as  "progress." 

We  do  not  agree  with  this  argument.   A  society  has  a  right  to 
preserve  its  notion  of  progress.   But  it  is  unnecessary  to  resolve 
that  argument  at  this  juncture,  for  the  simple  reason  that  there  is 
no  convincing  connection  between  erotica  and  permissiveness.   The 
President's  Commission  concluded: 


72 


The  findings  of  available  research  cast 
considerable  doubt  on  the  thesis  that 
erotica  is  a  determinant  of  either  the 
extent  or  nature  of  individuals'  habitual 
sexual  behavior, 25 


Young  people  clearly  constitute  the  most  sexually  permissive 
segment  of  our  society.'  Yet  they  are  rarely  the  purchasers  of  por- 
nography in  San  Francisco.   The  average  buyer  of  erotica  in  this 
city  is  a  middle-aged  male.   It  seems  likely,  therefore,  that 
pornography  is  more  a  substitute  for  sexual  permissiveness  than  a 
cause  of  it. 

(d)   Minors  Should  Not  Be  Exposed  to  Pornography 

26 
In  Part  I  of  this  Report,    we  set  out,  as  a  principle  to  be 

applied  to  our  study  of  non-victim  crime,  the  proposition  that 

"society  has  an  obligation  to  protect  the  young."   In  the  area  of 

pornography,  protection  of  minors  is  a  justifiable  goal  for  the 

criminal  law.   The  President's  Commission  found  no  evidence  to  suggest 

that  exposure  to  explicit  sexual  materials  leads  juveniles  to  commit 

27 
delinquent  acts.     But  that  misses  the  point  entirely.   In  our 

society,  education  and  upbringing  about  sexual  conduct  have  been 

entrusted  to  the  family.   Whether  they  should  also  be  entrusted  to 


25 

Commission  on  Obscenity,  p.  194. 


26 

Issued  April  26,  1971. 


27 

Commission  on  Obscenity,  p.  225. 


73 


the  schools  is  another  question.   But  it  is  appropriate  to  preserve 
them  from  commercial  intrusion.   Laws  prohibiting  the  distribution 
of  sexual  materials  to  juveniles  without  parental  consent  are  justified 
not  because  they  prevent  "crime"  or  "delinquency"  but  rather  because 
they  protect  the  privacy  of  moral  education. 

But  how  far  should  the  law  go  in  its  aim  of  protecting  juveniles 
from  pornography?   It  should  be  obvious,  for  example,  that  the  state 
could  achieve  an  absolute  prohibition  on  the  distribution  of  erotica 
to  juveniles  only  if  the  state  were  to  ban  erotica  completely.   This 
the  state  cannot  do,  since  the  effect  of  such  a  prohibition  would 

"reduce  the  adult  population  ...  to  reading  only  what  is  fit  for 

28 
children."    On  the  other  hand,  it  is  clear  that  the  state  can 


legislate  directly  against  the  distribution  or  dissemination  of 

29 
explicit  sexual  materials  to  juveniles,    and  California  has  done  just 

that.   In  1969,  the  legislature  enacted  a  statutory  scheme  prohibiting 

the  distribution  of  "harmful  matter"  to  persons  under  18  years   of 

30 
age.     The  law  allows  parents  to  give  their  children  whatever  books 


O  Q 

Butler  v.  Michigan,  352  U.S.  380,  383  (1957)  (Opinion  by 
Justice  Frankfurter) . 

29 

Stanley  v.  Georgia,  supra;  Jacobellis  v.  Ohio,  378  U.S.  184  (1964); 

People  v.  Luros ,  supra  (Tobriner,  J.  dissenting). 

30 

Penal  Code  Sec.  313,  et  seq.   See  Appendix  C. 


-  74 


the  parents  wish  and  to  take  their  children  to  movies  as  they  see 

fit,  thereby  permitting  parents  to  decide  what  their  children  should 

31 
or  should  not  see  or  read.     We  believe  that  the  current  statutory 

scheme  prohibiting  the  distribution  of  ''harmful  matter"  to  juveniles 

makes  sense  as  it  stands. 


(f )   Some  Conclusions  on  "Harm" 

Our  study  of  "pornography"  has  not  disclosed  sufficient  harm 
to  society  to  justify  the  application  of  criminal  sanctions  to 
erotica  read  or  viewed  in  a  private  place  by  adults.   However,  we 
do  find  that  criminal  sanctions  are  proper  in  order  to  prohibit: 

(1)  The  sale  or  display  of  explicit  sexual  materials  to  minors; 
and 

(2)  Offensive  or  salacious  public  displays  of  sexual  themes 
or  materials. 

In  the  first  instance,  the  "harm"  is  done  to  our  sense  of  the 
privacy  of  the  family  and  home.   In  the  second,  the  "harm"  is  one 
of  affront,  embarrassment,  or  disgust  of  the  public  at  large. 


1Penal  Code  Sec.  313.2. 


75 


On  the  other  hand,  there  are  measurable  harms  in  prohibiting 
the  distribution  of  "obscenity"  to  adults  who  want  it.   The  first, 
and  most  important  of  these,  is  that  there  is  no  way  for  the  law, 
depending  as  it  must  on  language  as  a  tool  for  defining  its  rules, 
to  arrive  at  precise  or  objective  standards  for  obscenity.   This 
necessary  vagueness,  in  turn,  has  two  consequences.   One  is  that, 
throughout  history,  artistic  works  have  been  swept  up  by  obscenity 
laws,  often  finding  vindication  only  in  our  highest  courts. 32 

Joyce's  Ulysses  and  D.  H.  Lawrence's  Lady  Chatterly's  Lover  were  both 

33 

banned  by  obscenity  statutes.     Not  many  years  ago,  North  Beach 

book-sellers  stood  trial  in  San  Francisco  for  selling  poetry  that 
later  found  its  way  into  major  anthologies. 

Another  consequence  of  the  necessary  precision  of  obscenity 
statutes  is  that  the  interpretation  of  those  laws  makes  the  courts 
look  erratic.   The  public  at  large  comes  to  think  that  justice  is 
uncertain,  and  it  is.   This  measure  of  arbitrariness  is  not,  however, 
rightfully  attributed  to  any  misfeasance  by  the  courts.   Rather, 


32 

For  a  history  of  obscenity  prosecutions,  see  Ernst  &  Schwartz, 

Censorship:   The  Search  for  the  Obscene,  (MacMillan  Co.,  1964). 
33Id.  at  p.  127,  et  seq. 


-  76 


conflicting  interpretations  are  what  we  must  expect  when  we  ask 
the  courts  to  become  the  final  arbiters  of  what  is  "obscenity." 

Some  people  point  to  a  second  kind  of  identifiable  "harm" 
that  comes  from  the  enforcement  of  obscenity  laws.   For  example, 
Justice  Mathew  0.  Tobriner  of  the  California  Supreme  Court  wrote 
recently: 


In  our  highly  complex  and  increasingly  inter- 
dependent society  the  need  to  preserve  the 
individual's  freedom  of  thought  has  become 
crucial .   The  individual  has  been  confronted 
with  the  rise  of  tremendous  power  in  government 
and  in  the  so-called  technostructure  that 
tends  to  compel  conformity  and  standardization. 
The  central  issue  of  our  time  must  be  to  pre- 
serve the  identity  of  the  individual  in  the 
face  of  a  dangerous  depersonalization  and 
dehumanization . 


We  think  this  a  gross  exaggeration  of  fear  as  applied  to  pornography 
and  obscenity.   But  there  is  enough  in  it  to  work  against  applying 
obscenity  laws  to  sexual  materials  viewed  voluntarily  by  adults. 

Finally,  there  is  a  curious  kind  of  harm  that  has  resulted 
from  the  arrest  and  prosecution  of  the  owners  of  movie  theaters 


34 

People  v.  Luros,  supra,  (Tobriner,  J.  dissenting) 


-  77 


showing  pornographic  films  in  San  Francisco.   The  one  recognizable 
consequence  of  these  prosecutions  is  that  they  have  made  the  city's 
pornography  more  important  than  it  should  be.   Notorious  prosecutions 
have  created  an  aura  of  intrigue  and  mystery,  and  citizens  of  San 
Francisco  have  naturally  responded  by  going  to  see  what  the  fuss  is 
all  about.   Just  as  commercial  book-sellers  have  never  greeted  being 
"banned  in  Boston"  with  great  dismay,  so  too,  some  commercial  theater 
owners  in  the  city  have  been  able  to  depend  on  a  constant  supply  of 
headlines  manufactured  by  obscenity  prosecutions. 

A  number  of  members  of  the  Committee  have  viewed  "pornographic" 
films  at  a  theater  suggested  by  the  police.   Apart  from  remarking 
that  we  found  the  films  extremely  bad,  we  see  no  need  of  adding 
additional  comments,  since  to  do  so  would  simply  add  to  these  films 
an  unwarranted  dimension  of  importance. 

D.   Public  Display  and  Commercial  Advertisement 

We  have  said  that  we  believe  the  criminal  law  acts  properly 
by  prohibiting  the  distribution  of  sexual  materials  to  minors,  and 
we  have  affirmed  our  approval  of  the  California  statutes  (dealing 
with  "harmful  matter")  which  do   so. 

We  believe  that  the  criminal  law  acts  properly  in  prohibiting 
public  display,  that  is,  display  to  those  who  do  not  seek  it  out. 


-  78 


The  public  display  of  erotica,  whether  on  posters,  marquees  or 
magazine  stands,  or  whether  it  appears  in  newspaper  advertisements, 
obviously  reaches  minors.   But  even  were  it  to  reach  adults  alone, 
and  although  adults  ought  to  be  able  to  see  or  read  if  and  what 
they  choose,  we  see  ho  need  to  have  the  citizens  of  San  Francisco 
bombarded  with  bad  taste.   To  be  specific,  we  think  that  the  obscene 
neon  signs  and  the  salacious  suggestions  of  the  doorway  barkers  in 
North  Beach  should  be  prohibited. 

On  these  conclusions  it  seems  obvious  that  obscene  advertising 
should  be  prohibited.   Obscene  public  advertising  is  objectionable 
whether  the  motion  picture,  stage  performance  or  book  it  advertises 
is  obscene  or  not.   Indeed,  if  what  is  advertised  is  not  obscene, 
the  advertisement  is  no  more  than  degraded  huckstering  that  possesses 
no  conceivable  social  virtue.   While  there  are  important  values  at 
stake  in  letting  adults  see  or  read  whatever  they  choose,  there  are  no 
similar  values  in  allowing  theater  owners  or  book-sellers  to  adver- 
tise in  whatever  manner  they  choose.   It  is  nearly  certain  that  crim- 
inal statutes  aimed  directly  at  vulgar,  salacious  or  obscene 

35 
public  advertising  would  pass  constitutional  muster.     Indeed,  a 


35 

See:   "Legal  Considerations  Relating  to  Erotica,"  in  Commission 
on  Obscenity,  supra,  p.  295  et  seq. ;  People  v.  Luros,  supra,  (Tobriner, 
J. ,  dissenting) . 


-  79 


model  statute  aimed  at  offensive  public  display  was  proposed  by 

36 
the  President  s  Commission.     Some  may  say  that  the  problems  of 

drafting  statutory  standards  for  offensive  public  display  will  be 

identical  to  the  problems  inherent  in  drafting  standards  to  apply 
to  books  or  movies  themselves,  so  that  the  courts  will  be  just  as 
busy  trying  to  figure  out  what  is  prohibited.   However,  we  think  it 
likely  that  the  courts  will  properly  feel  that  they  can  trust  juries 
to  decide  what  is  vulgar  or  salacious  public  display.   The  consti- 
tutional right  of  free  speech,  we  observe  again,  exists  to  protect 
ideas  and  their  dissemination.   To  that  end  courts  tend  to  be 
sensitive  to  encroachments.   No  such  extreme  sensitivity  is  to  be 
expected  in  the  protection  of  the  pursuit  of  dirty  money.   Prohibi- 
tions on  vulgar  public  display,  such  as  offensive  commercial  adver- 
tising, simply  do  not  involve  the  risk  that  the  community  at  large 
will  be  deprived  of  its  chance  to  see  or  read  what  it  wants.   Juries, 
and  not  courts,  ought  to  determine  the  public  aesthetic  tenor  of 
their  communities. 

What,  then,  about  discreet,  non-obscene  advertisement  of 
obscene  material?   The  purpose  of  advertising  should  be  to  inform 
the  public  about  the  availability  of  commerical  wares,  and  it 
is  entirely  possible  for  advertsing  to  let  adults  know  the 
availability  of  sexual  materials  without  resort  to  vulgarity. 


36 

Commission  on  Obscenity,  supra,  at  p.  67. 


80 


For  example,  theaters  can  advertise  films  as  "Adult  Entertainment" 
or  as  "Sexually  Explicit."  Erotic  books  or  magazines  need  not  have 
erotic  covers,  or,  if  they  do,  they  can  be  kept  in  rooms  not 
accessible  to  minors.   It  is  therefore  argued  that  this  kind  of 
neutral,  sedate  advertising  should  not  be  prohibited.   And  there  is 
logic  in  the  argument  that  if  the  discreet,  private  viewing  of  obscene 
material  by  adults  should  not  be  prohibited,  the  non-offensive  adver- 
tisement of  what  itself  should  not  be  criminal  ought  not  to  be 
prohibited.   To  that  argument  it  is  answered  that  society  does  have 
some  rights  to  protect  its  own  standards  of  civilization,  so  long 
as  it  does  not  encroach  on  freedom  of  thought,  freedom  of  non- 
victim  action,  and  of  communication  of  ideas,  and  therefore  society 
has  a  right  to  prohibit  the  enticement  of  the  public  to  offensive 
material,  when  the  enticement  is  motivated  by  nothing  nobler  than 
acquisition  of  money.   The  public  enticement  to  salaciousness  of 
those  who  would  otherwise  not  view  it  is  not  non-victim  crime  at 
all;  the  public  is  the  victim.   So  the  answer  runs. 

To  enforce  laws  against  in-offensive  advertisement  of  obscene 
material  would  require  someone  to  determine  whether  the  material  is 
obscene.   This  must  be  a  jury.   This  brings  one  back  to  all  the 
difficulties  now  encountered  in  determining  whether  a  book,  stage 
performance,  or  motion  picture  is  obscene.   Those  who  favor  prohibi- 
tion of  advertising  of  pornography  argue  that  the  res»lt  of  passing 


81 


judgment  on  the  obscenity  of  the  material  will  not  be  to  prohibit 
the  material  but  only  to  prohibit  the  commercial  enticement  of  people 
to  view  or  read  it,  and  that  the  great  social  values  that  courts 
have  sought  to  protect  by  their  search  for  some  objective  standard 
of  obscenity  are  not  at  stake.   They  argue  that,  while  judgments 
of  juries  are  subjective  and  often  capricious,  they  represent  a  cross- 
section  of  public  consciousness;  if  juries  can  judge  whether  a  motorist 
has  "negligently"  injured  another  or  whether  a  businessman  has 
"unreasonably  restrained  trade,"  they  can  with  equal  propriety  be 
entrusted  with  the  task  of  determining  whether  material  is  so 
"obscene"  as  not  to  be  publicly  and  commercially  advertised. 

The  pros  and  cons  make  the  choice  difficult.   Our  final  con- 
clusion is  that  discreet,  non-obscene  advertisement  should  not  be 
prohibited.   This  conclusion  is  produced  by  consideration  of  the 
fourth  and  seventh  of  the  basic  principles  set  forth  in  Chapter 
I  of  Part  I  of  this  Report  on  Non-Victim  Crime: 

"Fourth  Principle:   When  government  acts,  it  is  not 
inevitably  necessary  that  it  do  so  by  means  of  criminal  processes." 

"Seventh  Principle:   Even  where  conduct  may  properly  be 
condemned  as  criminal  under  the  first  six  principles,  it  may  be  that 


82 


the  energies  and  resources  of  criminal  law  enforcement  are  better 
spent  by  concentrating  on  more  serious  things.  There  is  a  matter 
of  priorities." 

On  the  one  hand,  the  attempt  to  enforce  criminal  prohibitions  of 
non-salacious  advertising  of  books  or  private  performances  is  likely 
to  be  an  expensive  and  futile  use  of  law  enforcement  resources.   On 
the  other  hand,  it  would  be  better  to  spend  that  kind  of  money  on 
efforts  for  education  for  decency   Pornography  for  profit  is 
highly  reprehensible,  but  in  the  end  it  is  also  boring. 

Our  recommendation  against  prohibiting  sedate  announcements  of 
private  obscenity  may  prove,  in  practice,  to  be  mistaken.   There 
will  be  time  enough  to  change  it  if  that  turns  out  to  be  the  fact. 
Meanwhile,  the  effort  of  the  criminal  law  should  concentrate  on 
protecting  minors,  on  putting  down  public  display,  and  on  prohibiting 
unsolicited  distribution. 


APPENDIX  A 


Excerpts  from  the  Report  of  the  Committee  on  Homosexual 
Offenses  and  Prostitution,  Great  Britain  (The  Wolfenden  Report) 

(1963) 


A-l 


Para.  52.      We  have  indicated  (in  Chapter  II  above)  our  opinion 
as  to  the  province  of  the  law  and  its  sanctions,  and  how  far  it 
properly  applies  to  the  sexual  behaviour  of  the  individual  citizen. 
On  the  basis  of  the  considerations  there  advanced  we  have  reached 
the  conclusion  that  legislation  which  covers  acts  in  the  third 
category  (private  acts)  we  have  mentioned  goes  beyond  the  proper 
sphere  of  the  law's  concern.   We  do  not  think  that  it  is  proper 
for  the  law  to  concern  itself  with  what  a  man  does  in  private 
unless  it  can  be  shown  to  be  so  contrary  to  the  public  good  that 
the  law  ought  to  intervene  in  its  function  as  the  guardian  of 
that  public  good. 


Para.  53.      In  considering  whether  homosexual  acts  between  con- 
senting adults  in  private  should  cease  to  be  criminal  offenses  we 
have  examined  the  more  serious  arguments  in  favor  of  retaining  them 
as  such.   We  now  set  out  these  arguments  and  our  reasons  for  disagree- 
ment with  them.   In  favor  of  retaining  the  present  law,  it  has  been 
contended  that  homosexual  behaviour  between  adult  males,  in  private 
no  less  than  in  public,  is  contrary  to  the  public  good  on  the  grounds 
that  -- 

(i)   it  menaces  the  health  of  society; 
(ii)   it  has  damaging  effects  on  family  life; 
(iii)   a  man  who  indulges  in  these  practices  with  another 
man  may  turn  his  attention  to  boys. 


Para.  54.      As  regards  the  first  of  these  arguments,  it  is  held 
that  conduct  of  this  kind  is  a  cause  of  the  demoralization  and  decay 
of  civilizations,  and  that  therefore,  unless  we  wish  to  see  our  nation 
degenerate  and  decay,  such  conduct  must  be  stopped,  by  every  possible 
means.   We  have  found  no  evidence  to  support  this  view,  and  we  cannot 
feel  it  right  to  frame  the  laws  which  should  govern  this  country  in 
the  present  age  by  reference  to  hypothetical  explanations  of  the 
history  of  other  peoples  in  ages  distant  in  time  and  different  in 
circumstances  from  our  own.   In  so  far  as  the  basis  of  this  argument 
can  be  precisely  formulated,  it  is  often  no  more  than  the  expression 
of  revulsion  against  what  is  regarded  as  unnatural,  sinful  or  disgust- 
ing.  Many  people  feel  this  revulsion,  for  one  or  more  of  these 
reasons.   But  moral  conviction  of  instinctive  feeling,  however  strong, 
is  not  a  valid  basis  for  overriding  the  individual's  privacy  and  for 
bringing  within  the  ambit  of  the  criminal  law  private  sexual  behaviour 
of  this  kind.   It  is  held  also  that  if  such  men  are  employed  in 
certain  professions  or  certain  branches  of  the  public  service  their 


A- 2 


private  habits  may  render  them  liable  to  threats  of  blackmail  or  to 
other  pressures  which  may  make  them  "bad  security  risks."   If  this 
is  true,  it  is  true  also  of  some  other  categories  of  person:   for 
example,  drunkards,  gamblers  and  those  who  become  involved  in 
compromising  situations  of  a  heterosexual  kind;  and  while  it  may  be 
a  valid  ground  for  excluding  from  certain  forms  of  employment  men  who 
indulge  in  homosexual  behaviour,  it  does  not,  in  our  view,  constitute 
a  sufficient  reason  for  making  their  private  sexual  behaviour  an 
offense  in  itself. 


Para.  55.       The  second  contention,  that  homosexual  behaviour 
between  males  has  a  damaging  effect  on  family  life,  may  well  be  true. 
Indeed,  we  have  had  evidence  that  it  often  is;  cases  in  which  homo- 
sexual behaviour  on  the  part  of  the  husband  has  broken  up  a  marriage 
are  by  no  means  rare,  and  there  are  also  cases  in  which  a  man  in 
whom  the  homosexual  component  is  relatively  weak  nevertheless  derives 
such  satisfaction  from  homosexual  outlets  that  he  does  not  enter 
upon  a  marriage  which  might  have  been  successfully  and  happily  con- 
summated.  We  deplore  this  damage  to  what  we  regard  as  the  basic 
unit  of  society;  but  cases  are  also  frequently  encountered  in  which 
a  marriage  has  been  broken  up  by  homosexual  behaviour  on  the  part  of 
the  wife,  and  no  doubt  some  women,  too,  derive  sufficient  satisfaction 
from  homosexual  outlets  to  prevent  their  marrying.   We  have  had  no 
reasons  shown  to  us  which  would  lead  us  to  believe  that  homosexual 
behaviour  between  males  inflicts  any  greater  damage  on  family  life 
than  adultery,  fornication  or  lesbian  behaviour.   These  practices 
are  all  reprehensible  from  the  point  of  view  of  harm  to  the  family, 
but  it  is  difficult  to  see  why  on  this  ground  male  homosexual  behaviour 
alone  among  them  should  be  a  criminal  offense.   This  argument  is  not 
to  be  taken  as  saying  that  society  should  condone  or  approve  male 
homosexual  behaviour.   But  where  adultery,  fornication  and  lesbian 
behaviour  are  not  criminal  offenses  there  seems  to  us  to  be  no  valid 
ground,  on  the  basis  of  damage  to  the  family,  for  so  regarding  homo- 
sexual behaviour  between  men.   Moreover,  it  has  to  be  recognized 
that  the  mere  existence  of  the  condition  of  homosexuality  in  one  of 
the  partners  can  result  in  an  unsatisfactory  marriage,  so  that  for  a 
homosexual  to  marry  simply  for  the  sake  of  conformity  with  the  accepted 
structure  of  society  or  in  the  hope  of  curing  his  condition  may 
result  in  disaster. 


A- 3 


Para.  56.      We  have  given  anxious  consideration  to  the  third 
argument,  that  an  adult  male  who  has  sought  as  his  partner  another 
another  adult  male  may  turn  from  such  a  relationship  and  seek  as 
his  partner  a  boy  or  succession  of  boys.   We  should  certainly  not  wish 
to  countenance  any  proposal  which  might  tend  to  increase  offenses 
against  minors.   Indeed,  if  we  thought  that  any  recommendation  for 
a  change  in  the  law  would  increase  the  danger  to  minors  we  should 
not  make  it.   But  in  this  matter  we  have  been  much  influenced  by 
our  expert  witnesses.   They  are  in  no  doubt  that  whatever  may  be 
the  origins  of  the  homosexual  condition,  there  are  two  recognizably 
different  categories  among  adult  male  homosexuals.   There  are  those 
who  seek  as  partners  other  adult  males,  and  there  are  paedophiliacs, 
that  is  to  say  men  who  seek  as  partners  boys  who  have  not  reached 
puberty. (*) 


Para.  57.      We  are  authoritatively  informed  that  a  man  who  has 
homosexual  relations  with  an  adult  partner  seldom  turns  to  boys, 
and  vice  versa,  though  it  is  apparent  from  the  police  reports  we 
have  seen  and  from  other  evidence  submitted  to  us  that  such  cases 
do  happen.   A  survey  of  155  prisoners  diagnosed  as  being  homosexuals 
on  reception  into  Brixton  prison  during  the  period  1st  January, 
1954,  to  31st  May,  1955,  indicated  that  107  (69  percent)  were  attracted 
to  adults,  43  (27.7  percent)  were  attracted  to  boys,  and  5  (3.3 
percent)  were  attracted  to  both  boys  and  adults.   This  last  figure 
of  3.3  percent  is  strikingly  confirmed  by  another  investigation  of 
200  patients  outside  prison.   But  paedophiliacs,  together  with  the 
comparatively  few  who  are  indiscriminate,  will  continue  to  be  liable 
to  the  sanctions  of  criminal  law,  exactly  as  they  are  now.   And 
the  others  would  be  very  unlikely  to  change  their  practices  and  turn 
to  boys  simply  because  their  present  practices  were  made  legal.   It 
would  be  paradoxical  if  the  making  legal  of  an  act  at  present  illegal 
were  to  turn  men  towards  another  kind  of  act  which  is,  and  would 
remain,  contrary  to  the  law.   Indeed,  it  has  been  put  to  us  that  to 
remove  homosexual  behaviour  between  adults  males  from  the  listed 
crimes  may  serve  to  protect  minors;  with  the  law  as  it  is  there  may 
be  some  men  who  would  prefer  an  adult  partner  but  who  at  present 
turn  their  attention  to  boys  because  they  consider  that  this  course 


(*)  There  are  reasons  for  supposing  that  paedophilia  differs  from 
other  manifestations  of  homosexuality.   For  example,  it  would  seem 
that  in  some  cases  the  propensity  is  for  partners  of  a  particular  age 
rather  than  for  partners  of  a  particular  sex.   An  examination  of  the 
records  of  the  offenses  covered  by  the  Cambridge  survey  reveals  that  8 
percent  of  the  men  convicted  of  sexual  offenses  against  children  had 
previous  convictions  for  both  heterosexual  and  homosexual  offenses. 


A-4 


is  less  likely  to  lay  them  open  to  prosecution  or  to  blackmail  than 
if  they  sought  other  adults  as  their  partners.   If  the  law  were 
changed  in  the  way  we  suggest,  it  is  at  least  possible  that  such 
men  would  prefer  to  seek  relations  with  older  persons  which  would 
not  render  them  liable  to  prosecution.   In  this  connection,  informa- 
tion we  have  received  from  the  police  authorities  in  the  Netherlands 
suggests  that  practicing  homosexuals  in  that  country  are  to  some 
extent  turning  from  those  practices  which  are  punishable  under  the 
criminal  law  to  other  practices  which  are  not.   Our  evidence,  in 
short,  indicates  that  the  fear  that  the  legalization  of  homosexual 
acts  between  adults  will  lead  to  similar  acts  with  boys  has  not 
enough  substance  to  justify  the  treatment  of  adult  homosexual  behaviour 
in  private  as  a  criminal  offense,  and  suggest  that  it  would  be  more 
likely  that  such  a  change  in  the  law  would  protect  boys  rather  than 
endanger  them. 


Para.  58.      In  addition,  an  argument  of  a  more  general  character 
in  favor  of  retaining  the  present  law  has  been  put  to  us  by  some  of 
our  witnesses.   It  is  that  to  change  the  law  in  such  a  way  that 
homosexual  acts  between  consenting  adults  in  private  ceased  to  be 
criminal  offenses  must  suggest  to  the  average  citizen  a  degree  of 
toleration  by  the  Legislature  of  homosexual  behaviour,  and  that  such 
a  change  would  "open  the  floodgates"  and  result  in  unbridled  license. 
It  is  true  that  a  change  of  this  sort  would  amount  to  a  limited  degree 
of  such  toleration,  but  we  do  not  share  the  fears  of  our  witnesses 
that  the  change  would  have  the  effect  they  expect.   This  expectation 
seems  to  us  to  exaggerate  the  effect  of  the  law  on  human  behaviour. 
It  may  well  be  true  that  the  present  law  deters  from  homosexual 
acts  some  who  would  otherwise  commit  them,  and  to  that  extent  an 
increase  in  homosexual  behaviour  can  be  expected.   But  it  is  no  less 
true  that  if  the  amount  of  homosexual  behaviour  has,  in  fact,  increased 
in  recent  years,  then  the  law  has  failed  to  act  as  an  effective 
deterrent.   It  seems  to  us  that  the  law  itself  probably  makes  little 
difference  to  the  amount  of  homosexual  behaviour  which  actually 
occurs;  whatever  the  law  may  be  there  will  always  be  strong  social 
forces  opposed  to  homosexual  behaviour.   It  is  highly  improbable 
that  the  man  to  whom  homosexual  behaviour  is  repugnant  would  find  it 
any  less  repugnant  because  the  law  permitted  it  in  certain  circumstances; 
so  that  even  if,  as  has  been  suggested  to  us,  homosexuals  tend  to 
proselytize,  there  is  no  valid  reason  for  supposing  that  any 
considerable  number  of  conversions  would  follow  the  change  in  the  law. 


A- 5 


Para.  59.      As  will  be  observed  from  Appendix  III,  in  only 
very  few  European  countries  does  the  criminal  law  now  take  cogni- 
zance of  homosexual  behaviour  between  consenting  parties  in  private. 
It  is  not  possible  to  make  any  useful  statistical  comparison  between 
the  situation  in  countries  where  the  law  tolerates  such  behaviour 
and  that  in  countries  where  all  male  homosexuals  acts  are  punish- 
able, if  only  because  in  the  former  the  acts  do  not  reflect 
themselves  in  criminal,  statistics.   We  have,  however,  caused  inquiry 
to  be  made  in  Sweden,  where  homosexual  acts  between  consenting 
adults  in  private  ceased  to  be  criminal  offenses   in  consequence 
of  an  amendment  of  the  law  in  1944.   We  asked  particularly  whether 
the  amendment  of  the  law  had  had  any  discernible  effect  on  the 
prevalence  of  homosexual  practices,  and  on  this  point  the  authorities 
were  able  to  say  no  more  than  that  very  little  was  known  about 
the  prevalence  of  such  practices  either  before  or  after  the  change 
in  the  law.'  We  think  it  reasonable  to  assume  that  if  the  change 
in  the  law  had  produced  any  appreciable  increase  in  homosexual  be- 
haviour or  any  large-scale  proselytizing,  these  would  have  become 
apparent  to  the  authorities. 


Para.  60.      We  recognize  that  a  proposal  to  change  a  law  which  has 
operated  for  many  years  so  as  to  make  legally  permissible  acts  which 
were  formerly  unlawful,  is  open  to  criticisms  which  might  not  be 
made  in  relation  to  a  proposal  to  omit,  from  a  code  of  laws  being 
formulated  de  novo ,  any  provision  making  these  acts  illegal.   To 
reverse  a  long-standing  tradition  is  a  serious  matter  and  not  to  be 
suggested  lightly.   But  the  task  entrusted  to  us,  as  we  conceive  it, 
is  to  state  what  we  regard  as  just  and  equitable  law.   We  therefore 
do  not  think  it  appropriate  that  consideration  of  this  question  should 
be  unduly  influenced  by  a  regard  for  the  present  law,  much  of  which 
derives  from  traditions  whose  origins  are  obscure. 


Para.  61.      Further,  we  feel  bound  to  say  this.   We  have  outlined 
the  arguments  against  a  change  in  the  law,  and  we  recognize  their 
weight.   We  believe,  however,  that  they  have  been  met  by  the  counter- 
arguments we  have  already  advanced.   There  remains  one  additional 
counter-argument  which  we  believe  to  be  decisive,  namely,  the  impor- 
tance which  society  and  the  law  ought  to  give  to  individual  freedom 
of  choice  and  action  in  matters  of  private  morality.   Unless  a 
deliberate  attempt  is  to  be  made  by  society,  acting  through  the  agency 
of  the  law,  to  equate  the  sphere  of  crime  with  that  of  sin,  there 
must  remain  a  realm  of  private  morality  and  immorality  which  is, 
in  brief  and  crude  terms,  not  the  law's  business.   To  say  this  is  not 


A-6 


to  condone  or  encourage  private  immorality.   On  the  contrary,  to 
emphasize  the  personal  and  private  responsibility  which  a  mature 
agent  can  properly  be  expected  to  carry  for  himself  without  the 
threat  of  punishment  from  the  law. 


Para.  62.      We  accordingly  recommend  that  homosexual  behaviour 
between  consenting  adults  in  private  should  no  longer  be  a  criminal 
offense . 


APPENDIX  B 


CRIMINAL  JUSTICE  COSTS: 

PROSTITUTION  ARRESTS, 

SAN  FRANCISCO,  1967 


Prepared  by 

William  B.  Smith 


A-7 


COST  ANALYSIS 

PROSTITUTION  ARRESTS  AND  PROCESSING: 

I.   Police  Costs/Time: 

Detention  and  arrests  for  female  prostitution  offenses  are 
made  by  the  Bureau  of  Special  Services,  the  Patrol  Division  of  the 
San  Francisco  Police  Department  and  other  special  units  of  the  Depart- 
ment, such  as  the  Tactical  Squad,  and  the  "S  Squad."   In  order  to 
determine  the  amount  of  time  required  for  detention  and  arrest  on 
prostitution  charges,  an  average  time  was  formulated. 

The  detention  and  arrest  process  was  considered  to  be  that  time 
between  the  period  at  which  the  officers'  attention  is  first  drawn  to  a 
particular  individual  and  the  time  when  the  officer  either  completes 
a  written  police  report  as  to  the  offenses  of  the  individual,  or  he 
releases  the  individual  if  she  has  been  detained. 

From  the  point  at  which  the  officer's  attention  is  drawn  to  a 
particular  individual  by  her  actions,  behavior  or  dress,  until  the 
time  the  officer  accosts  the  individuals,  a  minimum  average  time  of 
13  minutes  elapses.   From  this  point  of  original  contact,  until  the 
time  the  officer  places  the  responsible  in  physical  custody,  an 
average  minimum  time  of  17  minutes  elapses. 

There  is  an  additional  waiting  time  for  the  police  patrol  vehicle 
to  arrive  at  the  arrest  location  or  a  transportation  time  by  the 
arresting  officers  of  the  individual  to  some  central  holding  or 


A-8 


booking  facility.   This  average  time  is  approximately  17  minutes. 
Further,  there  is  an  average  of  5  minutes  required  to  complete  the 
police  report. 

The  average  time  required  to  complete  a  detention  exclusive  of 
an  arrest  of  an  individual  is  47  minutes. 

The  average  time  then,  to  affect  an  arrest  of  prostitution  by 
the  Patrol  Division  personnel  is  approximately  52  minutes. 

During  the  period  under  question,  there  were  1,744  individuals 
detained  by  the  Patrol  Division  and  special  squads  of  the  San  Francisco 
Police  Department. 

A.  1,744  detentions  X  47  minutes  X  2  patrolmen  =  163,936  minutes 
or  2,732.2  hours. 

B.  1,053  arrests  X  5  minutes  report  writing  =  5,265  minutes  or 
87.7  hours. 

C.  2,732.2  detention  hours  +87.7  additional  arrest  hours  =  2,819.9 
hours. 

D.  2,819.9  hours  X  $5.35  per  hr.  ('67  patrolman's  wage)  = 
$15,086.46. 


TOTAL    $15,086.46 


A-9 


II.   Transportation  Costs: 

Transportation  to  a  district  station  or  to  the  Hall  of  Justice 
for  individuals  who  have  been  detained  or  arrested  may  be  by  either 
of  two  means.   The  defendant  may  be  transported  to  a  district  station 
or  the  Hall  of  Justice  by  the  arresting  officer  in  a  police  vehicle, 
or  by  the  police  patrol  wagon  and  the  officers  manning  it. 

If  the  individual  has  been  transported  by  the  officers  who  have 
made  the  arrest  in  a  police  car  then  the  17  minutes  already  considered 
in  Paragraph  I  will  suffice  for  transportation  time.   However,  in 
approximately  70%,  of  the  cases,  transportation  was  made  by  the  police 
patrol  wagon.   In  presenting  figures  on  transportation  we  will  be 
concerned  not  only  with  the  individuals  detained  by  the  Patrol  Division 
of  the  San  Francisco  Police  Department,  but  also  372  individuals  who 
were  detained  by  the  Bureau  of  Special  Services.   Total  number  of 
individuals  detained  was  2,116. 

A.  2,116  detentions  X  707°  (average  number  transported  by  the 
patrol  vehicle)  =  1,481  transported  individuals. 

B.  1,481  transported  individuals  X  35  minutes  X  2  patrolmen  = 
103,670  min.  or  1,727.7  hours. 

C.  1,727.7  hours  X  $5.35  per  hr.  ('67  patrolman's  wage)  =  $9,243,19, 


TOTAL   $9,243.19 


A- 10 


III.   Personnel  in  the  Bureau  of  Special  Services  Assigned  to 
Prostitution: 

A.  Salary,  Director  of  Bureau  of  Special  Services  (50%,  of 

the  time)  $  7,374.50 

B.  Salary,  Sergeant  of  Police  $  12,622.56 

C.  Salary,  12  patrolmen  $133,317.52 

D.  Salary,  1  Clerk  typist  (50%  of  time)  3,000.00 


TOTAL     $156,811.58 


IV.   Booking  Defendant /City  Prison: 

There  is  an  average  of  25  minutes  spent  from  the  time  the  defendant 
is  brought  to  city  prison  to  be  booked,  and  the  time  she  enters  her  cell, 

A.  1,425  arrests  X  25  minutes  =  35,625  minutes  or  593.7  hours. 

B.  593.7  hours  X  $5.35  per  hour  =  $3,176.29 


TOTAL   $3,176.29 


A-ll 


V.   Bail  Receipts: 

There  is  an  average  of  5  minutes  expended  for  the  preparation 
of  each  bail  receipt  issued  by  the  clerk  in  the  Criminal  Records 
Division.   Assuming  that  all  647b  defendants  were  able  to  post  bail, 
then; 

A.  1,425  arrested  X  5  minutes  =  7,125  minutes  or  118.7  hours. 

B.  118.7  hours  X  $4.56  =   $541.27 


TOTAL   $541.27 

VI.   Indexing  Defendants: 

Another  clerk  in  the  Criminal  Records  Division  is  responsible  for 
indexing  the  defendant  and  her  disposition  in  the  courts  criminal  records 
index.   There  is  an  average  of  at  least  5  indicies  for  an  arrest, 
including  continuances  and  each  index  requires  approximately  2  minutes 
to  record. 

A.  1,355  charged  X  2  minutes  X  5  indicies  =  13,550  minutes  or  225.8 
hours. 

B.  225.8  hours  X  $4.10  per  hour  =  $925.78 


TOTAL     $925.78 


A- 12 


VII.   Quarantine  Time  for  Defendants: 

Those  arrested  for  647b  of  the  Penal  Code  are  arrested  normally 
between  the  hours  of  10  p.m.  and  2  a.m.   They  must  remain  quarantined 
until  3  p.m.  in  the  afternoon  following  the  arrest.   Fourteen  (14)  hours 
then,  is  an  average  time  spent  by  the  defendants  in  city  prison  before 
being  released  on  bail. 

A.  1,425  arrested  X  14  hours  =  19,950  hours. 

B.  19,950  hours  X  $0.48.5  cents  per  hours        =  $9,675.75 


TOTAL      $9,675.75 

VIII.   Venereal  Disease  Examination  in  the  City  Prison: 

Each  individual  arrested  on  a  charge  of  647b  receives  an  examination 
for  venereal  disease.   The  City  Public  Health  Department  provides  1 
physician  specialist  and  1  registered  nurse  to  conduct  such  an  examination. 
The  physician  specialist  spends  an  average  of  9  hours  per  week  conducting 
such  examinations  and  the  registered  nurse  spends  an  average  of  14 
hours  per  week  assisting  in  such  examinations  and  in  the  analysis  of 
subsequent  tests. 

A.  Physician:   9  hours  a  week  X  52  weeks  of  the  year  =  468  hours 

B.  468  hours  X  $8.68  per  hour  =   $4  062.24 


A-13 

C.  Nurse:   14  hours  per  week  X  52  weeks  =  728  hours 

D.  728  hours  X  $4.19  per  hour  =  $3,050.32 

E.  Additional  medication  costs:   1,425  defendants  X  $0.50  per 
medication  unit  =  $712.50 


TOTAL   $7,825.06 

IX.   Preparation  of  the  Court  Calendar: 

A.  1,355  charged  defendants  4-  25  lines  of  the  court  calendar 
per  page  =  54.2  calendar  pages. 

B.  54.2  calendar  pages  X  5  average  appearances  =  271  calendar  pages 

C.  271  calendar  pages  X  15  minutes  =  4.065  minutes  or  67.7  hours 

D.  67.7  hours  X  $4.10  per  hour      =   $277.57 


TOTAL    $277.57 

X.   Court  Time/Costs: 

Costs  of  operation  of  the  Municipal  Court  departments  which 
handle  violations  of  647b  of  the  Penal  Code. 

A.   Salary,  Municipal  Court  Judge  =   $  11.97  hr. 


A-14 


B.  Salary,  Bailiff  =  $  4.64  hr. 

C.  Salary,  Courtroom  Clerk  =  $  5.89  hr, 

D.  Salary,  Court  Reporter  =  $  6.95  hr, 

E.  Salary,  District  Attorney  =  $  9.58  hr, 

F.  Salary,  Probation  Officer  =  $  4.99  hr, 


TOTAL   $  44.02  per  hour 

There  is  a  minimum  average  of  5  appearances  per  arrest,  including 
the  initial  appearances.   Each  appearance  requires  on  the  average 
of  4  minutes. 

G.   4  minutes  X  5  appearances  X  1,355  defendants  =  27,100  minutes 
or  451.6  hours 

H.   451.6  hours  X  $44.02  per  hour         =  $19,879.43 


TOTAL  $  19,879.43 


XI.   Additional  Court  Costs/Court  Trials: 

There  were  a  total  of  76  court  trials  held  before  a  judge.   Each 
court  trial  required  31  minutes  to  complete. 


A-15 

A.  76  court  trials  X  31  minutes  =  2,356  minutes  or  30.9  hours 

B.  30.9  hours  per  trial  X  $44.02  per  court  hour  =  $1,360.21 


TOTAL   $1,360.21 

XII.   Additional  Costs/ Jury  Trials: 

There  were  55  jury  trials  for  violation  of  647b  of  the  Penal 
Code  during  the  period  under  inquiry.   There  is  an  average  of  three 
additional  court  appearances  once  the  defendant  is  in  the  jury  depart- 
ment.  Each  of  these  additional  appearances  require  approximately  4 
minutes  each. 

A.  3  appearances  X  4  minutes  X  55  trials  =  660  minutes  or  11  hours 

B.  11  hours  X  $44.02  per  hour  =  $484.22 

Each  of  the  55  jury  cases  required  an  average  of  6  hours, 
including  jury  selection. 

C.  55  cases  X  6  hours  =  330  hours 

D.  330  hours  X  $44.02  per  hour  =   $14,526.60 

E.  $484.22  additional  appearance  costs  +   $14,526.60  additional 
court  costs  =  $15,010.82 


TOTAL    $15,010.82 


A-16 


XIII.   Jury  Fees: 

Each  trial  before  a  jury,  required  an  average  of  2  days  to 
complete.   The  current  rate  for  jurors  during  this  period  was  $6.00 
per  day. 

A.  2  days  X  $6.00  per  juror  per  day  X  12  jurors  =  $144  per  trial 

B.  $144  per  trial  X  55  trials   =  $7,920.00 

Although  only  12  jurors  were  chosen  for  each  trial,  a  total  of 
40  prospective  jurors  were  summoned.   Of  the  40  jurors  summoned 
approximately  30  would  appear.   Jury  is  normally  seated  in  1  day 
on  prostitution  cases. 

As  only  12  jurors  are  selected  for  the  trial  this  leaves  a  total 
of  18  rejected  jurors  who  nevertheless  receive  $6.00  per  trial  each. 

C.  18  jurors  rejected  X  $6.00  per  day  =  $108.00 

D.  $108  X  55  trials  =  $5,940.00 

E.  $7,920.00  trial  costs  +  $5,940.00  additional  jury  costs  =  $14,860.00 


TOTAL   $14,860.00 


A- 17 


XIV.   Public  Defender  Costs  for  Prostitution  Cases: 

The  Public  Defenders  Office  represented  1,007  defendants  charged 
with  violation  of  647b  of  the  Penal  Code  during  this  period.   An 
average  of  4  appearances  were  made  in  behalf  of  each  of  the  defendants . 
Each  appearance  required  4  minutes,  which  excludes  trial  time  in  behalf 
of  these  defendants.   Additionally  the  Public  Defender  expended  6,206 
minutes  in  court  and  jury  trial  defense  time. 

A.  1,007  defendants  X  4  appearances  =  4,028  appearances 

B.  4,028  appearances  X  4  minutes  =  16,112  minutes 

C.  16,112  minutes  +  6,206  minutes  trial  time  =  22,318  min.  or 
371.8  hours 

D.  371.8  hours  X  $7.91  per  hour  =   $2,940.93 


TOTAL    $2,940.93 

XV.   Police  Overtime  for  Court  Appearances: 

There  are  no  figures  available  to  us  to  indicate  how  much  over- 
time was  expended  by  the  police  department  for  court  appearances  in 
prostitution  cases.   We  can  only  surmise  the  following. 


A-18 


Approximately  457»  or  621  cases  of  those  charged  with  prostitution 
in  San  Francisco  were  dismissed  on  the  motion  of  the  District  Attorney. 
Therefore,  one  may  assume  that  the  decisions  for  dismissal  were  made 
prior  to  a  court  trial.   In  these  621  cases  then  it  would  be  reasonable 
to  expect  that  police  officers  would  not  be  present.   This  leaves  a 
remainder  of  approximately  734  cases  in  which  there  is  a  probability 
that  police  officers  were  subpoenaed  as  witnesses. 

The  average  number  of  appearances  by  an  officer  would  be  approx- 
imately one  (1).   For  each  appearance  the  officer  would  receive  2 
hours  of  compensation. 

A.  1  appearance  X  2  hours  X  734  cases   =  1,468  hours 

B.  1,468  hours  X  $5.35  per  hour  X  2  police  officers   =  $15,557.60 

Further,  as  there  were  55  jury  trials  the  following  additional 
expenses  would  be  incurred. 

C.  55  jury  trials  X  1  appearance  X  2  officers  =  110  appearances 

D.  110  appearances  X  2  hours  overtime  X  $5.35   =   $1,117.00 


TOTAL     $16,734.60 


A-19 


XVI.   Total  Costs  for  Criminal  Justice  Processing:   Arrest  Through 
Sentence: 


TOTAL     $272,348.94 

XVII.   County  Jail  Costs: 

The  Sheriff's  Department  has  reported  that  the  average  daily  cost 
of  maintaining  a  prisoner  in  a  county  jail  during  this  period  was 
$4.29  per  day.   There  were  389  county  jail  sentences  handed  down  during 
this  period  of  time  on  charges  of  prostitution.   The  average  length  of 
the  sentence  handed  down  was  64  days. 

A.  389  sentences  X  64  days  =  24,896  days 

B.  24,896  days  X  $4.29  per  day  =  $106,803.84 


TOTAL   $106,803.84 


XVIII.   Total  Criminal  Justice  Costs; 


TOTAL   $379,153.00 


APPENDIX  C 
BASIC  CALIFORNIA  OBSCENITY  STATUTES 


A-20 

ALL  SECTIONS  REFER  TO  CALIFORNIA 
PENAL  CODE 


Sec.  311.   (Indecent  exposures,  exhibitions,  etc.:   Grade  of  Offense: 
Application  of  subd  6.) 

As  used  in  this  chapter: 

(a)  "  Obscene  matter  means  matter,  taken  as  a  whole,  the 
predominant  appeal  of  which  to  the  average  person,  applying 
contemporary  standards,  is  to  prurient  interest,  i.e.,  a  shameful 
or  morbid  interest  in  nudity,  sex  or  exeretion;  and  is  matter  which 
taken  as  a  whole  goes  substantially  beyond  customary  limits  of  candor 
in  description  or  representation  of  such  matters; 

and  is  matter  which  taken  as  a  whole  is  utterly  without  redeeming 
social  importance. 

(1)  The  predominant  appeal  to  prurient  interest  of  the  matter 
is  judged  with  reference  to  average  adults  unless  it  appears  from 
the  nature  of  the  matter  or  the  circumstances  of  its  dissemination, 
distribution  or  exhibition,  that  it  is  designed  for  clearly  defined 
deviant  sexual  groups,  in  which  case  the  predominant  appeal  of  the 
matter  shall  be  judged  with  reference  to  its  intended  recipient  group. 

(2)  In  prosecutions  under  this  chapter,  where  circumstances 
of  production,  presentation,  sale,  dissemination,  distribution,  or 
publicity  indicate  that  matter  is  being  commercially  exploited  by 
the  defendant  for  the  sake  of  its  prurient  appeal,  such  evidence  is 
probative  with  respect  to  the  nature  of  the  matter  and  can  justify 
the  conclusion  that  the  matter  is  utterly  without  redeeming  social 
importance. 

(b)  "Matter"  means  any  book,  magazine,  newspaper  or  other 
printed  or  written  material  or  any  picture,  drawing,  photograph, 
motion  picture,  or  other  pictorial  representation  or  any  statute 
or  other  figure,  or  any  recording,  transcription  or  mechanical, 
chemical  or  electrical  reproduction  or  any  other  articles,  equipment, 
machines  or  materials. 

(c)  "Person"  means  any  individual,  partnership,  firm,  associa- 
tion, corporation  or  other  legal  entity. 

(d)  "Distribute"  means  to  transfer  possession  of,  whether  with 
or  without  consideration. 

(e)  "Knowingly"  means  being  aware  of  the  character  of  the  matter 
or  live  conduct. 

(f)  "Exhibit"  means  to  show. 

(g)  "Obscene  live  conduct"  means  any  physical  human  body  ac- 
tivity, whether  performed  or  engaged  in  alone  or  with  other  persons, 
including  but  not  limited  to  singing,  speaking,  dancing,  acting, 


A-21 


simulating,  or  pantomiming,  where,  taken  as  a  whole,  the  predominant 
appeal  of  such  conduct  to  the  average  person,  applying  contemporary- 
standards  is  to  prurient  interest,  i.e.,  a  shameful  or  morbid  interest 
in  nudity,  sex,  or  excretion;  and  is  conduct  which  taken  as  a  whole 
goes  substantially  beyond  customary  limits  of  candor  in  description 
or  representation  of  such  matters;  and  is  conduct  which  taken  as  a 
whole  is  utterly  without  redeeming  social  importance. 

(1)  The  predominant  appeal  to  prurient  interest  of  the  conduct 
is  judged  with  reference  to  average  adults  unless  it  appears  from  the 
nature  of  the  conduct  or  the  circumstances  of  its  production,  pres- 
entation or  exhibition,  that  it  is  designed  for  clearly  defined 
deviant  sexual  groups,  in  which  case  the  predominant  appeal  of  the 
conduct  shall  be  judged  with  reference  to  its  intended  recipient 
group. 

(2)  In  prosecutions  under  this  chapter,  where  circumstances  of 
production,  presentation  advertising,  or  exhibition  indicate  that 
live  conduct  is  being  commercially  exploited  by  the  defendant  for 
the  sake  of  its  prurient  appeal,  such  evidence  is  probative  with 
respect  to  the  nature  of  the  conduct  and  can  justify  the  conclusion 
that  the  conduct  is  utterly  without  redeeming  social  importance. 


Sec.  311.2.   (Sale  or  distribution,  etc.,  of  obscene  matter:   Penalty: 
Motion  picture  machine  operator.) 

(a)  Every  person  who  knowingly  sends  or  causes  to  be  sent,  or 
brings  or  causes  to  be  brought,  into  this  state  for  sale  or  distribu- 
tion, or  in  this  state  possesses,  prepares,  publishes,  or  prints, 
with  intent  to  distribute  or  to  exhibit  to  others,  or  who  offers  to 
distribute,  distributes,  or  exhibits  to  others,  any  obscene  matter 

is  guilty  of  a  misdemeanor. 

(b)  The  provisions  of  this  section  with  respect  to  the  exhibition 
of,  or  the  possession  with  intent  to  exhibit,  any  obscene  matter  shall 
not  apply  to  a  motion  picture  operator  or  projectionist  who  is  employed 
by  a  person  licensed  by  any  city  or  county  and  who  is  acting  within  the 
scope  of  his  employment,  provided  that  such  operator  or  projectionist 
has  no  financial  interest  in  the  place  wherein  he  is  so  employed. 


Sec.  311.4.   (Hiring,  employing,  etc.,  minor  to  engage  in  acts  described 
in  Sec.  311.2:  Penalty.)   Every  person  who,  with  knowledge  that  a  person 
is  a  minor,  or  who,  while  in  possession  of  such  facts  that  he  should 
reasonably  know  that  such  person  is  a  minor,  hires,  employs,  or  uses 
such  minor  to  do  or  assist  in  doing  any  of  the  acts  described  in 
Section  311.2,  is  guilty  of  a  misdemeanor. 


Sec.  311.5.   (Advertisement,  promotion  of  sale,  etc.,  of  matter  repre- 
sented to  be  obscene:   Penalty.) 


A-22 

Every  person  who  writes,  creates,  or  solicits  the  publication 
or  distribution  of  advertising  or  other  promotional  material,  or 
who  in  any  manner  promotes,  the  sale,  distribution,  or  exhibition 
of  matter  represented  or  held  out  by  him  to  be  obscene,  is  guilty 
of  a  misdemeanor. 


Sec.  311.6.   (Participating  in,  etc.  obscene  live  conduct:   Penalty.) 

Every  person  who  knowingly  engages  or  participates  in,  manages, 
produces,  sponsors,  presents  or  exhibits  obscene  live  conduct  to  or 
before  an  assembly  or  audience  consisting  of  at  least  one  person  or 
spectator  in  any  public  place  or  in  any  place  exposed  to  public  view, 
or  in  any  place  open  to  the  public  or  to  a  segment  thereof,  whether 
or  not  an  admission  fee  is  charged,  or  whether  or  not  attendance  is 
conditioned  upon  the  presentation  of  a  membership  card  or  other  taken, 
is  guilty  of  a  misdemeanor. 

Sec .  311 .  7 .    (Requiring  purchaser  or  consignee  to  receive  obscene 
matter  as  condition  to  sale,  etc.:   Penalty.)   Every  person  who, 
knowingly,  as  a  condition  to  a  sale,  allocation,  consignment,  or 
delivery  for  resale  of  any  paper,  magazine,  book,  periodical,  publi- 
cation or  other  merchandise,  requires  that  the  purchaser  or  consignee 
receive  any  obscene  matter  or  who  denies  or  threatens  to  deny  a 
franchise,  revokes  or  threatens  to  revoke,  or  imposes  any  penalty, 
financial  or  otherwise,  by  reason  of  the  failure  of  any  person  to 
accept  obscene  matter,  or  by  reason  of  the  return  of  such  obscene 
matter,  is  guilty  of  a  misdemeanor. 


Sec .  311 . 8 .  (Defense.)  It  shall  be  a  defense  in  any  prosecution  for 
a  violation  of  this  chapter  that  the  act  charged  was  committed  in  aid 
of  legitimate  scientific  or  educational  purposes. 


Sec.  311.9.   (Punishment  for  violation  of  Sees.  311.2,  311.3,  311.4, 
311.7,  313.1.) 

(a)   Every  person  who  violates  Section  311.2  or  311.5  is  punish- 
able by  fine  of  not  more  than  one  thousand  dollars  ($1,000)  plus 
five  dollars  ($5)  for  each  additional  unit  of  material  coming  within 
the  provisions  of  this  chapter,  which  is  involved  in  the  offense,  not 
to  exceed  ten  thousand  dollars  ($10,000),  or  by  imprisonment  in  the 
county  jail  for  not  more  than  six  months  plus  one  day  for  each 
additional  unit  of  material  coming  within  the  provisions  of  this 
chapter,  and  which  is  involved  in  the  offense,  such  basic  maximum 
and  additional  days  not  to  exceed  360  days  in  the  county  jail,  or 
by  both  such  fine  and  imprisonment.   If  such  person  has  previously 
been  convicted  of  any  offense  in  this  chapter,  or  of  a  violation 
of  Section  313.1,  a  violation  of  Section  311  2  or  311.5  is  punishable 
as  a  felony. 


A-23 


(b)  Every  person  who  violates  Section  311.4  is  punishable  by 
fine  of  not  more  than  two  thousand  dollars  ($2,000)  or  by  imprisonment 
in  the  county  jail  for  not  more  than  one  year,  or  by  both  such  fine 
and  such  imprisonment.   If  such  person  has  been  previously  convicted 
of  a  violation  of  former  Section  311.3  or  311.4,  he  is  punishable  by 
imprisonment  in  the  state  prison  not  exceeding  five  years. 

(c)  Every  person  who  violates  Section  311.7  is  punishable  by 
fine  of  not  more  than  one  thousand  dollars  ($1,000)  or  by  imprisonment 
in  the  county  jail  for  not  more  than  six  months,  or  by  both  such  fine 
and  imprisonment.   For  a  second  and  subsequent  offense  he  shall  be 
punished  by  a  fine  of  not  more  than  two  thousand  dollars  ($2,000),  or 
by  imprisonment  in  the  county  jail  for  not  more  than  one  year,  or  by 
both  such  fine  and  imprisonment.   If  such  person  has  been  twice 
convicted  of  a  violation  of  this  chapter,  a  violation  of  Section  311.7 
is  punishable  as  a  felony. 


Sec .  312.1  (Evidence  in  prosecution:  Nonrequirement  as  to  expert  testi- 
mony concerning  obscene  or  harmful  character:  Admissibility  of  evidence 
tending  to  establish  contemporary  community  standards.) 

In  any  prosecution  for  a  violation  of  the  provisions  of  this  chapter 
or  of  Chapter  7.6  (commencing  with  Section  313),  neither  the  prosecution 
nor  the  defense  shall  be  required  to  introduce  expert  witness  testimony 
concerning  the  obscene  or  harmful  character  of  the  matter  or  live  conduct 
which  is  the  subject  of  any  such  prosecution.   Any  evidence  which  tends  to 
establish  contemporary  community  standards  of  appeal  to  prurient  interest 
or  of  customary  limits  of  candor  in  the  description  or  representation  of 
nudity,  sex  or  excretion,  or  which  bears  upon  the  question  of  redeeming 
social  importance,  shall,  subject  to  the  provisions  of  the  Evidence  Code, 
be  admissible  when  offered  by  either  the  prosecution  or  by  the  defense. 


Sec.  313.   (Definitions)  As  used  in  this  chapter: 

(a)   "Harmful  matter"  means  matter,  taken  as  a  whole,  the  predominant 
appeal  of  which  to  the  average  person,  applying  contemporary  standards,  is 
prurient  interst,  i.e.,  a  shameful  or  morbid  interest  in  nudity,  sex,  or 
excretion;  and  is  matter  which  taken  as  a  whole  goes  substantially  beyond 
customary  limits  of  candor  in  description  or  representation  of  such  matters; 
and  is  matter  which  taken  as  a  whole  is  utterly  without  redeeming  social 
importance  for  minors . 

(1)  When  it  appears  from  the  nature  of  the  matter  or  the  cir- 
cumstances of  its  dissemination,  distribution  or  exhibition  that  it  is 
designed  for  clearly  defined  deviant  sexual  groups,  the  predominant  appeal 
of  the  matter  shall  be  judged  with  reference  to  its  intended  recipient  group 

(2)  In  the  prosecutions  under  this  chapter,  where  circumstances 
of  production,  presentation,  sale,  dissemination,  distribution,  or  publi- 
city indicate  that  matter  is  being  commercially  exploited  by  the  defendant 
for  the  sake  of  its  prurient  appeal,  such  evidence  is  probative  with  respect 
to  the  nature  of  the  matter  and  can  justify  the  conclusion  that  the  matter 


A-24 


(b)  "Matter"  means  any  book,  magazine,  newspaper,  or  other 
printed  or  written  material  or  any  picture,  drawing,  photograph,  mo- 
tion picture,  or  other  pictorial  representation  or  any  statue  or  other 
figure,  or  any  recording,  transcription,  or  mechanical,  chemical,  or 
electrical  reproduction  or  any  other  articles,  equipment,  machines,  or 
materials . 

(c)  "Persons"  means  any  individual,  partnership,  firm,  association, 
corporation,  or  other  legal  entity. 

(d)  "Distribute"  means  to  transfer  possession  of,  whether  with  or 
without  consideration. 

(e)  "Knowingly"  means  being  aware  of  the  character  of  the  matter. 

(f)  "Exhibit"  means  to  show. 

(g)  "Minor"  means  any  natural  person  under  18  years  of  age. 


Sec .  313.1   (Distribution  or  exhibition  of  harmful  matter  to  minor  as 
misdemeanor . ) 

(a)  Every  person  who,  with  knowledge  that  a  person  is  a  minor,  or 
who  fails  to  exercise  reasonable  care  in  ascertaining  the  true  age  of  a 
minor,  knowingly  distributes,  sends,  causes  to  be  sent,  exhibits,  or 
offers  to  distribute  or  exhibit  any  harmful  matter  to  the  minor  is  guilty 
of  a  misdemeanor. 

(b)  Every  person  who  misrepresents  himself  to  be  the  parent  or 
guardian  of  a  minor  and  thereby  causes  the  minor  to  be  admitted  to  an 
exhibition  of  any  harmful  matter  is  guilty  of  a  misdemeanor. 


Sec .  313.2   (Absence  of  prohibition  against  parent's  distribution  to 
his  child.) 

(a)  Nothing  is  this  chapter  shall  prohibit  any  parent  or  guardian 
from  distributing  any  harmful  matter  to  his  child  or  ward  or  permitting 
his  child  or  ward  to  attend  an  exhibition  of  any  harmful  matter  if  the 
child  or  ward  is  accompanied  by  him. 

(b)  Nothing  in  this  chapter  shall  prohibit  any  person  from  exhibiting 
any  harmful  matter  to  any  of  the  following: 

(1)  A  minor  who  is  accompanied  by  his  parent  or  guardian. 

(2)  A  minor  who  is  accompanied  by  an  adult  who  represents 
himself  to  be  the  parent  or  guardian  of  the  minor  and  whom  .the  person,  by 
the  exercise  or  reasonable  care,  does  not  have  reason  to  know  is  not  the 
parent  or  guardian  of  the  minor. 


A-25 


Sec .  313 . 3   (Scientific  or  educational  purposes  as  defense.) 

It  shall  be  a  defense  in  any  prosecution  for  a  violation  of  this 
chapter  that  the  act  charged  was  committed  in  aid  of  legitimate  scienti- 
fic or  educational  purposes. 


Sec.  313.4   (Punishment.) 

Every  person  who  violates  Section  313.1  is  punishable  by  fine  of 
not  more  than  two  thousand  dollars  ($2,000)  or  by  imprisonment  in  the 
county  jail  for  not  more  than  one  year,  or  by  both  such  fine  and  imprison- 
ment.  If  such  person  has  been  previously  convicted  of  a  violation  of 
Section  313.1  or  any  section  of  Chapter  7.5  (commencing  with  Section  311) 
of  Title  9  of  Part  1  of  this  code,  he  is  punishable  by  imprisonment  in  the 
state  prison  for  not  exceeding  five  years. 


Sec.  313.5   (Statutory  severability  and  partial  validity.) 

If  any  phrase,  clause,  sentence,  section  or  provision  of  this  chapter 
or  application  thereof  to  any  person  or  circumstance  is  held  invalid,  such 
invalidity  shall  not  affect  any  other  phrase,  clause,  sentence,  section, 
provision  or  application  of  this  chapter,  which  can  be  given  effect  without 
the  invalid  phrase,  clause,  sentence,  section,  provision  or  application  and 
to  this  end  the  provisions  of  this  chapter  are  declared  to  be  severable. 


THE  SAN  FRANCISCO  COMMITTEE  ON  CRIME 


A  REPORT  ON  NON -VICTIM 
CRIME  IN  SAN  FRANCISCO 


PART  III 


DANGEROUS  DRUGS  AND  NARCOTICS 


Moses  Lasky,  Co-Chairman 

William  H.  Orrick,  Jr.,  Co-Chairman 

Irving  F.Reichert,  Jr.,  Executive  Director 

Richard  M.  Sims,  III,  Asst.  Exec.  Director 

THE    ELEVENTH    REPORT    OF    THE    COMMITTEE 


July  19,  1971 


THE  SAN  FRANCISCO  COMMITTEE  ON  CRIME 


A  REPORT  ON  NON-VICTIM 
CRIME  IN  SAN  FRANCISCO 


PART  III 


DANGEROUS  DRUGS  AND  NARCOTICS 


ERRATA 


Mr.  William  Coblentz  who  is  listed  as  "not  participating"  should 
be  listed  as  voting  "for"  both  sections  of  the  Report. 

Page  25;   the  sentence  commencing  on  the  third  line  from  the  bottom 
of  the  page  should  read: 
"Repealing  prohibition  of  marijuana  use  might  result  in  an 
increase  of  use  for  awhile  by  some  people." 

Page  35;   the  last  word  on  the  fourth  line  should  read  "perameter." 


Moses  Lasky,  Co-Chairman 

William  H.  Orrick,  Jr.,  Co-Chairman 

Irving  F.Reichert,  Jr.,  Executive  Director 

Richard  M.  Sims,  III,  Asst.  Exec.  Director 

THE    ELEVENTH    REPORT    OF    THE    COMMITTEE 


July  19,  1971 


This  Report  is  being  submitted  to  the  Law  Enforcement  Assistance 
Administration  of  the  United  States  Department  of  Justice  in 
partial  satisfaction  of  the  conditions  of  O.L.E.A.  Grant  #374. 


THE  SAN  FRANCISCO  COMMITTEE  ON  CRIME 


Members : 

Mr.  Moses  Lasky,  Co-chairman 

Mr.  William  H.  Orrick,  Jr.,  Co-chairman 


Mr.  Alessandro  Baccari 

Mr.  Clarence  W.  Bryant 

Mrs.  Ruth  Chance 

Mr.  William  K.  Coblentz 

Mr.  Gene  N.  Connell 

Dr.  Victor  Eisner 

Dr.  Leon  J.  Epstein 

Mr.  Welton  H.  Flynn 

Mr.  Frederick  Furth 

Dr.  Donald  Garrity 

Dr.  David  Hamburg 

Rev.  Albert  R.  Jonsen,  S.J, 


Samuel  Ladar 
Lawrence  R.  Lawson 
Orville  Luster 
William  Osterloh 
Michael  Parker 
Stuart  Pollak 
William  K.  Popham 
Mr.  Lee  D.  Rashall 
Mrs.  Becky  Schettler 
Mr.  Louis  S.  Simon 
Mr.  Garfield  Steward 
Mr.  Edison  Uno 

Zeppelin  W.  Wong 


Mr. 
Mr. 
Mr. 
Lt. 
Mr. 
Mr. 
Mr. 


Mr. 


Professional  Staff  Participating  in  the  Preparation  of  this  Report: 

Mr.  Irving  F.  Reichert,  Jr.,  Executive  Director 

Mr.  Richard  M.  Sims,  III,  Assistant  Executive  Director 

Mrs.  Carolyn  French t    Consultant 

Miss  Kathleen  Thomas  t    Consultant 


Secretarial  Staff: 


Miss  Karen  Hagewood 
Mrs.  Nancy  Henshall 
Mrs.  Maria  T.  Strong 


THE  VOTE  OF  THE  MEMBERS  ON  THIS  REPORT 


I. 


On 

the  Marijuana  Section: 

FOR 

AGAINST 

NOT 

PARTICIPATING 

1. 

Mr.  Bryant 

1. 

Mr.  Baccari 

1. 

Mr.  Coblentz 

2. 

Mrs .  Chance 

2. 

Mr.  Connell 

2. 

Dr.  Hamburg 

3. 

Dr.  Eisner 

3. 

Dr.  Epstein 

4. 

Mr.  Flynn 

4. 

Father  Jonsen 

5- 

Mr.  Furth 

5. 

Mr.  Ladar 

6. 

Dr.  Garrity 

6. 

Mr.  Law son 

7. 

Mr.  La sky 

7. 

Mr.  Osterloh 

8. 

Mr.  Luster 

8. 

Mrs.  Schettler 

9. 

Mr.  Orrick 

9. 

Mr .  Wong 

10. 

Mr.  Parker 

11. 

Mr.  Pollak 

12. 

Mr.  Pop ham 

13. 

Mr.  Rashall 

14. 

Mr.  Steward 

15. 

Mr.  Simon 

16. 

Mr.  Uno 

On 

the  Heroin  Section: 

FOR 

AGAINST 

NOT 

PARTICIPATING 

1. 

Mr.  Baccari 

1. 

Mr.  Ladar 

1. 

Mr.  Coblentz 

2. 

Mrs.  Bryant 

2. 

Dr.  Hamburg 

3. 

Mrs.  Chance 

3- 

Father  Jonsen 

4. 

Mr.  Connell 

4. 

Mr.  Luster 

5. 

Dr.  Eisner 

5. 

Mr.  Steward 

6. 

Dr.  Epstein 

7. 

Mr.  Flynn 

8. 

Mr.  Furth 

9. 

Dr.  Garrity 

10. 

Mr.  La sky 

11. 

Mr.  Law son 

12. 

Mr.  Orrick 

13. 

Mr.  Parker 

14. 

Mr.  Popham 

15. 

Mr.  Pollak 

16. 

Mr.  Rashall 

17. 

Mrs.  Schettler 

18. 

Mr.  Simon 

19. 

Mr .  Uno 

20. 

Mr .  Wong 

O-CHAIRMEN 

lOSES    LASKY 
1    SUTTER    STREET 
AN    FRANCISCO 

WILLIAM  H.  ORRICK.  JR. 
05  MONTGOMERY  STREET 
AN    FRANCISCO 


Sax  Francisco  Committee  oisr  Crime 

300    MONTGOMERY    STREET       ROOM    709 
SAN    FRANCISCO.    CALIFORNIA.    94104 

PHONE:    (415)    391-1263 


July    19,1971 


IRVING    F\    REICHERT.  JR. 
EXECUTIVE    DIRECTOR 


Honorable  Joseph  L.  Alioto, 
Mayor  of  the  City  and  County 

of  San  Francisco, 
City  Hall, 
San  Francisco,  California  9^102. 

Dear  Mr.  Mayor: 

On  behalf  of  the  San  Francisco  Committee  on 

Crime,  we  submit  to  you,  as  the  Committee's  Eleventh 

Report,  a  report  on  Dangerous  Drugs  and  Narcotics.   The 

Committee's  term  of  existence,  under  the  resolutions  of 

the  Board  of  Supervisors  creating  it,  came  to  an  end  at 

the  close  of  June  30 ,  1971,  but  this  Eleventh  Report  was 

adopted  before  June  30th.   The  Committee's  principal 

funding  came  from  the  Ford  Foundation,  and, as  we  informed 

you  in  our  Tenth  Report,  Ford  Foundation  extended  the 

period  of  its  grant  to  July  31,  1971,  to  permit  an  orderly 

winding  up  and  the  publication  and  distribution  of  the 

Committee's  reports.   Because  this  Eleventh  Report,  although 

adopted  before  June  30th,  has  been  released  after  that  date, 

only  funds  received  from  Ford  Foundation  have  been  used  for 

its  publication  and  distribution;  no  funds  from  the  City 


Honorable  Joseph  L.  Alioto  2. 

have  been  used  for  that  purpose. 

All  the  previous  reports  of  the  Committee  have 
been  unanimous  or  virtually  so.   This  is  not  true  of  the 
Eleventh  Report.   That  report  consists  of  two  sections, 
in  addition  to  a  preliminary  discussion,  one  on  marijuana 
and  the  other  on  heroin.   The  section  on  heroin  has  been 
adopted  by  the  virtually  unanimous  action  of  all  members 
of  the  Committee  participating.   The  section  on  marijuana 
has  been  adopted  by  a  vote  of  not  quite  2/3  of  the  parti- 
pants.    A  2/3  vote  on  any  of  the  important  and  difficult 
subjects  with  which  this  Committee  has  dealt  would  be  a 
notable  achievement;  it  is  particularly  notable  with  re- 
spect to  a  subject  so  charged  with  emotion  and  fears  as 
dangerous  drugs  and  narcotics. 

Yet,  in  a  very  real  sense,  there  is  unanimity, - 
unanimity  that  the  present  marijuana  laws  are  too  rigorous 
and  repressive.   Attached  to  the  report  are  two  minority 
reports  which  speak  for  themselves.   One  minority  report 
states  that  "it  is  not  necessarily  in  agreement  with  the 
existing  laws  and  procedures  which  may  be  too  punitive 
with  respect  to  adults  who  use  or  possess  small  amounts 
of  marijuana";  the  other  minority  report  believes  that 
the  present  laws  are  "unreasonable"  as  respects  the 


Honorable  Joseph  L.  Alioto   3. 

"severity  of  punishment  for  such  offenses  as  the  possession 
of  small  amounts".  And  these  suggestions  for  amelioration 
come  on  top  of  the  fact  that  California  law  was  amended  to 
ameliorate  the  penalties  in  1969. 

The  minority  reports  were  received  as  the  Committee 
Report  was  about  to  go  to  the  printer,  and  therefore  the 
Report  itself  does  not  respond.   Some  brief  comment,  however 
is  in  order. 

The  present  restrictive  criminal  laws  on  marijuana 
were  adopted  in  the  1930' s.   It  was  then  believed  that 
marijuana  made  its  users  into  dangerous  criminals.   No  one 
who  has  looked  into  that  subject  even  slightly  any  longer 
believes  that.   The  present  fears  about  marijuana  are, 
largely,  of  two  kinds:   (l)  That  its  use  leads  to  the  use 
of  "harder"  drugs,  and  (2)  that  it  makes  its  users  "amotiva- 
tional",  that  is,  that  it  reduces  its  users  to  a  state  of 
passive  vegetation.   The  Report  fully  discusses  these  two 
questions.   The  consensus  at  the  present  time  is  that  the 
deleteriousness  of  marijuana,  or  its  extent,  remains  largely 
unestablished .   Those  who  oppose  change  in  the  law  do  not 
appear  to  contend  that  if  those  laws  were  not  already  in 
effect  it  would  now  be  appropriate  to  enact  them  in  the 
present  state  of  knowledge.    The  view  of  one  minority 


Honorable  Joseph  L.  Alioto  4. 

report  is  that,  as  the  laws  are  on  the  books,  they  should 
stay  there  In  view  of  the  uncertainty  of  knowledge.   The 
majority  of  ^he  Committee  believes  mat  laws  that  would 
not  have  been  adopted  on  the  basis  of  present  knowledge 
ought  not  be  retained. 

The  further  statement  in  one  minority  report, 
that  the  Committee  has  not  gathered  enough  data  on  the 
subject,  is  completely  unwarranted,  and  it  is  rejected 
out-of-hand  by  the  Chairmen,  the  staff,  and  the  majority 
of  the  Committee.   The  present  literature  is  abundant  and 
fairly  uniform  in  its  conclusions,  which,  as  the  Report 
states,  add  up  to  a  Scotch  verdict.   As  late  as  Friday, 
July  2,  1971,  at  the  Commonwealth  Club,  Dr.  Leo  Hollister 
of  the  Veterans  Administration  Hospital  at  Palo  Alto  re- 
ported the  state  of  present  knowledge  about  the  pharmalogical 
aspects  of  marijuana  quite  in  accord  with  the  majority 
report. 

Another  reason  for  dissent  expressed  in  the 
minority  reports  is  the  belief  that  the  repeal  of  present 
laws  on  marijuana  may  be  regarded  in  some  areas  as 
an  approval  of  the  use  of  the  drug  and  might  lead  to 
the  spread  of  its  use.   The  majority  of  the  Committee  does 
not  dismiss  that  objection  lightly;  the  Report  discusses 


Honorable  Joseph  L.  Alioto   5. 

it  with  care  and  gives  it  the  weight  it  deserves.   One 
minority  report  speaks  of  the  Committee  report  as  recom- 
mending "legalization"  of  marijuana  as  respects  adults; 
the  recommendation,  of  course,  is  for  regulating  the  sale, 
possession  and  use  relative  to  adults  by  a  system  adapted 
from  the  control  of  alcoholic  beverages. 

We  realize  that  previous  portions  of  our  report 
on  non-victim  crime,  such  as  those  dealing  with  prostitu- 
tion and  pornography,  have  been  carelessly  read  by  portions 
of  the  public,  including  those  who  should  know  better. 
The  Committee  thoroughly  deplores  prostitution  and  has  the 
utmost  detestation  for  pornography.   Yet  our  reports  have 
been  carelessly  interpreted  as  an  endorsement  of  these 
vices.    We  resign  ourselves  to  a  like  misinterpretation 
that  the  Committee  approves  the  use  of  marijuana,  despite 
our  reiteration  that  we  disapprove  the  use  of  marijuana 
and  encourage  all  non-criminal  processes  to  prevent  it. 

In  the  last  analysis,  the  basic  question  is 
exactly  the  same  as  this  Committee  emphasized  with  respect 
to  every  type  of  non-victim  crime.   That  question  is 
simply  this:   Is  the  criminal  process  the  correct  and 
effective  way  by  which  society  should  seek  to  meet  a 
problem;  are  the  resources  of  society  best  spent  on  the 


Honorable  Joseph  L.  Alioto   6. 

criminal  process?   We  have  said  that  the  law  cannot 
successfully  make  criminal  what  a  substantial  portion 
of  the  public  does  not  want  made  criminal,  and  we 
know  that  a  vast  number  of  the  citizenry--perhaps  an 
overwhelming  number  of  the  younger  generation--cannot 
understand  and  will  not  accept  the  marijuana  laws.   We 
have  said  that  not  all  the  ills  or  aberrancies  of  society 
are  the  concern  of  government;  that  when  the  government 
acts,  it  is  not  inevitably  necessary  that  it  do  so  by 
means  of  criminal  processes;  that  every  person  should 
be  free  of  the  coercion  of  criminal  law  unless  his  con- 
duct injures  others  or  damages  society;  that  when  criminal 
law  seeks  to  express  a  sense  of  public  outrage,  it  should 
be  sure  that  its  sense  of  outrage  is  that  of  substantially 
the  public  as  a  whole.   We  have  said  that  there  is  a 
matter  of  priorities  in  the  expenditures  of  the  energies 
and  resources  of  criminal  law  enforcement.   If  we  are 
correct  in  all  these  statements—and  we  are  convinced 
that  we  are--,  then  we  are  convinced  that  the  conclusions 
expressed  in  the  majority  report  are  also  correct,  and 
that  only  formless  fears  deter  the  minority  members  from 
following  to  its  rational  end  their  own  belief  that  the 
present  law  needs  some  change. 


Honorable  Joseph  L.  Alioto  7. 

Inasmuch  as  the  reports  and  recommendations  of 
this  Committee  on  matters  entirely  within  the  hands  of 
this  City  have  yet  to  be  put  into  effect,  the  Committee 
is  not  so  sanguine  as  to  believe  that  its  recommendations 
on  marijuana,  the  control  of  which  lies  in  the  State  and 
National  sphere,  will  be  speedily  adopted.   We  submit  the 
Committee  Report  and  the  minority  reports  in  the  hope 
that  they  will,  at  least,  encourage  and  focus  thoughtful 
consideration. 

The  control  of  heroin  lies  even  more  largely  in 
federal  hands,  and  our  report  on  that  subject  is  confined 
to  an  analysis  and  delineation  of  the  difficulties  and  to 
pointing  out  the  matters  to  which  serious  attention  should 
be  given. 

With  this  Eleventh  Report,  the  work  of  the  San 
Francisco  Committee  on  Crime  comes  to  an  end. 

Respectfully, 


^ 


Moses  Lasky 


'iZfox&^A 


William  H.  Orrick,  Jr. 

Co-Chairmen- 


;0-CHAIRMEN 
lOSES    LASKY 

1  SUTTER  STREET 
AN  FRANCISCO 

Vll_l_IAM  H,  ORRICK,  JR. 

105    MONTGOMERY   STREET 
AN    FRANCISCO 


San  Francisco  Committee  on  Crime 

300    MONTGOMERY   STREET      ROOM    709 
SAN    FRANCISCO.    CALIFORNIA,    94104 

PHONE:    (415)    391-1363 


July   19,1971 


IRVING    F.   REICHERT,  JR. 
EXECUTIVE    DIRECTOR 


Honorable  Dlanne  Feins tein, 

President  of  the  Board  of  Supervisors 

of  the  City  and  County  of  San  Francisco, 

City  Hall, 

San  Francisco,  California  9^102. 

Dear  Mrs.  Feinstein: 

The  San  Francisco  Committee  on  Crime  submits 
to  you  with  this  letter  Part  III  of  its  report  on  non- 
victim  crime.   Sufficient  copies  are  enclosed  for  all 
members  of  the  Board  of  Supervisors.   We  also  enclose 
a  copy  of  the  letter  by  which  we  are  concurrently  sub- 
mitting the  report  to  the  Mayor. 

With  this  Eleventh  Report,  the  work  of  the  San 
Francisco  Committee  on  Crime  comes  to  an  end. 

Respectfully, 


Moses^jasky 


ML/nh 
Enclosures 


William  H.  Orrick,  Jr. 

Co-Chairmen, 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS 

INTRODUCTION  i 

A.  Marijuana  9 

1.  Sale  of  Marijuana  to  Minors  and  Possession 

by  Minors  12 

2.  Use  of  Marijuana  by  Adults  13 

3.  Possession  of  Marijuana  by  Adults  20 

4.  Sale  of  Marijuana  to  Adults  21 

5.  Commercial  Exploitation  24 
Recommendations  28 

B.  Heroin  31 

1.  Possession  and  Sale  of  Heroin  31 

2 .  Use  42 

Minority  Report  54 

Supplemental  Minority  Report  57 


Appendix  A- 

San  Francisco  Crime  Laboratory  Services  Performed: 

A  Comparison  of  Years  1960,  1969  and  1970  A-l 


Appendix  B- 

An  Analysis  of  the  Existing  California  System  of 

Involuntary  Commitment  of  Narcotics  Addicts  A-4 


INTRODUCTION 

This  is  the  third  in  a  series  of  reports  by  the  Committee  on 
"non-victim  crimes"  in  San  Francisco.   The  first  report  on  this  sub- 
ject dealt  with  basic  principles  and  public  drunkenness.   The  second 
report  discussed  gambling,  sexual  conduct  and  pornography.   This 
report  covers  "drugs  and  narcotics,"  concentrating  on  laws  con- 
cerning marijuana  and  heroin. 

Throughout  our  examination  of  laws  dealing  with  "non-victim 
crime,"  we  have  been  guided  by  the  seven  "basic  principles"  set  out 
and  discussed  in  some  detail  in  Part  I  of  this  Report.   We  list  those 
principles  again,  for  they  are  referred  to  in  this  Report.   Readers 
interested  in  the  origins  of  these  guidelines  can  return  to  Part  I 
of  this  Report,  which  is  available  in  local  bookstores  and  through 
the  Public  Library.   Our  principles  are: 

1 .  The  law  cannot  successfully  make  criminal  what  the 
public  does  not  want  made  criminal . 

2 .  Not  all  the  ills  or  aberrancies  of  society  are  the  con- 
cern of  the  government.  Government  is  not  the  only  human  institution 
to  handle  the  problems,  hopes,  fears  or  ambitions  of  people. 

3 .  Every  person  should  be  left  free  of  coercion  of 
criminal  law  unless  his  conduct  impinges  on  others  and  injures  others. 
or  if  it  damages  society. 


11 


4.  When  government  acts,  it  is  hot  inevitably  necessary 
that  it  do  so  by  means  of  criminal  processes. 

5 .  Society  has  an  obligation  <-o  protect  the  young. 

6 .  Criminal  law  cannot  lag  far  behind  a  strong  sense  of 
public  outrage. 

7 .  Even  where  conduct  may  properly  be  condemned  as  criminal 
under  the  first  six  principles,  it  may  be  that  the  energies  and 
resources  of  criminal  law  enforcement  are  better  spent  by  concentrating 
on  more  serious  things.   This  is  a  matter  of  priorities. 


The  only  aspect  of  drug  and  narcotic  use  that  comes  within 
the  assigned  task  of  this  Committee  or  within  the  area  of  its 
competence  is  to  determine  the  part  to  be  played  by  criminal  law. 
We  cannot  pass  on  morals. 

In  1960  in  California,  4,245  adults  were  arrested  for  violating 
laws  on  marijuana;  in  1969  there  were  38,670,  an  increase  of  over 
800%.   In  1960  there  were  910  arrests  of  juveniles  under  the  same 
laws;  in  1969  there  were  about  16,000,  an  increase  of  more  than 

16507°.   For  dangerous  drugs  the  increase  was  even  greater,  both 

1 
for  adults  and  juveniles. 

Other  available  data  are  equally  startling.   In  January  of  this 
year,  the  Federal  Department  of  Health,  Education  and  Welfare  (H.E.W.) 
reported  that  317,  of  American  college  students  had  used  marijuana 
by  1970,  and  that  in  that  year,  427.  of  the  students  in  the  San  Mateo 
County  High  School  system  asserted  that  they  had  used  marijuana. 

H.E.W.  summarized  a  study  showing  that  407,  of  college-age  residents 

2 
of  San  Francisco  who  were  not  in  school  had  tried  marijuana  by  1969. 


California  Bureau  of  Criminal  Statistics,  Drug  Arrests  and 
Dispositions,  1969,  p.  1. 

2 
United  States  Department  of  Health,  Education  and  Welfare,  a 

Report  to  Congress:   Marihuana  and  Health,  Jan.  31,  1971,  pp.  35-3J 


2  - 


Professor  John  Kaplan  of  the  Stanford  Law  School  has  estimated 

that  in  1968  state  and  local  government  agencies  in  California 

3 
spent  $72  million  enforcing  the  marijuana  laws. 


In  1969,  147q  of  all  felony  arrests  in  San  Francisco  were  for 

4 
violating  the  marijuana  laws,   but  38%  of  all  so  arrested  were 

5 
released  without  prosecution,   doubtless  because  the  District 

Attorney's  Office  believed  that  it  had  insufficient  legally  admis- 
sible evidence.   Since  1969,  State  Law  has  permitted  District 

Attorneys  to  charge  either  a  felony  or  a  misdemeanor  for  possession 

6 
of  marijuana.    In  San  Francisco,  a  defendant  is  ordinarily  charged 


3 
John  Kaplan,  Marijuana,  The  New  Prohibition,  World  Publishing  Co., 

1970,  p.  29. 

4 
California  Bureau  of  Criminal  Statistics,  Crime  and  Arrests, 

Reference  Tables,  1969,  Table  II,  p.  22;  Drug  Arrests  and  Disposition 

In  California,  Reference  Tables  1969,  Table  IV,  p.  9. 

This  figure  was  computed  by  Mr.  Bruce  Johnson,  a  sociologist 
at  the  University  of  California  at  Berkeley,  in  connection  with  a  study 
of  felony  release  rates  prepared  for  the  Crime  Committee  in  December, 
1970.   Mr.  Johnson's  source  data  consisted  of  Monthly  Adult  Felony 
Arrest  Reports  submitted  by  the  San  Francisco  Police  Department  to 
the  California  Bureau  of  Criminal  Statistics. 

6 
See  Sec.  17  Penal  Code,  as  amended,  Sec.  11530  H.  &  S.  Code. 


-  3  - 

with  a  misdemeanor  if  he  has  no  prior  record  of  drug  or  narcotic 
convictions  and  he  has  been  arrested  for  possessing  not  more 

than  a  "lid"  (about  one  ounce)  of  marijuana.   About  15%  of  all 

7 
Municipal  Court  cases  in  San  Francisco   involve  either  possession 

of  marijuana  or  "visiting  a  place"  where  marijuana  is  being  used. 

Someone  has  said  that  statistics  are  used  the  same  way  a 
drunk  uses  a  light  standard,  for  support  and  not  for  illumination. 
Advocates  for  the  repeal  of  criminal  laws  on  marijuana  and  other 
drugs  point  to  statistics  like  the  foregoing  as  demonstrating  that 
criminal  law  does  not  deter  the  use  of  these  drugs.   Another 
explanation  would  be  that  the  social  and  economic  conditions  of  the 
1960 's  produced  an  upsurge  of  use  that  might  have  been  even  greater 
but  for  criminal  laws   All  that  is  speculation.   We  cite  the 
statistics  for  the  neutral  purpose  of  showing  the  gravity  of  the 
problem,  the  enormous  drain  on  law  enforcement  money  and  manpower, 
and  the  lack  of  satisfactory  effect  of  all  this  effort. 

Clearing  the  Underbrush 

This  subject  of  drugs  and  narcotics  is  the  most  difficult  to 
analyze  and  resolve  of  all  those  discussed  in  our  Report  on 
"Non-Victim  Crime."  A  major  difficulty  is  that  the  discussion  in 


7 
Based  on  all  cases  filed  in  Municipal  Court  Departments  9  and  10, 

January  1,  1971  -  May  1 ,  1971. 


-  4 


the  literature  is  bedeviled  with  hyperbole,  emotion,  irrational 
argument  and  pedantic  quibble. 

On  the  threshold,  we  note  that  to  categorize  the  subject 
as  non-victim  crime  is  itself  to  vault  to  a  conclusion  over  thorny 
obstacles.   "Drugs  and  narcotics"  are  placed  in  that  category 
because  the  user  acts  voluntarily   But  whatever  may  be  said  about 
using  drugs,  the  act  of  selling  is  not  non-victim  conduct  in  the 
case  of  a  drug  like  heroin  which  addicts  the  user;  one  deprived 
of  either  physiological  or  mental  power  to  resist  is  no  longer 
a  "voluntary"  participant.   Thus  whether  the  act  of  selling  can 
be  categorized  as  non-victim  conduct  depends  upon  the  nature  and 
effect  of  a  particular  drug.   Nor  is  it  all  crystal  clear  that  the 
act  of  use  is  non-victim  conduct;  society  can  be  the  victim  in 
several  ways.   For  example,  we  said  in  Part  I  of  this  Report  on 
Non-Victim  Crime  that: 


If  it  could  be  shown  that  the  use  of  marijuana  threatens 
to  reduce  the  next  generation  to  a  state  of  passive 
vegetation,  devoid  of  the  drive  that  made  this  nation 
the  haven  of  all  peoples,  no  stronger  reason  would  be 
needed  for  seeking  to  eradicate  the  use  of  the  weed 
by  almost  any  means . 


This  states  a  possibility.   No  evidence  yet  discovered  by  us 
shows  it  to  be  a  probability,  but  the  reported  use  of  heroin  among 
the  troops  in  Vietnam  could  pose  a  worse  threat  to  the  future  of  the 


country.   The  use  of  drugs  and  narcotics  could  also  be  an  injury 
to  society  in  ways  less  sweeping  than  that  of  the  destruction  of  a 
generation  of  youth.   For  example,  it  would  be  so  if  its  use  were 
frequently  to  induce  violent  or  aggressive  behavior  toward  others. 
It  would  also  be  so  if  drug  use  were  to  make  ordinary  and  gainful 
employment  by  the  user  difficult  or  impossible,  for  society  would 
then  have  loaded  upon  its  back  the  costs  of  support  and  medical  care. 

Discussion  is  also  handicapped  by  the  extreme  positions  taken 
by  partisans  on  the  one  side  or  the  other.   At  the  one  extreme, 
users  are  assailed  as  immoral  or  indecent,  as  "freaks"  or  misfits 
or  as  a  disgrace  to  society.   This  kind  of  reaction  gets  one  nowhere; 
the  law  would  have  no  business  whatever  trying  to  prohibit  adults 
from  using  drugs  to  get  "high"  or  to  alter  their  perceptions  unless 
injury  to  society  were  also  present.   At  the  other  extreme,  society 
is  itself  assailed  as  the  very  cause  of  the  abuse  of  drugs.   It  is 
argued  that,  while  people  resort  to  drug  abuse  for  a  variety  of 
reasons,  psychological  or  psychotic  illness,  or  to  find  new  experiences, 
or  to  do  what  their  peers  do,  the  unifying  explanation  is  that  drug 
abuse  represents  an  attempt  to  reconcile  serious  contradictions 
between  self  and  society.   It  is  no  accident,  we  are  told,  that 
until  recently  heroin  was  a  problem  confined  to  the  ghettos  of 
this  country,  and  that,  when  young  people  are  asked  why  they  turn 
to  drugs,  their  reply  is  almost  uniformly  that  modern  urban  mass 
society  is  becoming  increasingly  inhuman.   The  blame  is  laid  on 


pollution,  racism,  poverty,  "loss  of  identity,"  and  so  on  and  on. 
When  so  many  young  people  are  unable  to  "integrate  with  society," 
when  they  turn  to  drugs  as  only  one  of  a  number  of  means  of 
escape,  it  is  time  to  look  hard  at  society:   so  the  assertions  go. 

All  this  may  be  true,  or  it  may  be  only  the  fashion  of  the 
moment  to  say  so.   Perhaps  the  causes  are  in  the  very  structure 
of  contemporary  civilization.   And  if  society  could  find  the 
causes  and  root  them  out,  it  should  do  so.   But  that  truism  gets 
us  nowhere  in  finding  an  answer  to  the  only  aspect  of  drug  and 
narcotic  use  that  comes  within  the  assigned  task  of  this  Committee 
or  within  its  area  of  competence,  which,  as  already  observed  is  to 
determine  the  part,  if  any,  to  be  played  by  criminal  law. 

In  the  previous  paragraphs  we  have  sometimes  spoken  of 
"drug  abuse"  rather  than  "use,"  and  of  "dangerous"  drugs  instead  of 
merely  "drugs."  We  have  done  so  to  avoid  the  pedantry  of  being 
told  that  coffee,  tea,  nicotine  and  alcohol  are  drugs  or  narcotics, 
that  there  are  legitimate  drugs  and  legitimate  uses  for  even  dangerous 
drugs  and  narcotics,  that  "dangerous"  drugs  and  narcotics  can  be 
administered  and  controlled  in  small  doses  without  harm,  and  that 
even  drugs  like  aspirin  can  be  harmful  if  abused.   All  that  is  true; 
even  LSD  might  have  a  legitimate  use  in  the  hands  of  expert 
researchers;  marijuana  was  once  prescribed  by  physicians  for  some 


-  7 


purposes.   But  observations  like  these  simply  enmesh  rational 
analyses  in  irrelevant  distinctions.   Suffice  it  to  say,  once 
and  for  all,  that  when  this  Report  speaks  of  drugs,  it  means 
"dangerous  drugs"  within  the  meaning  of  current  law,  and  when  its 
speaks  of  use  it  means  "abuse." 

Another  red  herring  frequently  drawn  across  the  path  of 
rational  consideration  is  the  assertion  that  alcohol  is  far  more 
injurious  to  the  user  and  society  than  any  other  drug  whether  legal 
or  illegal.   The  late  Louis  S.  Goodman,  Chief  Judge  of  the  United 
States  District  Court  in  San  Francisco,  used  to  comment  impatiently 
on  the  habit  of  attorneys  to  defend  a  charge  of  wrongdoing  with 
the  riposte  that  someone  else  or  some  other  conduct  was  equally 
as  bad  or  worse.   The  use  of  alcohol  is  as  old  as  mankind  and  is  to 
be  found  in  every  civilization  and  culture;  in  a  sense  it  is  sym- 
biotic with  man  himself.   Whole  ways  of  living  and  coping  with  it 
have  arisen,  and  mankind  evidently  must  endure  it  while  enjoying  it. 
Efforts  to  eradicate  its  use  have  failed.   The  fact  that  alcohol 
is  abused  to  the  injury  of  society  is  no  reason  whatever  for  per- 
mitting the  introduction  and  spread  of  other  abuses  not  yet  so 
ingrained  in  our  social  structure,  even  though  they  may  not  be  so 
harmful,  providing  it  is  reasonably  possible  to  prevent  them. 
Nor  should  the  effort  to  prevent  them  be  deterred  by  cries  from  the 
young  that  their  elders  are  guilty  of  "hypocrisy."   The  history 


8  - 


of  the  use  of  alcohol  can,  however,  teach  us  one  valuable  lesson. 
The  failure  of  the  Volstead  Act  and  the  18th  Amendment  does  warn 
us  that  criminal  sanctions  do  not  work  when  a  large  segment  of 
society  is  opposed  to  them  and  that,  on  the  contrary,  severe 
prohibition  can  produce  evils  such  as  organized  crime.   If,  in  what 
we  have  said  above,  we  have  expressed  some  impatience  with  certain 
arguments  for  change  in  drug  laws,  we  have  equal  impatience  with 
opponents  of  change  when  they  speak  of  "legalizing  (or  illegalizing) 
marijuana  or  heroin."   Any  drug  is  a  mere  physical  object.   It 
can  be  neither  legal  nor  illegal.   All  that  can  be  made  illegal 
is  human  conduct.   The  appropriate  question,  therefore,  is:   What 
human  conduct  with  respect  to  a  given  drug  or  narcotic  should  be 
illegal?   With  the  question  thus  properly  stated,  one  can  begin 
to  distinguish  between  types  of  conduct  instead  of  making  lump 
judgments. 

Each  type  of  drug  or  drug  abuse  must  be  examined  on  its  own 
and  handled  on  its  own.   To  that  end  we  now  review  the  subjects  of 
marijuana  and  of  heroin.   We  shall  not  touch  on  other  substances 
in  this  Report.   We  refrain  from  doing  so  for  lack  of  time  and  study. 


-  9 


Q 

A.   Marijuana 


This  Committee  does  not  condone  or  endorse  the  use  of 
marijuana  or  any  drug  that  may  be  mind-altering.   On  the  contrary, 
we  deplore  that  use  and  encourage  searching  for  proper  and 
successful  ways  to  discourage  it.   But  the  assigned  area  of  concern 
of  this  Committee  is  to  determine  what  part  criminal  law  should 
play  in  discouraging  that  use. 

The  starting  point  of  that  consideration  ought  to  be  a 
determination  of  what  deleterious  effects  marijuana  produces. 
No  member  of  this  Committee  is  persuaded  that  marijuana  is  not 
really  injurious  to  the  user  or  only  mildly  so.   Rather,  we  simply 
find  the  whole  voluminous  literature  unsatisfactory.   Partisans  on 
both  sides  are  intemperate,  untrustworthy  and  unreliable;  the  con- 
clusions drawn  by  more  temperate  and  sober  writers  from  their  data 
are  unpersuasive. 

On  the  one  hand  we  know  that  the  active  ingredient  in  marijuana 
is  the  same  as  produces  hashish,  and  that  historically  hashish  has 
been  considered  an  evil  in  the  Oriental  countries  of  its  use. 
Despite  the  fact  that  defenders  of  marijuana  often  cite  the  findings 
of  the  Indian  Hemp  Commission  of  1894,  India  today  prohibits 
hashish.   On  the  other  hand,  medical  studies  are  cited,  from  the 


8 
Because  of  correct  pronunciation  of  this  Mexican  word,  its 
spelling  is  sometimes  anglicized  as  "marihuana,"  as  in  the  Report 
of  the  U.  S.  Department  of  Health,  Education  and  Welfare. 


-  10 


La  Guardia  Report  of  1944  to  a  recent  report  of  the  United  States 

9 
Department  of  Health,  Education  and  Welfare  and  a  more  recent  one  by 

10 
Dr.  Lester  Grinspoon.    The  various  reports  become  involved  in 

quibbles  about  what  constitutes  "addiction;"  the  defenders  of  mari- 
juana claim  that  it  is  not  addictive  because  there  are  no  physical 
withdrawal  symptoms,  their  antagonists  retorting  that  its  use 
creates  psychic  dependence.   One  group  asserts  that  the  use  of  mari- 
juana causes  users  to  abandon  motiviation  and  to  become  socially 
indifferent;  the  rejoinder  is  that  "present  evidence  does  not 
permit  the  establishment  of  a  causal  relationship  between  marihuana 
and  the  amotivational  syndrome." 

The  antagonists  of  marijuana  argue  that  its  use  leads  to  the 
use  of  harder  drugs.   The  soberest  reply  is  that  it  does  not 
"necessarily"  do  so  "directly,"  and  that  the  fact  that  a  high 

percentage  of  heroin  addicts  have  used  marijuana  is  a  coincidence 

12 
stemming  from  the  character  of  the  users.    While  the  evidence 

is  that  a  large  percentage  of  heroin  users  have  used  marijuana, 

the  evidence  does  not  show  that  a  large  percentage  of  marijuana  users 


9 
U.  S.  Department  of  Health,  Education  and  Welfare,  Marihuana 
and  Health,  a  Report  from  the  Secretary  to  Congress,  January  31,  1971. 

10 

Lester  Grinspoon,  M  D.,  Marijuana  Reconsidered  (Harvard 
University  Press,  1971). 

11 

H.E.W.  Report,  p.  10. 

12 

Id.  at  p.  16. 


-  11  - 

have  turned  to  heroin.   Advocates  of  change  in  the  marijuana  laws 
sometimes  do  concede  that  denizens  of  the  drug  sub-culture  use  a 
variety  of  drugs  and,  starting  with  marijuana,  move  on  to  others. 
But  they  argue,  quite  persuasively,  that  what  throws  the  marijuana 
user  into  the  drug  sub-culture  is  the  fact  that  its  sale  and  use  are 
made  illegal,  forcing  the  user  to  procure  it  from  drug  pushers 
and  to  use  it  in  drug-oriented  surroundings. 

Neutral  observations  concede  that  psychotic  episodes  have 

followed  use  in  high  dosages  and  even  use  at  levels  of  social  usage 

13 
"in  particularly  susceptible  individuals."    Dr.  Grinspoon  has 

14 
written: 


While  there  can  be  no  question  that  the  use  of 
psychoactive  drugs  may  be  harmful  to  the  social  fabric, 
the  harm  resulting  from  the  use  of  marihuana  is  of  a  far 
lower  order  of  magnitude  than  the  harm  caused  by  abuse  of 
narcotics,  alcohol,  and  other  drugs.   Marihuana  itself  is 
not  criminogenic;  it  does  not  lead  to  sexual  debauchery; 
it  is  not  addicting;  there  is  no  evidence  that  it  leads  to 
the  use  of  narcotics.   It  does  not,  under  ordinary  circum- 
stances, lead  to  psychoses,  and  there  is  no  convincing 
evidence  that  it  causes  personality  deterioration.   Even 
with  respect  to  automobile  driving,  although  the  use  of 
any  psychoactive  drug  must  perforce  be  detrimental  to  this 
skill ,  there  exists  evidence  that  marihuana  is  less  so  than 
alcohol.   Marihuana  use,  even  over  a  considerable  period  of 
time,  does  not  lead  to  malnutrition  or  to  any  known  organic 
illness.   There  is  no  evidence  that  mortality  rates  are  any 
higher  among  users  than  nonusers;  in  fact,  relative  to  other 
psychoactive  drugs,  it  is  remarkably  safe. 


13 

Id.  at  p.  11. 

14 

Grinspoon,  pp.  25,  26, 


-  12  - 

This  hardly  exonerates  marijuana;  comparison  of  marijuana  with 
alcohol  or  other  drugs  is,  as  we  have  suggested,  an  irrelevance. 
But,  on  the  other  hand,  Dr.  Grinspoon's  statement  adds  up  to  no 
severe  condemnation. 

The  Crime  Committee  concludes  that  it  cannot  return 
a  verdict  about  marijuana  of  either  "guilty"  or  "not  guilty." 
We  return  a  "Scotch  verdict"  on  the  present  evidence;  that  is, 
the  evils  of  marijuana  use  are  not  proved.   With  that  verdict,  what 
is  the  question  to  be  answered?   It  is  not  whether  marijuana  should 
be  used.   Every  member  of  the  Crime  Committee  opposes  its  use. 
The  question  is  something  entirely  different.   The  critical  question 
is  this:   How  far  is  the  criminal  law  justified  in  imposing  its 
criminal  sanctions  on  a  not  proved  verdict? 

Bearing  in  mind  that  the  physical  object  --  marijuana  --  can 
be  neither  legal  nor  illegal  and  that  only  human  conduct  can  be, 
the  question  must  be  separately  asked  relative  (1)  to  minors  and 
(2)  to  adults.   And  as  respects  adults,  it  must  be  separately  asked 
of  (a)  use,  (b)  possession,  (c)  sale,  and  (d)  commercial  exploitation. 


1 .    Sale  of  Marijuana  to  Minors 
and  Possession  by  Minors 


The  fifth  principle  stated  in  Chapter  I  of  Part  I  of  this 
Report  on  Non-Victim  Crime  is  this: 


-  13  - 


Fifth  principle:   Society  has  an  obligation  to  protect  ■ 
the  young,  and  it  may  be  appropriate  for  government  to 
intervene  by  imposing  criminal  controls  on  adult  relations 
with  the  young  although  controls  on  similar  relations  be- 
tween adults  would  not  accord  with  our  other  principles. 


The  doubts  about  the  effect  of  marijuana  compel  us  to  recommend 
continued  prohibition  of  sale  to  minors.   An  adult  may  be  left  free 
to  take  chances  on  his  own  condition,  to  play  Russian  roulette  if 
he  will  with  his  own  mind  and  character.   By  definition,  a  minor 
is  not  yet  mature  enough  to  reach  sound  judgments  for  himself,  and 
doubt  should  be  resolved  for  the  minor's  protection.   With  the  trend 
toward  reducing  the  age  of  majority  to  18,  the  young  will  soon  enough 
reach  the  age  of  choosing  their  own  route.   The  law  prohibits  sale 
of  alcoholic  beverages  to  minors,  although  alcohol  has  long  been 
with  us;  marijuana,  a  relative  upstart,  should  fare  no  better.   The 
prohibitions  on  use  of  marijuana  by  minors  should  parallel  those 
with  respect  to  alcohol . 

2.    Use  of  Marijuana  by  Adults 

The  case  as  to  adults  is  different.   And  it  is  different  for 
several  reasons. 

First,  as  we  have  seen,  the  verdict  on  marijuana  is  a  "Scotch 
verdict"  --  not  proved.   Certainly,  on  a  not  proved  verdict,  criminal 
law  cannot  impose  its  criminal  sanctions  on  the  user  who  is  more  a 
victim  than  he  is  a  perpetrator  of  evil. 


-  14  - 

Opponents  of  change  in  the  law  argue  that  if  the  evidence 
is  uncertain,  the  status  quo  should  be  maintained  by  leaving  the 
law  as  it  is.   But  those  laws  originated  when  legislators  assumed 
that  the  dangers  of  marijuana  were  far  worse  than  a  dispassionate 
examination  of  the  evidence  now  available  warrants.   If  that 
evidence  would  not  warrant  enactment,  now,  of  the  highly  restrictive 
laws  presently  on  the  books,  it  cannot  justify  their  retention. 
In  a  free  society  there  ought  always  to  be  a  presumption  against 
illegalizing  conduct  until  evidence  is  produced  to  warrant  criminali- 
zation. 

In  the  second  place,  educators  tell  us  that  by  casting  the 
whole  marijuana  scene  into  a  criminal  underworld,  minors  are 
estranged  from  sound  counselling.   It  is  said  that  minors  can  more 
readily  be  deflected  from  use  of  marijuana  if  it  is  regulated  and 
controlled  as  alcohol  is. 

Finally,  our  conclusions  are  fortified  by  the  socially  injurious 
consequences  flowing  from  attempts  to  enforce  the  present  statutes. 

We  find,  in  the  literature  on  the  subject  the  following,  which  we 

■  j  j     •    15 
are  persuaded  do  exist. 

(1)   Users  of  marijuana,  mainly  the  young,  perceive  no  rational 
distinction  between  the  dangers  of  alcohol  and  cigarettes  and  those 
of  marijuana.   Consequently,  "massive  numbers  of  young  people  today 


15 

John  Kaplan,  "Marijuana"  supra,  note  3,  contains  a  convenient 
portrayal  of  these  consequences.   While  we  do  not  agree  with  all 
of  Professor  Kaplan's  book,  there  is  much  useful  material  in  it. 


-  15  - 

regard  the  marijuana  laws  as  one  of  the  clearest  examples  of  their 
elder's  hypocrisy."  And  since  numerous  young  persons  have  used 
marijuana,  widespread  disrespect  for  law  and  for  law-making  institu- 
tions has  arisen.   (The  invalidity  of  the  charge  of  hypocrisy 
would  not  alter  the  fact  that  young  people  believe  it.) 

(2)  By  exaggerating  the  dangers  believed  by  the  young  to 

be  possessed  by  marijuana,  the  law  degrades  its  educational  effect 
with  more  dangerous  drugs. 

(3)  Because  the  enforcement  of  marijuana  laws  requires  the 
police  to  conduct  searches  of  persons,  homes  and  cars  for  small 
quantities,  feelings  of  hostility  toward  the  police  are  created. 

(4)  Possession  of  marijuana  has  come  to  be  associated  with 
several  identifiable  segments  of  society  --  those  with  long  hair, 
juveniles  and  ethnic  minorities.   Enforcement  "...contributes  to 
the  hostility  of  three  groups  that  one  might  most  wish  to  bring 
into  the  mainstream  of  our  society:   the  alienated  middle-class 
drug-user,  the  high  school  youth,  and  the  inhabitants  of  our  urban 
Negro  and  Spanish-American  ghettos." 

To  this  list  may  be  added  the  fact  that  use  of  marijuana  has 
made  its  way  to  some  extent  into  the  San  Francisco  middle-class 
business  and  professional  communities.   As  was  said  in  Part  I 


15a 

Kaplan,  supra,  p.  42 


16 


of  this  Report: 


The  law  cannot  outrun  the  public  conscience  --  not 
simply  the  public  conscience  as  professed  from  its 
pulpits  and  by  its  public  figures,  but  the  public 
conscience  as  demonstrated  by  how  the  public  lives. 


The  soundness  of  our  recommendation  that  the  law  cease  criminal- 
izing the  use  of  marijuana  or  a  visit  to  a  place  where  it  is  used 
is  fortified  by  the  fact  that  the  courts  by  and  large  have  come 
to  look  with  distaste  on  enforcing  these  laws.   A  defendant  who 
pleads  guilty  in  San  Francisco  to  a  misdemeanor  charge  for  one  of 
these  violations  is  likely  to  receive  a  suspended  sentence  with  a 
year's  probation;  and  some  judges  will  impose  a  $50  fine.   In  1969 
the  courts  disposed  of  the  cases  of  328  defendants  who  were  orig- 
inally charged  with  felony  possession  but  whose  charges  were 
reduced  to  the  misdemeanor  "visiting."    Consequently,  of  the 
702  felony  cases  pending  in  Superior  Court  in  San  Francisco  on 
May  1,  1971,  only  43  involved  isolated  charges  of  possession  or  sale 
of  marijuana.    During  the  same  year  only  one  person  convicted  of 
a  marijuana  offense  in  San  Francisco  was  sent  to  state  prison,  and 


San  Francisco  Police  Department,  Annual  Report,  1969,  p.  173. 
The  common  practice  of  reducing  a  charge  of  felony  possession  to 
"visiting  a  place,"  a  misdemeanor,  has  since  become  infrequent,  because 
state  law  was  amended  in  1969  to  permit  charging  possession  of  marijuana 
as  a  misdemeanor.   See  Sec.  17  P.C. 

Source:   List  of  Cases  Pending,  prepared  by  the  San  Francisco 
District  Attorney's  Office.   In  addition,  there  were  56  pending  cases 
in  which  a  marijuana  charge  was  joined  with  other  felonies. 


17 


18 
over  75%  were  given  straight  probation.    In  the  entire  state 

during  1969  only  1 .  TL   of  those  convicted  of  felony  possession  of 

marijuana  were  sent  to  prison,  and  56%  were  placed  on  straight 

19 
probation  without  any  jail  time  at  all. 


One  of  the  principles  stated  in  Part  I  of  this  Report  was 
that  even  where  conduct  may  properly  be  condemned  as  criminal  under 
other  principles,  "it  may  be  that  the  energies  and  resources  of 
criminal  law  enforcement  are  better  spent  by  concentrating  on  more 
serious  things.   There  is  a  matter  of  priorities."  That  principle 
is  particularly  applicable  to  marijuana  where  it  is  dubious  that 
use  should  be  made  criminal  under  any  principle.   Because  possession 
of  marijuana  is  still  a  crime,  the  police  spend  considerable  time 
and  energy  on  the  matter.   Then  each  case  is  handled  by  a  Deputy 
District  Attorney,  and  many  cases  are  handled  by  the  Public  Defender's 
Office.   As  already  noted,  157o  of  all  cases  in  the  Municipal  Court 
deal  with  marijuana,  and  they  consume  the  time  of  a  judge,  a  court 
reporter  and  two  bailiffs.   Yet,  in  the  end,  most  of  those  convicted 
are  treated  with  more  leniency  than  common  drunks.   The  judicial 
system  is  recognizing  that  it  has  more  important  things  to  do  than  to 
spend  time  and  resources  on  processing  most  defendants  arrested  for 
possessing  marijuana. 


18 

California  Bureau  of  Criminal  Statistics,  Felony  Arrest  Dispo- 
sitions in  San  Francisco,  1969,  Table  2. 

California  Bureau  of  Criminal  Statistics,  Drug  Arrests  and 
Dispositions  in  California:   Reference  Tables,  1969,  Table  33,  p.  33. 


-  18  - 


Another  perversion  of  priorities  worked  by  the  marijuana  law 
is  with  respect  to  the  work  of  the  San  Francisco  Police  Crime 
Laboratory.   That  agency  is  responsible  for  conducting  various 
scientific  tests  -  for  the  police  and  the  District  Attorney  -  ranging 

from  blood  types  to  tool  mark  identifications.   Currently  it 

20 
employs  a  criminologist  and  three  assistants.     According  to  charts 

prepared  by  the  laboratory,  each  criminologist  handled  slightly 

more  than  200  narcotic  cases  in  1960,  but  in  1969  this  peaked  at 

1000  (nearly  five  times  as  many),  declining  slightly  to  about  900 

in  1970.   The  total  number  of  narcotic  cases  in  the  laboratory  in 

1960  was  about  400;  in  1970  it  was  over  3,900,  an  increase  by  a 

multiple  of  about  10.   During  the  same  period  the  number  of 

criminologists  increased  from  only  two  to  four,  and  the  laboratory 

estimates  that  38%  of  its  staff  time  is  now  devoted  exclusively 

to  marijuana  analysis  alone. 

The  number  of  many  other  scientific  tests,  normally  associated 
with  serious  offenses,  has  decreased.   A  summary  of  crime  laboratory 
cases  for  the  years  1960,  1969  and  1970  is  found  in  Appendix  A  to 
this  Report,  but  we  note  the  following  here. 

In  1960  the  laborabory  processed  106  casts  (either  plaster, 
moulage  or  silicone)  but  only  eight  casts  in  1970.   It  performed 


20 

Between  9  and  11  police  officers  are  also  assigned  to  the 

laboratory's  "mobile  units,"  which  travel  to  the  scene  of  crimes  and 

collect  evidence. 


19  - 


182  blood  analyses  in  1960  but  only  85  in  1970.   It  made  170  tests 
for  semen  in  1960  and  only  64  in  1970.   It  performed  19  microscopic 
examinations  on  hair  and  fibres  in  1960  and  only  5  in  1970. 

The  statistics  for  1970  may  be  imprecise;  an  unknown  number 
of  tests  may  not  be  tabulated  in  the  official  report.   Moreover, 
more  criminal  cases  were  disposed  of  on  a  plea  bargain  in  1970 
than  in  1960,  and  where  a  case  is  disposed  of  by  a  negotiated  plea 
rather  than  trial ,  the  crime  laboratory  may  not  have  to  perform 
tests.   Nonetheless,  the  fact  remains  that  the  number  of  laboratory 
tests  associated  with  serious  offenses  has  declined  during  a 

period  when  offenses  of  the  identical  type  reported  to  the  police 

21 
have  more  than  doubled.     Criminologist  Williams  estimates  that 

his  staff  would  have  to  be  doubled  to  do  all  that  it  should  be 

doing.   During  the  same  period  the  "clearance  rate"  for  serious 

crimes  --  murder,  manslaughter,  forcible  rape,  robbery,  burglary, 

aggravated  assault,  larceny  and  auto  theft  --  has  declined  by  nearly 

22 

a-  third  to  about  13%  of  all  reported  cases. 


"'"From  30,919  actual  Part  I  offenses  in  1960  to  83,481  in  1970. 
San  Francisco  Police  Department,  Annual  Report,  for  years  indicated. 

22 

Id.   A  case  is  "cleared"  when  the  police  believe  that  it  is 

"solved,"  either  by  arrest,  by  the  death  of  a  known  suspect,  by  a 

discovery  that  the  reported  crime  did  not,  in  fact,  take  place,  etc. 


20  - 


The  conclusion  of  the  Crime  Committee  is  that  the  demonstrable 
harm  associated  with  marijuana  does  not  justify  the  voracious  demands 
on  the  resources  of  criminal  justice  made  by  the  marijuana  laws. 
The  police,  court  system,  and  correctional  resources  are  desperately 
needed  to  handle  matters  demonstrating  greater  harm  to  society. 
Add  to  these  "economic"  costs  the  social  costs  of  the  marijuana 
laws,  and  we  have  no  doubt  that  the  use  of  marijuana  should  be 
handled  outside  the  criminal  justice  system. 

Consequently,  the  Crime  Committee  recommends: 


Repeal  the  laws  prohibiting  the  use  by  adults  of 
marijuana  and  prohibiting  adults  from  visiting  a 
place  where  marijuana  is  used  as  now  provided  in 
the  California  Health  &  Safety  Code  Section  11556 


If  and  when  medical  evidence  is  developed  that  shifts  the  verdict 
from  non-proved  to  guilty,  this  recommendation  can  be  reconsidered. 

3 .   Possession  of  Marijuana  by  Adults 

Thus  far  we  have  been  speaking  of  use  of  marijuana  and  of 
visiting  a  place  where  it  is  used.   We  still  must  answer  the  question, 
what  should  be  recommended  about  possession  and  sale. 

The  answer  about  possession  is  relatively  easy.   Possession 
of  a  "small"  amount  is  probably  for  personal  use  and  should  be 
treated  the  same  way  as  use,  that  is,  it  should  not  be  made  criminal. 
Possession  of  a  "large"  amount  should  be  treated  the  same  way  as 


21 


sale,  since  there  is  a  reasonable  inference  that  one  who 
possessed  a  "large"  amount  will  either  sell  it  or  give  it  away. 
A  "large"  amount  is  an  amount  more  than  sufficient  for  one 
person's  use  for  several  days,  and,  when  and  if  it  should  be 
necessary  to  make  the  distinction,  it  may  be  left  to  testimony 
before  a  legislative  committee  to  determine  the  dividing  line. 

4.   Sale  of  Marijuana  to  Adults 

Curiously,  writers  who  almost  feverishly  oppose  the  marijuana 
laws  become  uncertain  of  their  ground  when  they  turn  to  consider 
sale  to  adults.   We  encounter  proposals  for  a  system  of  government 
monopoly  of  sale  or  government  licensing  of  a  limited  number  of 
vendors.   We  are  not  impressed  by  the  proposal.   The  sale  of 
marijuana  to  adults  can  be  regulated  by  laws  on  the  general  order 
of  those  regulating  alcoholic  beverages.   We  recommend  simply  that 
sale  of  marijuana  to  adults,  within  that  kind  of  regulation,  should 
not  be  subjected  to  criminal  sanction  unless  and  until  medical 
evidence,  by  moving  the  verdict  from  "not  proved"  to  "guilty," 
requires  reconsideration. 

We  are  impelled  to  this  conclusion  by  two  sets  of  considerations: 

1.   Government  monopoly  presupposes  that  the  traffic  is 
evil  and  therefore  not  to  be  left  in  private  industry.   But  if  the 


22 


23 
traffic  be  evil,  organized  society  should  not  indulge  in  it. 

Moreover,  any  system  of  licensing  that  is  more  selective  or  restrictive 

than  our  present  system  of  alcoholic  beverage  control  is  fruitful 

for  bribery  and  corruption. 

2.   The  fourth  principle  set  forth  in  Part  I  of  this 
Report  was: 


When  government  acts,  it  is  not  inevitably  necessary 
that  it  do  so  by  means  of  criminal  process.  *   *  * 
The  methods  of  the  criminal  law  may  be  ill  suited, 
or  there  may  be  better  ways  of  achieving  an  end, 
better  ways  to  deter  or  rehabilitate  than  to  arrest, 
charge  with  crime,  prosecute,  convict  and  sentence. 


By  criminalizing  manufacture  or  sale  of  various  drugs  and 
narcotics,  what  the  law  hopes  to  accomplish  is:   (1)   To  deter  the 
manufacture,  or   (2)   to  deter  those  who  might  use  or  experiment 
with  the  drugs  or  narcotics  by  stamping  them  with  a  stigma  of 
dangerousness ,  or  (3)   to  rehabilitate  the  offender. 

Criminal  law  has  not  been  spectacularly  successful  in  achieving 
any  of  these  goals.   Where  the  evil  is  great,  even  modest  success 
will  justify  the  effort.   Where  the  evil  is  dubious,  that  is  no 
longer  true.   The  lack  of  success  in  achieving  its  goals  as 
respects  marijuana  seems  inherent  in  the  nature  of  the  thing  sought 
to  be  regulated.   If  the  threat  of  criminal  sanctions  is  to  have 


23 

Addictive  narcotic  drugs  pose  a  unique  problem.   Whether  society 

should  engage  in  the  traffic  of  that  peculiar  evil  is  discussed  later 

in  this  Report. 


23 


any  effect,  there  must  be  a  real  fear  of  arrest.   But  usable 
quantities  of  virtually  every  illegal  drug  or  narcotic  can  be 
carried  or  secreted  in  a  coat  pocket,  glove  compartment,  drawer 
or  other  hiding  place,  and  ordinarily  in  a  private  residence.   Police 
detection  of  the  "crime"  is  extraordinarily  difficult.   The 
contrast  with  robbery,  burglary,  assault,  rape,  homicide  or  auto 
theft  is  striking,  for  in  these  offenses  the  offender  must  intrude 
upon  others  or  accomplish  his  crime  in  a  public  place,  with 
greater  chances  of  identification,  detection  and  arrest. 

Of  course,  the  deterrent  effect  of  making  conduct  criminal 
depends  only  partly  on  the  fear  of  arrest.   Perhaps  in  greater 
degree  it  rests  on  the  stigma  of  social  disapproval  or  social 
warning  of  danger.   By  making  the  possession  of  certain  drugs  illegal, 
the  law  announces  that  their  use  will  result  in  harm  to  the  user. 
But  this  warning  of  dangerousness  has  not  been  taken  seriously. 
To  the  extent  that  criminal  laws  declare  that  certain  drugs  are 
dangerous  or  harmful,  they  are  widely  disbelieved  by  a  sizable 

segment  of  young  people  simply  because  these  laws  are  handed 
down  by  the  "establishment."  Moreover,  young  people  in  their 
twenties  and  even  into  their  thirties  are  the  largest  users  of 
marijuana.   Having  used  marijuana,  innumerable  young  persons 
believe  that  they  have  discovered  for  themselves  that  the 
harms  from  the  drug  are  not  nearly  so  great  as  the  law  had 


24  - 


claimed.   Whether  their  judgment  in  this  respect  is  sound  is 
irrelevant.   The  relevant  fact  is  that  they  believe  it.   Some  even 
carry  this  belief  into  distrust  of  warnings  about  the  harms  resulting 
from  hard  drugs . 

If  the  sale  of  marijuana  were  no  longer  criminal,  the  cost 
of  acquiring  it  would  decline,  for  it  can  grow  almost  anywhere.   There 
would  then  be  no  incentive  for  purveyors  to  push  it,  unless  it  can 
be  merchandised  and  exploited  on  a  large  scale  just  as  cigarette 
manufacturers  have  exploited  cigarettes  and  brewers  have  exploited 
beer  with  suggestions  that  the  use  of  cigarettes  or  beer  creates 
virility  and  allure. 

5.   Commercial  Exploitation 

Advertising  of  marijuana  should  be  prohibited.   The  very 
doubts  which  call  for  legalizing  use  call  for  prohibiting  mass 
enticement  to  use.   While  no  longer  criminalizing  use,  society 
should  continue  efforts  to  educate  against  use;  and  those  efforts 
would  be  out-matched  by  multimillion-dollar  advertising  budgets  spent 
by  the  equivalent  of  the  large  cigarette  companies.  Were  advertising 
permitted,  any  change  toward  prohibiting  marijuana,  if  and  when 
new  evidence  developed,  would  encounter  the  entrenchment  of  vested 
interests.  Nicotine  and  alcohol  have  become  vested.   There  is  no 
reason  to  permit  this  to  happen  with  marijuana. 


-  25 


The  sale  of  marijuana  should  not  become  "merchandising  "   To 
that  end  interstate  and  foreign  commerce  in  marijuana  should  also 
be  prohibited,  as  a  way  of  keeping  the  sale  of  the  drug  from 
becoming  a  large-scale  operation.   On  the  other  hand,  if  importation 
into  the  state  is  prohibited,  it  seems  evident  that  production  of 
marijuana  within  the  state  must  be  permitted  to  avoid  restoring  the 
business  to  black  market  operation.   Production  for  sale  should  be 
subjected  to  regulations  paralleling  those  governing  production 
of  alcoholic  beverages.   Included  in  this  type  of  regulation  could 
be  provisions  fixing  standards  of  potency,  particularly  maximal 
limits.   Also  included  in  this  type  of  regulation  could  be  stiff 
taxation,  as  in  the  case  of  alcoholic  beverages.   The  tax  should  not 
be  so  stiff,  as  in  the  case  of  "hard"  narcotics,  as  to  drive  the 
business  underground  into  the  hands  of  pushers  and  racketeers,  but 
stiff  enough  to  dampen  demand  and  discourage  idle  experimentation. 

More  on  Whether  Criminalization  Should  Be  Retained  as  a  Deterrent 

Some  people  who  follow  the  chain  of  reasoning  that  has  led  us 
to  our  conclusions,  admitting  the  truth  of  every  link  in  the  chain, 
balk  at  the  end  at  the  conclusion.   They  do  so  out  of  an  uneasiness 
or  tormenting  fear  that  if  criminalization  is  abandoned,  many 
people  will  take  to  marijuana  who  do  not  use  it  now.   Nobody  knows 
the  certain  answer.   Repealing  prohibition  of  marijuana  use  might 
result  in  an  inverse  of  use  of  awhile  by  some  people.   Probably  most 
of  those  who  would  turn  to  the  weed  would  try  it  only  once  or  twice  as  an 


-  26 


experience  but  would  soon  drop  it  or  use  it  only  occasionally. 
A  few  might  go  on  to  frequent  use.   But,  in  order  to  appraise 
what  injury  to  society  would  follow,  we  must  consider  once  more 
the  physiological  aspects  of  marijuana  use.   Unlike  heroin,  use 
of  marijuana  is  easily  ended.   The  hard  narcotics  produce  an 
irresistible  "craving;"  lack  of  the  drug  produces  the  tortures  of 
"withdrawal;"  continued  use  produces  increasing  "tolerance,"  so  that 
more  and  more  is  needed  to  obtain  the  desired  effect.   One  thing 
about  marijuana  that  seems  clear  is  that  its  use  does  none  of 
these  things.   There  are  no  withdrawal  symptoms;  there  is  no 
increasing  tolerance;  craving  is  psychological,  as  with  cigarettes, 
not  physiological.   In  short,  if  some  spread  of  use  should  follow 
repeal  of  prohibitions,  it  is  likely  to  be  a  transitory  phenomenon, 
subject  to  reversal  by  education  without  the  counterproductive 
effect  of  the  policeman's  billy  club  and  the  filthy  jail. 

Moreover,  the  fear  that  repeal  will  lead  to  a  spread  of  use 
is,  we  think,  more  a  subconscious  reaction  than  a  rationally  held 
belief.   Many  who  oppose  repeal  favor  reduction  of  the  penalties. 
Indeed,  California  has  already  moved  in  that  direction  and  if 
California  fails  to  move  even  further,  it  may  well  be  left  behind  the 
march  of  events  throughout  the  nation.   If  continued  criminalization  is 
justified  as  a  deterrent,  reduction  of  penalties  will  diminish  the  deterrc 


27 


and  leave  the  laws  largely  dead  letter,  resting  in  the  books 

for  use  by  police  or  prosecutor  whenever  it  suits  their  purposes. 

If  one  favors  reduction  of  penalties,  if  he  believes  that 
smoking  a  half  "joint"  is  no  basis  for  being  imprisoned,  then  he 
does  not  really  think  that  the  use  of  marijuana  is  a  serious  injury 
to  society.   Continued  prohibition  of  use  then  becomes  nothing  more 
than  an  expression  of  moral  condemnation.   And  moral  condemnation 
is  no  basis  for  criminal  law. 

Among  the  seven  basic  principles  enumerated  in  Chapter  I  of 
Part  I  of  our  Report  on  Non-Victim  Crime  was  this: 


Sixth  principle:   Criminal  law  cannot  lag 
far  behind  a  strong  sense  of  public  outrage.   This 
is  the  other  side  of  the  coin  from  the  first  principle. 
Although  criminal  law  cannot  outrun  the  public 
conscience  in  condemning  conduct,  neither  can  it  hold 
aloof  entirely  from  a  public  sense  of  outrage.   If 
the  law  suffers  when  it  tries  to  do  too  much,  it 
also  suffers  when  it  does  not  do  what  most  people 
feel  strongly  that  it  ought  to  do.   Because  the 
sixth  principle  acts  as  a  counterbalance  to  some  of 
the  others,  it  must  be  applied  with  great  circumspection. 
Before  applying  it  one  must  be  certain  that  his  personal 
sense  of  outrage  --  his  personal  morals  --  or  that  of 
his  group  is  that  of  the  public  as  a  whole. 


It  appears  to  us  that  the  opposition  to  change  of  the  marijuana 
laws  expressed  by  many  responsible  people  is  explicable  only  under 
a  variation  of  this  sixth  principle.   It  is  not  so  much  a  sense  of 


-  28 


outrage  but  a  fear  or  terror  of  something  unknown.   The  majority 
of  the  Committee  is  unable  to  see  in  the  evidence  any  valid  basis 
for  that  fear;  the  majority  does  not  believe  that  unsupported 
fear  is  enough  basis  for  keeping  and  trying  to  enforce  laws  that 
divide  the  generations  so  sharply. 

Recapitulation 

The  sum  of  our  recommendations  concerning  marijuana  is  as 
follows: 

1.  Repeal  the  laws  prohibiting  the  use  by  adults  of  marijuana 
or  forbidding  adults  from  visiting  a  place  where  marijuana  is  used. 

2.  Repeal  the  laws  prohibiting  possession  by  adults. 

3.  Repeal  the  laws  prohibiting  sale  of  marijuana  to 
adults  and  regulate  sale  to  them  by  laws  on  the  general  order  of 
those  regulating  alcoholic  beverages. 

4.  Continue  to  prohibit  sale  to  minors  and  possession  by  minors, 

5.  Prohibit  any  advertising  of  marijuana. 

6.  Prohibit  the  importation  of  marijuana  into  California 
(probably  would  require  federal  action) . 

7.  Regulate  the  production  of  marijuana  in  California  for  sale 
by  laws  similar  to  those  regulating  the  commercial  production  of 
alcoholic  beverages. 


-  29 


8.   Devise  and  expand  a  vigorous  educational  campaign  about 
marijuana. 

We  do  not  propose  that  society  discontinue  efforts  to  deter 
people  from  using  marijuana.   Its  use  is  probably  not  as  deleterious 
as  its  most  earnest  detractors  say,  but  certainly  people  would  be 
better  off  without  it.   In  an  age  when  human  wits  are  most  needed, 
they  should  not  be  subjected  to  manipulation  or  alteration  by  drugs. 
We  simply  conclude  that  the  criminal  process  is  not  the  way  to  go 
about  achieving  the  goal  given  the  present  state  of  evidence.   Indeed, 
removing  the  stigma  of  criminality  may  remove  the  attraction  of  the 
illicit  and  eliminate  the  impetus  to  use  that  comes  from  bravado. 

Criminalization  has  failed;  we  suggest  that  society  now  try 
non-criminalization . 

We  have  one  more  recommendation:   Until  such  time  as  the  laws 
on  marijuana  are  changed,  what  should  the  authorities  in  San  Francisco 
do  about  enforcing  them?   In  the  Chapter  on  basic  principles  we 
said: 


The  following  chapters  of  this  Report  will 
propose  the  repeal  of  certain  laws.   Obviously,  the 
City  of  San  Francisco  has  no  power  to  repeal  State  or 
Federal  statutes.   But  until  such  time  as  Congress 
or  the  State  Legislature  sees  eye  to  eye  with  San  Fran- 
cisco, this  City  can  choose  what  it  will  enforce,  for 
its  coffers  pay  the  bills.   It  can  choose  its  priorities. 
If  it  should  decide  that  it  is  poor  policy  to  'bust' 
a  small  gambling  game  in  the  Fillmore,  the  police  need 


30  - 


not  arrest  and  can  preserve  its  manpower  for  more 
vital  work.   If  an  arrest  is  made,  the  District 
Attorney  need  not  prosecute.   However,  lest  there 
be  misunderstanding,  we  emphasize  two  cautions.   The 
first  is  that  once  a  case  reaches  a  court,  no  judge 
is  free  to  ignore  the  law  or  make  up  his  own  rules. 
But  matters  need  not  reach  the  courts.   Jurists  have 
long  recognized  that  a  system  of  criminal  law  would 
break  down  were  there  no  play  in  the  hinges,  points 
where  the  officers  of  justice  can  exercise  discretion. 
Our  second  caution  is  that  individual  policemen  cannot 
be  let  to  decide  what  laws  to  enforce  or  when.   What 
we  say  is  that,  pending  repeal  of  legislation,  all  the 
agencies  of  justice,  under  strong  central  municipal 
leadership,  can  together  lay  down  a  policy  to  follow, 
open  and  above-board,  and  proudly  declared  to  the 
State  and  Nation. 

We  recommend  that  course  with  respect  to  marijuana  to  the  end  of 
laying  out  a  policy  of  action  as  close  as  is  possible  to  what  it 
would  be  under  the  kind  of  law  we  recommend. 

At  the  risk  of  repetition  but  so  that  a  hasty  reader  may  not 
be  misled,  we  conclude  by  saying:   No  responsible  reader  of  this 
Report  should  take  the  Crime  Committee's  recommendations  regarding 
marijuana  to  mean  an  endorsement  of  marijuana's  use.   On  the 
contrary,  we  oppose  its  use  by  anyone,  but  we  believe  that  our 
present  criminal  laws  on  the  subject  do  more  harm  than  good  in  for- 
warding that  opposition. 


31 


B.   Heroin 

When  one  turns  from  marijuana  to  the  "hard"  drug  heroin, 
a  wholly  different  set  of  considerations  is  apparent. 

The  use  of  heroin  is  unmitigatably  bad.   It  is  destructive  to 
the  user,  and  it  is  destructive  to  society.   No  one  is  more  con- 
temptible than  the  vendor  or  pusher  who  "hooks"  another  into 
use  for  the  sake  of  profit.   If  society  is  ever  justified  in 
punishing  anyone  for  the  sake  of  revenge  and  detestation  rather 
than  for  determent  or  rehabilitation,  it  would  be  justified  in 
doing  so  to  the  vendor  of  heroin.   And  as  already  said,  the  sale 
of  heroin  simply  is  not  properly  in  the  category  of  non-victim 
conduct . 

The  problem  with  putting  down  the  use  of  heroin  is  simply 
one  of  efficacy.   What  method  will  really  work?   Once  again  the 
question  must  be  divided  into  user  and  supplier.   And  the  first 
question  is  what  to  do  with  the  supplier. 

1 .   Possession  and  Sale  of  Heroin 

We  recommend  that  present  laws  making  the  sale  of  heroin  crim- 
inal be  kept  in  effect  and  enforced.   Possession  by  an  addict  of 
a  "small"  amount  is  probably  for  personal  use  and  should  be  treated 


32 


the  same  way  as  use,  a  subject  discussed  below.   Possession  by  an 
addict  of  an  amount  greater  than  one's  personal  needs  for  several 
days  should  be  prohibited  as  being  possession  for  sale.   Possession 
of  any  amount  by  a  non-addict  (other  than  a  physician  or  researcher) 
should  be  treated  as  possession  for  sale. 

But  this  is  not  enough.   Little  is  accomplished  by  catching 
and  punishing  the  local  pusher  who  is  himself  likely  to  be  an 
addict  and  in  any  event,  as  a  retailer,  is  a  relatively  minor  cog 
in  the  distribution  machinery. 

The  addict  pusher  needs  treatment.   The  non-addict  pusher 
belongs  in  prison.   But  the  local  pusher  is  "small  potatoes"  in 
the  problem. 

Heroin  is  an  opium  derivative.   Either  it  or  the  materials 
from  which  it  is  made  come  entirely  from  abroad.   The  major  effort 
must  be  that  of  the  federal  government  to  stop  importation,  or, 
if  possible,  to  cut  off  the  source  by  inducing  foreign  countries 
to  discontinue  cultivation.   What  local  police  can  do  is  minor. 
This  Committee  is  primarily  concerned  with  recommendations  that 
can  be  carried  out  by  the  City  Administration  or  by  state  law,  and 
it  is  not  for  us  to  make  recommendations  to  the  federal  government 
in  the  area  of  international  relations  on  how  more  effectively  to 
prevent  the  cultivation  of  the  opium  poppy  or  the  importation  of 
heroin. 


33 


The  unvarnished  fact  is  that  the  present  system  of  illegalizing 
sale  contributes  to  making  the  problem  infinitely  worse,  unless 
something  more  is  done.   It  makes  the  price  of  heroin  enormously 
high.   Thereby  it  makes  the  profits  of  the  illicit  business  attrac- 
tive, it  becomes  profitable  to  "hook"  an  innocent  and  convert  him 
into  a  permanent  customer.   It  drives  the  customer  to  crime  to 
support  a  habit  that  levies  a  crime  tax  on  society  of  $100  per 

day  per  addict.   An  average  habit  costs  the  user  conservatively 

24 
$20  per  day,    and  it  is  estimated  that  in  order  to  fence  enough 

to  support  an  average  habit  costing  $20,  an  addict  must  obtain  in 

some  manner  $100  worth  of  property  each  day.   Estimates  of  the 

number  of  addicts  in  the  City  vary,  but  the  lowest  estimate  given 

the  Committee  in  a  survey  of  drug-treatment  facilities  in  the 

City   puts  the  figure  at  5,000  addicts.   This  means  that  if  only 

one-half  of  San  Francisco's  minimal  addict  population  steals  only 

one -half  of  what  they  need  to  support  their  habits  (getting  the 

rest  by  pushing,  pimping,  hustling,  or  working  at  an  honest  job) 


24 

A  study  of  435  patients  at  the  Haight-Ashbury  Free  Clinic, 

surveyed  between  November,  1969,  and  May,  1970,  revealed  that  47%  had 

a  habit  costing  less  than  $50  per  day,  while  38.2%  had  habits 

costing  between  $50  and  $100  per  day.   About  15%  of  these  patients 

had  habits  in  excess  of  $100.   See:   Gay,  Bathurst ,  Matzger,  and 

Smith,  Short  Term  Heroin  Detoxification  on  an  Outpatient  Basis, 

Haight-Ashbury  Free  Clinic,  1970. 

25 

Conducted  during  May,  1971. 


34 


addicts  are  responsible  for  more  than  $45  million  dollars  worth 
of  property  crimes  in  San  Francisco  each  year.   That  amount  of 
property  loss  exceeds  the  annual  budget  of  the  Police  Department. 

The  circle  is  vicious,  so  vicious  and  so  serious  as  to  justify 
some  bold  experimentation.   That  experimentation  cannot  be  done 
at  the  local  level  because  the  field  is  controlled  by  the  federal 
government  with  its  prohibitions,  although  changes  of  federal  law 
can  be  supplemented  by  local  activity. 

Experimentation  should  start  by  examining  what  other  countries 
are  doing  to  ascertain  their  successes  and  failures.   In  England, 

the  control  of  narcotic  drugs  by  physicians  was  first  defined  by 

26 
the  Dangerous  Drugs  Act  of  1920.    In  the  several  years  following 

passage  of  this  law,  there  was  considerable  confusion  as  to  the 

circumstances  under  which  the  law  allowed  physicians  to  prescribe 

27 
heroin  and  morphine  to  addicts.     Consequently,  a  committee  of 

the  Ministry  of  Health  -  the  Rolleston  Committee  -  was  appointed  to 

bring  more  certainty  to  the  interpretation  of  the  law,  and  in 

1926  this  committee  issued  a  report  recommending  that  physicians 

be  allowed  to  prescribe  narcotics  to  patients  who,  after  serious 


2610  and  11  Geo.  5,  c.  46  (1920). 


27 

This  history  is  found  in  Lindesmith,  "The  British  System- of 

Narcotics  Control,"  22  Law  and  Contemporary  Problems,  140  (1957). 


-  35  - 

O  Q 

attempts  at  rehabilitation,  were  unable  to  abstain  from  drugs. 
Physicians  were  given  wide  discretion  as  to  dosage  and  patients 
were  not  required  to  register  as  addicts  with  any  public  authority. 
These  guidelines  of  the  Rolleston  Committee  defined  the  perametors 
of  narcotic  control  in  the  United  Kingdom  until  1968. 

For  awhile  this  method  of  treating  the  problem  seemed 
exemplary.   The  number  of  British  addicts  was  small  --  in  the  hun- 
dreds --  as  opposed  to  the  thousands  of  addicts  in  New  York  City 
alone.   They  were  mostly  middle  aged,  employed,  and  not  involved 
in  crime.    Like  the  19th  century  addicts  in  the  United  States, 
most  British  addicts  had  become  addicts  through  the  administration 
of  narcotic  drugs  by  doctors  in  connection  with  medical  treatment 
for  disease. 

In  the  late  1950 's,  health  officials  became  alarmed  at  the 
rapid  increase  in  the  United  Kingdom  of  non-therapeutic,  non- 
middle  aged,  unemployed  addicts.   A  new  committee  was  appointed  in 
1958,  the  Brain  Committee.   In  a  second  report  in  1965  it  found 
that  there  had  been  a  disturbing  rise  in  heroin  addiction,  especi- 
ally among  young  people,  and  attributed  the  main  source  of  supply 


Report  of  the  Departmental  Committee  on  Morphine  and  Heroin 
Addiction,  Ministry  of  Health,  United  Kingdom,  (1926). 


36 


29 
to  over-prescribing  of  these  drugs  by  a  small  number  of  doctors. 

Upon  the  recommendation  of  the  Brain  Committee,  Parliament  in 

1968  removed  dispensing  of  narcotic  drugs  from  the  hands  of 

private  physicians.   Special  treatment  centers  were  established, 

particularly  in  the  London  area,  where  any  addict  who  registered 

could  receive  drugs.   Only  doctors  on  the  staff  of  the  centers  were 

allowed  to  prescribe  heroin. 

During  1968,  the  first  year  in  which  addicts  were  required  to 

register,  the  number  of  narcotic  addicts  known  to  the  Home  Office 

30 
rose  to  2,783  from  1,729  the  year  before,  and  from  753  in  1964. 

The  most  striking  increase  was  in  the  number  using  heroin  --  2,240 

in  1968,  as  compared  with  1,299  in  the  previous  year.   The  number 

of  known  addicts  under  age  20,  nearly  all  heroin  users,  increased 

between  1967  and  1968  by  93%.   Seventy-nine  percent  of  all  heroin 

addicts  were  under  25  years  old. 

If  these  figures  represent  the  number  of  addicts  who  began 
using  narcotics  during  the  period  covered,  they  would  throw  grave 
doubt  on  the  English  system  in  effect  before  1968  and  raise  question 
whether  the  change  in  1968  was  sufficient.   However,  it  is  likely 
that  until  1968,  when  addicts  were  first  required  to  register  in 


29 

Second  Report  on  the  Interdepartmental  Committee,  Ministry  of 

Health,  United  Kingdom,  "Drug  Addiction  in  the  United  Kingdom,"  in 

Bulletin  on  Narcotics,  Vol.  XVIII,  April- June,  1966,  p.'  27. 

30 

See:   "Drug  Addicts,"  in  Lancet,  Aug.  9,  1969,  p.  332. 


37 


order  to  obtain  their  narcotics,  statistics  were  inadequate  and 

31 

grossly  understated  the  facts.     And  not  all  the  addition  to  the 

ranks  of  addicts  are  British  subjects.   Many  addicts  have  migrated 

to  England  in  order  to  escape  the  sanctions  of  their  own  countries 

32 
and  to  obtain  narcotics  easily. 


Even  so,  it  is  likely  that  addiction  in  the  United  Kingdom, 
as  in  the  United  States,  has  rapidly  increased  among  the  young. 
During  the  1960's  the  "drug  culture"  among  the  young  which  originated 
in  the  United  States  has  spread  to  many  other  nations.   England, 
which  had  never  before  experienced  widespread  delinquency,  dislike 
for  the  police,  and  violent  crimes  has  begun  to  be  "Americanized" 
in  this  respect.   During  this  period  it  experienced  an  increase  in 
use,  not  only  of  narcotics,  but  of  all  categories  of  drugs  among 
the  young,  including  LSD.   No  one  can  tell  what  increase  in  drug 
addiction  would  have  occurred  in  the  United  Kingdom  if  the  drugs 
had  been  outlawed  as  in  the  United  States.   Whereas  the  number  of 
addicts  in  the  United  Kingdom  still  remains  under  3,000,  there  are 
over  5,000  addicts  in  San  Francisco  alone.   Moreover,  there  is  no 


31 

See:   "Drug  Addicts,"  in  Lancet,  Dec.  28,  1968,  p.  1398. 

32 

One-fourth  of  all  addicts  recorded  for  the  first  time  in 

Britain  between  1960  and  1964  were  not  British  citizens.   See: 

Bewley,  T.,  "Recent  Changes  in  the  Pattern  of  Drug  Abuse  in  the 

United  Kingdom,"  in  Bulletin  on  Narcotics,  Oct. -Dec,  1966,  p.  4. 


38 


way  to  tell  how  much  organized  criminal  activity  has  been  prevented 
in  England  by  the  legal  distribution  of  narcotics  to  addicts.   We 
do  know,  however,  that  in  1970,  the  Home  Office  and  the  Ministry 

of  Health  were  convinced  that  there  was  no  evidence  of  criminally- 

33 

organized  control  of  narcotics  distribution  in  the  United  Kingdom. 

It  is  impossible,  as  yet,  to  assess  the  success  of  the  new 
English  method  of  narcotics  clinics.   Addicts  can  no  longer  visit 
several  doctors  or  grossly  overstate  their  needs  and  thereby  acquire 
narcotics  for  distribution.   Each  addict  is  registered  at  a  clinic 
and  may  be  observed  and  "tested"  by  clinic  personnel  before  being 
given  a  narcotic . 

To  transplant  the  English  system  to  the  United  States  would 
require  amendment  of  federal  law  so  that  the  federal  government, 
with  the  aid  of  state  and  local  governments,  would  supply  heroin 
free  or  inexpensively  to  all  addicts .   Were  this  to  be  done,  we 
think  that  the  system  should  be  more  rigorously  applied  than  in 
England;  the  heroin  should  be  administered  to  the  addict  at  the 
clinic  by  government  employed  medical  personnel  and  not  allowed  to 
be  taken  away  on  prescription. 


33 

Lieberman  &  Blain,  "The  British  System  of  Drug  Control," 

in  Drug  Dependence,  March,  1970,  p.  12. 


39 


The  arguments  in  favor  of  this  system  run  as  follows: 

No  profit  would  be  available  to  the  private  vendor,  for  it  is 
inconceivable  that  anyone  would  buy  or  pay  a  high  price  when 
he  could  get  his  heroin  free.   With  the  profit  gone,  the  whole 
vicious  business  would  collapse.   The  government  clinics  would  not 
supply  heroin  to  non-addicts.   The  non-addict  would  not  be  able 
to  obtain  it  privately  because  there  would  be  no  incentive  to 
pushers  to  hook  him  or  to  risk  the  penalties  of  violating  criminal 
law  against  importation  and  sale  for  the  simple  reason  that,  once 
a  person  became  hooked,  he  would  be  eligible  to  obtain  his  heroin 
free  from  a  clinic  and  would  immediately  cease  to  be  a  customer 
of  any  private  vendor.   The  petty  profit  still  available  to  private 
vendors  from  an  occasional  sale  would  no  longer  warrant  the  risk 
of  violating  the  criminal  laws.   Furthermore,  as  all  addicts  would 
be  placing  themselves  in  trained  medical  hands,  efforts  at  reha- 
bilitation could  be  stepped  up. 

In  response  to  the  fear  that  supplying  heroin  would  create 
crime,  two  facts  are  stated  as  fundamental: 

1.   Although  heroin  is  a  destructive  drug  to  the  addict, 
it  is  also  a  tranquilizer  or  depressant.   Contrary  to  popular 
opinion,  there  is  no  evidence  that  heroin  itself  induces  violent 
or  aggressive  behavior  or  that  heroin  increases  sex  drive.   Indeed, 
the  opposite  is  true.   While  under  the  influence,  an  addict  is 
ordinarily  extremely  passive. 


40 


2.   The  numerous  crimes  perpetrated  by  addicts  are  almost 
all  perpetrated  in  order  to  get  money  to  obtain  the  drug.  With 
the  narcotic  supplied  free  or  cheaply,  that  drive  to  crime  would 
vanish. 

Such  a  system  of  government  dispensing  of  heroin  would  have 
to  be  accomplished  on  a  nation-wide  level,  first,  because  federal 
law  pre-empts  the  field,  and,  second,  because  any  state  that  attempted 
it  alone  would  soon  become  a  haven  for  the  nation's  addicts. 

Objections  to  the  English  system,  even  as  more  rigorously 
applied,  come  readily  to  mind.   There  is  something  obnoxious 
about  the  government  supplying  dangerous  drugs  to  its  citizens. 
The  use  of  heroin  produces  a  "high,"  a  kind  of  orgasm,  and  the 
user  demands  his  dose  four  or  five  or  six  times  a  day.   We  have 
been  told  that  heroin  cannot  be  handled  safely  even  by  doctors. 

Even  so,  if  the  choice  lay  solely  between  the  present  American 
system  of  rigorous  criminalization  and  the  modified  English  system, 
the  balance  might  tip  in  favor  of  the  latter.   Fortunately,  the 
choice  may  not  lie  solely  between  these  two.   The  use  of  methadone 
may  be  a  better  solution.   Methadone  is  a  synthetic  narcotic 
chemically  related  to  heroin.   It  is  addictive,  discontinuance 
produces  withdrawal  symptoms,  its  use  must  be  continuous.   But  its 
advocates  say  that  it  produces  little  "high;"  it  ousts  the  craving 
for  heroin.   Its  effect  lasts  for  36  hours,  so  that  infrequent 
dosing  is  necessary.   Above  all,  while  the  methadone  user  is  addicted 
to  it,  his  behavior  is  so  different  from  that  of  the  heroin  user 


41 


that  he  can  live  as  a  normal  productive  person  in  society.   Since 
the  methadone  is  inexpensive,  it  is  claimed  that  administration 
of  that  drug  has  reduced  crime  enormously,  for  those  who  receive 
it  no  longer  turn  to  crime  to  support  the  habit.   It  is  claimed 
that  in  San  Francisco  it  has  worked  a  "cure"  of  95%  of  the  heroin 
addicts  to  whom  it  has  been  administered  by  converting  them  to 
methadone  addiction.   This  is  contrasted  with  other  forms  of 

treatment  which  have  a  cure  rate  of  possibly  57».   Only  about  395 

34 
people  are  under  methadone  treatment  in  San  Francisco. 

The  San  Francisco  Committee  on  Crime  cannot  assume  to  evaluate 
methadone.   We  are  aware  that  there  have  always  been  fads  and 
fashions  in  medicine  and  that  the  wonder  chemicals  of  one  decade 
often  become  the  villains  of  another.   The  merits  of  methadone 
are  for  medical  men  to  say.   The  problem  of  the  law  is  not  to 
prescribe  treatment  but  to  devise  a  legal  system  that  makes  it 
possible  for  medicine  to  bring  its  talents  and  expertise  to  bear. 

Our  recommendation:   Our  recommendation  is  simply  to  emphasize 
that  the  time  has  come  for  the  federal  government  to  make  a  thorough 


The  City  runs  four  methadone  clinics,  serving  about  260 
patients.   Another  clinic  is  sponsored  by  Fort  Help,  a  private  organ- 
ization.  The  Fort  Help  methadone  program  currently  serves  about 
135  patients. 


-  42  - 

and  objective  analysis  of  the  benefits  and  harms  of  a  system  of 
government  controlled  clinics  that  dispense,  free  or  at  nominal 
cost,  methadone,  heroin,  or  whatever  other  drug  or  treatment  experts 
should  conclude  is  even  better.   We  have  been  told  that  most  addicts 
of  heroin  are  wearied  of  being  tied  down  to  the  heroin  rack,  would 
welcome  being  taken  from  it,  and  would  choose  methadone  were  it 
readily  available. 

On  the  other  hand,  we  have  been  told  that  many  addicts,  partic- 
ularly those  who  have  not  been  hooked  for  a  substantial  period  of 
time,  will  not  voluntarily  choose  methadone  over  heroin.   Moreover, 
we  do  not  know  whether  heroin  could  be  dispensed  successfully  in 
conjunction  with  other  drugs  like  methadone.   For  example,  if  clinic 
physicians  were  able  to  dispense  heroin  in  some  cases,  would  that 
in  itself  diminish  an  addict's  incentive  to  go  on  methadone?   These 
questions  we  cannot  answer.   We  need  immediate  study  by  the  federal 
government,  and  we  then  need  the  courage  and  willingness  to  experiment, 

We  are  mightily  persuaded  that  one's  chances  of  cure  or 
rehabilitation  are  better  as  a  frequenter  of  the  clinics  than 
as  a  denizen  of  the  drug  sub-culture  where  the  influences  brought 
to  bear  are  those  of  the  pusher. 

2.   Use 

Thus  far  we  have  been  speaking  of  the  sale  and  supply  of 
heroin.   We  have  recommended  no  change  in  the  prohibitions  on  private 


43  - 


sale  and  supply,  but  we  have  said  that  something  more  must  be 
added  because  the  present  system  is  not  effective. 

What,  then,  about  our  laws  making  use  of  heroin  a  crime? 

The  user  is  more  a  victim  than  a  wrongdoer.   Certainly  he 
is  a  victim  once  he  has  become  an  addict.   The  United  States  Supreme 

Court  has  held  that  the  condition  of  being  an  addict  cannot  be 

35 
punished  as  a  crime.     Making  use  of  heroin  a  crime  is  a  singularly 

ineffective  procedure.   One  cannot  tell  how  many  people  have  been 
deterred  from  use  by  the  fact  that  use  is  criminal,  but  we  do  know  that 
alarmingly  large  numbers  have  not  been  deterred.   We  suspect  that 
most  of  those  who  do  not  use  heroin  are  deterred  by  intelligence, 
knowledge  and  fear  of  the  consequences  other  than  criminal  punish- 
ment . 

If  some  system  of  dispensing  narcotics  at  government  clinics 
should  be  established,  then  the  use  of  the  narcotic  outside  the 
clinics  should  be  made  criminal,  as  a  measure  to  force  the  addict 
to  the  clinic.   But  if  there  are  no  clinics,  we  are  troubled  by  the  use 
of  criminal  process  to  prevent  a  man  from  doing  what  the  addiction 
deprives  him  of  the  power  to  resist. 


35Robinson  v.  California,  370  U.S.  660  (1962). 


44 


Moreover,  making  use  a  crime  seems  in  the  current  jargon, 
"counter-productive"  to  rehabilitation.   Just  as  one  can  never 
know  how  many  people  have  been  deterred  from  experimenting  with 
drugs  because  of  the  threat  of  criminal  law,  one  cannot  know  how 
many  drug  users  have  been  deterred  from  seeking  treatment  because 
of  fear  of  arrest.   The  Committee's  staff  has  surveyed  many  of 
the  drug-treatment  facilities  in  San  Francisco  and  has  found  a 
uniform  consensus  that  fear  of  arrest  has  been  a  major  obstacle 
to  successful  drug  treatment. 

There  are  no  rehabilitative  or  treatment  resources  for  people 
sentenced  to  San  Francisco's  County  Jail  for  drug  abuse.   For  state 
prison,  the  Department  of  Corrections  provides  some  psychiatric  and 
psychological  counseling  (including  encounter  groups) ,  but  the 

Department's  main  drug  treatment  resource  is  the  California  Reha- 

36 
bilitation  Center  at  Corona,  commonly  called  "C.R.C."    Most 

commitments  to  C.R.C.  occur  after  a  defendant,  in  a  criminal  pro- 
ceeding, has  been  convicted  of  a  crime,  often  by  entering  a  guilty 

37 
plea. 

Unfortunately,  most  addicts  who  are  sent  to  the  California 
Rehabilitation  Center  for  "treatment"  have  relapsed  into  drug  use 


36 

For  an  analysis  of  the  C.R.C.  commitment,  see  Appendix  B. 

37 

See  Sees.  3050,  3051  W.  &  I .  Code. 


45  - 


after  leaving  this  institution,  according  to  Dr.  John  Kramer,  for- 

OQ 

merly  Research  Director  at  C.R.C.,  and  Richard  A.  Bass:     "By 
spring  1968,  b\   years  after  the  program's  inception,  between 
8,000  and  9,000  individuals  had  been  committed,  and  about  5,200 
of  them  were  still  in  the  program.   Of  the  5,200  about  2,600  (50%) 
were  in  the  institution,  about  1,800  (35%)  were  on  active  parole, 
called  OPS,  and  about  800  (15%)  were  on  inactive  OPS,  that  is, 
at  large  or  in  jail."   Out  of  the  nearly  9,000  individuals  who  had 
been  committed  to  the  program  since  its  inception  in  1961,  only 
300  had  been  discharged  for  having  successfully  completed  the  out- 
patient program  by  1968.   In  a  follow-up  of  the  1,209  people  placed 
on  OPS  for  the  first  time  between  June  1962  and  June  1964,  Dr. 
Kramer  found  that  two-thirds  returned  to  the  institution  at  least 
once  during  the  first  three  years  of  their  release. 

The  heroin  user  should  not  be  punished  for  use;  he  should  be 
treated.   The  utilization  of  criminal  process  as  a  machinery  for 
treatment  and  rehabilitation  has  not  been  successful.   On  superficial 


38 

See  Kramer  and  Bass,   Institutionalization  Patterns  Among 
Civilly  Committed  Addicts,  208  Jour.  Am.  Med.  Assoc.  2297,  2300 
(July  1969) . 


46  - 


consideration,  one  might  therefore  slip  into  a  recommendation  that 
unless  and  until  some  system  of  clinics  to  dispense  narcotics  is 
established,  the  laws  making  use  of  heroin  a  crime  should  be  repealed, 
and  that  the  addict  should  be  handled  through  a  method  of  civil 
detention. 

But  a  study  of  alternatives  fails  to  unearth  anything  materially 
better  than  handling  use  through  the  criminal  system  or  anything 
essentially  different  except  in  terminology. 

Treatment  and  Rehabilitation  of  the  User 

To  do  more  for  the  addict  than  keep  him  addicted,  society  must 
be  willing  to  make  a  very  large  investment  in  facilities  and 
personnel  to  provide  the  "treatment"  everyone  agrees  is  required  -- 
medical  treatment,  job  counselling,  education  --  a  full  range  of 
costly  services  over  a  very  long  period  of  time.   So  far,  there 
has  been  nothing  like  what  would  be  required  to  have  meaningful 
treatment  programs  on  a  scale  to  match  the  problem,  and  nothing 
indicates  society  is  willing  to  devote  a  substantial  portion  of  its 
resources  to  costly  long  term  rehabilitation  of  drug  addicts.   To  the 
extent  that  facilities  and  personnel  are  made  available,  clear 
priority  should  be  given  to  addicts  enrolled  in  voluntary  programs 
in  view  of  the  history  of  failures  in  the  involuntary  programs. 


-  47 


That  kind  of  program  can  be  enormously  costly,  but  in  the 
end,  if  it  conquers  the  drug  problem  by  taking  the  addict  off 
drugs,  it  will  have  conquered  a  substantial  portion  of  the  crime 
problem  in  the  United  States,  and  it  will  have  cost  society  vastly 
less  than  the  tax  levied  by  the  drug  addicted  criminal   We  have 
estimated  that  heroin  addicts  cost  San  Francisco  alone,  by  property 
crimes,  a  loss  of  at  least  $45  million  per  year.   Multiply  this 
figure  for  one  city  by  the  "crime  tariff"  in  New  York  City  and  through- 
out the  nation,  and  we  can  see  that  the  public  is  being  saddled 
with  vast  losses.   Devoting  even  a  portion  of  that  amount  to  methods 
of  cure  and  rehabilitation  simply  makes  sound  sense  even  without 
regard  to  dictates  of  humanity  and  concern  for  the  future  of  the 
make-up  of  the  Republic. 

It  must  be  emphasized,  and  it  cannot  be  emphasized  too  much, 
that  any  person  who  voluntarily  places  himself  in  the  way  of  cure 
and  treatment  should  have  complete  immunity  from  prosecution  or 
conviction . 

What,  then,  is  to  be  done  for  those  who  will  not  voluntarily 
place  themselves  in  the  way  of  cure  if  and  when  really  adequate 
facilities  are  available. 

If  a  system  of  government  dispensing  of  narcotics  to  addicts 
should  be  adopted,  then  care  and  treatment  of  addicts  could  be 
handled  largely  on  a  voluntary  basis.   But  until  such  a  system  can 


48 


be  adopted,  the  situation  continues  that  addicts  must  pay  high 
prices  for  illegal  narcotics  and  must,  therefore,  resort  to  crime, 
including  hooking  others  to  obtain  money  for  their  habits.   The 
addict  is  therefore  a  constant  threat  to  the  peace  and  safety  of 
society.   The  danger  and  threat  are  so  serious  that  society  is  jus- 
tified in  pushing  to  the  very  limits  of  the  Constitution  in  seeking 
ways  of  prevention.   Prevention  means  detention.   Detention  should 
be  coupled  with  efforts  at  cure  and  rehabilitation.   Those  efforts 
to  date,  at  least  until  the  advent  of  methadone,  have  not  been 
singularly  successful.   Thus  efforts  at  cure  and  rehabilitation  became 
largely  prolonged  detention. 

The  problem  is  how  the  law  can  go  about  making  it  possible  for 
the  physicians,  psychiatrists,  and  behavioral  scientists  to  perform 
their  task  if  abusers  of  dangerous  drugs  or  narcotics  do  not 
voluntarily  choose  care  or  treatment. 

It  would  be  easy  simply  to  change  labels,  continue  to  use 
the  compulsory  instruments  of  criminal  law,  and  pretend  that  the 
various  functions  and  agencies  of  criminal  justice  are  now  agencies 
of  a  medical  model.   For  example,  certain  officials,  called  "Drug 
Abuse  Diagnosticians"  instead  of  police,  would  pick  up  possessors 
of  dangerous  drugs  or  narcotics,  instead  of  "arresting"  them,  and 
hold  them  for  review  before  a  "Drug  Abuse  Civil  Commitment  Agency" 
instead  of  trying  them  before  a  court.   Then  if  this  agency  should 
find  that  a  person  should  be  "committed"  to  an  institution  for 


49 


"care  and  treatment"  instead  of  convicting  him,  it  could  so  commit 
him  instead  of  "sentencing  him  to  prison."  This  would  be  an 
easy  course,  but  it  would  also  be  quackery.   In  the  end,  any 
system  of  civil  detention  for  rehabilitation  or  cure  against  the 
will  of  the  detained  person  is  essentially  the  use  of  criminal 
process.   We  might  as  well  call  it  what  it  is,  thereby  retaining 
constitutional  protections,  and  concurrently  shape  the  detention 
toward  cure  and  rehabilitation  and  away  from  punishment. 

During  the  past  year,  the  San  Francisco  Committee  on  Crime 
compiled  a  Directory  of  Drug  Treatment  Facilities  in  San  Francisco. 
This  Directory,  the  only  one  of  its  kind  in  the  city,  has  gone 
through  two  printings,  and  more  than  10,000  copies  have  been  dis- 
tributed to  schools,  churches ," youth  groups,  hospitals,  etc.   In 
the  course  of  compiling  that  Directory,  we  encountered  numerous 
different  theories  and  models  of  drug  abuse  treatment.   While  we 
neither  endorse  nor  disapprove  any  of  the  drug  treatment  schemes 
operating  in  the  City,  it  is  likely  that  each  abuser  of  drugs  or 
narcotics  is  an  individual  with  peculiar  problems  and  needs  and  goals, 
We  believe  that  drug  abuse  treatment  stands  the  best  chance  for 
success  when  medical,  psychiatric  and  behavioral  experts  are 
permitted  by  law  to  prescribe  and  require  care  and  treatment  in  their 
absolute  discretion. 


50 


Conclusion  on  Heroin 

At  the  outset  of  this  section  of  our  Non-Victim  Crime  Report  on 
Dangerous  Drugs  and  Narcotics,  we  said  that  it  was  the  most  difficult 
subject  with  which  we  had  to  deal.   We  can  now  sum  up  some  of  the 
difficulties  and  dilemmas  presented  by  heroin. 

We  have  adverted  to  a  system  of  detention  for  purposes  of  cure 
and  rehabilitation  without  conviction  first  of  crime.   But  to  detain 
a  man  against  his  will  in  order  to  cure  or  rehabilitate  him,  when 
he  has  violated  no  criminal  statute,  raises  feelings  of  discomfort, 
to  say  the  least,  in  a  free  society,  if  not  severe  constitutional 
doubts.   And,  yet,  an  addict  free  of  detention  is  likely  to  commit 
crimes  of  burglary  and  the  like  to  obtain  funds  to  serve  his  addic- 
tion.  To  prevent  the  commission  of  such  crimes,  society  can  arrest 
and  incarcerate  him  for  preventive  detention.   But,  a  free  society 

cannot  feel  confortable  with  arrest  as  a  means  of  preventive 

39 
detention.    Of  course,  if  the  use  and  possession  of  heroin  remain 

prohibited  by  criminal  statute,  the  addict  can  be  convicted  and 

incarcerated  constitutionally  as  punishment  for  a  "crime."   But  to 

make  a  man  a  criminal  and  to  punish  him  as  such  for  committing  acts 


39 

We  call  attention  to  our  discussion  of  this  subject  in  the 

Fifth  Report  of  this  Committee  on  "Bail  and  O.R.  Release." 


-  51 


which  the  use  of  drugs  has  made  him  incapable  of  avoiding  is  also 
repulsive.   All  these  difficulties  can  be  escaped  by  the  proposed 
government  administration  to  the  addict  of  methadone  and,  if 
necessary,  heroin.   But  that  proposal  is  abhorrent  to  some  people 
and  uncomfortable  to  many  more.   No  choice  is  a  pleasant  one. 
Society  must  grapple  with  the  difficulties  and  select  the  one 
that  combines  the  best  promise  of  success  with  the  least  abhorrence. 

As  an  aid  to  making  the  right  choice,  we  enumerate  a  number 
of  facts: 

(1)  Heroin  is  unquestionably  destructive  both  to  the  user  and 
to  society. 

(2)  Efforts  to  date  by  criminal  law  to  check  heroin  traffic 
have  been  singularly  unsuccessful.   Major  arrests  are  few  and  do  not 
visibly  decrease  the  traffic. 

(3)  Long-range  solutions  to  the  heroin  problem  must  be  found 
in  efforts  by  the  federal  government  to  stop  opium  cultivation, 
heroin  refining,  and  importation,  and  in  massive  educational  programs 
aimed  at  the  drug. 

(4)  The  cure  rate  of  heroin  addicts  by  conventional  invol- 
untary treatment  is  very  low. 


-  52 


(5)  Heroin  addicts  are  desperate  and  will  get  the  drug  one 
way  or  another.   They  will  steal,  and  if  necessary  kill,  to  obtain 
heroin. 

(6)  Under  the  present  laws,  the  only  way  they  can  obtain 
heroin  is  by  purchasing  it  from  the  underworld. 

(7)  Heroin  users  rarely  commit  major  crimes  while  under  the 
influence  of  the  drug.   They  do  commit  crimes  in  order  to  obtain 
money  to  buy  their  next  fix  or  to  keep  themselves  supplied. 

(8)  A  conservative  estimate  of  the  amount  of  property  stolen 
by  heroin  addicts  in  San  Francisco  each  year  is  45  million  dollars. 
(This  sum  exceeds  the  annual  budget  of  the  Police  Department.) 

(9)  If  we  cannot  effectively  reduce  the  harm  that  an  addict 
does  to  himself,  we  can  substantially  reduce  the  harm  the  addict 
inflicts  on  society.   At  this  time,  there  appear  to  be  only  two 
ways  of  having  a  substantial  effect  on  the  heroin  crime  cycle. 

The  first  alternative  is  to  place  addicts  permanently  in  institutions, 
This  is  punishment  for  illness.   The  second  alternative  is  to 
establish  government  controlled  medical  clinics  where,  if  nothing 
else  succeeds,  heroin  could  be  administered,  not  handed  out,  to 
confirmed  heroin  addicts  on  the  educated,  experienced  judgment  of 
physicians.   This  would  substantially  reduce  crime,  the  role 
of  the  commercial  peddler,  and  the  likelihood  of  peddlers  attempting 
to  hook  our  youth. 


53 


CONCLUSION 

The  reader  will  perceive  that  we  make  no  cut-and-dried 
recommendation.   We  have  pointed  up  the  problem  and  delineated 
the  choices.   We  have  done  all  we  can  if  this  Report  opens  up 
thoughtful  debate. 


-  54  - 
MINORITY  REPORT 

We  do  not  agree  with  the  Report  or  recommendations  of  the 
Committee  majority  on  DANGEROUS  DRUGS  AND  NARCOTICS.   We  regret 
that  the  Committee  issued  an  opinion  and  recommendations  on  this 
subject  -  a  subject  we  believe  deserving  of  more  careful  study  and 
evaluation  than  the  Committee  gave  to  it.   Our  brief  comments 
concerning  the  recommendations  on  marihuana  illustrate  our  disagree- 
ment.  We  deem  fallacious  the  Committee's  argument  that  because 
there  is  a  conflict  of  opinion  as  to  whether  the  use  and  possession 
of  a  "small"  amount  of  marihuana  by  adults  and  the  sale  of  it  to 
them  is  harmful  to  society,  therefore  the  existing  laws  should 
be  repealed  and  such  use,  possession  and  sale  should  be  legalized. 

To  the  contrary,  we  believe  that  just  because  there  is  such 
a  sharp  conflict  of  opinions  on  such  a  serious  subject,  the  total 
reversal  of  the  present  laws  without  further  study  would  be 
misleading  and  do  disservice  to  the  community.   Based  upon  the 
small  amount  of  evidence  presented  to  the  Committee,  it  appeared 
that  there  were  two  completely  conflicting  views.   One  view  was 
that  marihuana  is  not  one  of  the  causes  of  crime  and  violence  nor 
does  it  lead  to  the  use  of  addicting  drugs,  particularly  heroin. 
The  other  point  of  view  was  exactly  to  the  contrary.   The  propon- 
ents of  neither  point  of  view  could  point  to  any  evidence  by  way 
of  scientific  study,  research,  available  statistics  or  opinion 


55 


of  so-called  experts  in  the  field  which  could  in  any  way  be 
deemed  to  be  substantially  in  support  of  their  particular  point  of 
view.   We,  the  minority  of  the  Committee,  are  not  necessarily  in 
agreement  with  the  existing  laws  and  procedures  which  may  be  too 
punitive  with  respect  to  adults  who  use  or  possess  small  amounts 
of  marihuana.   However,  we  cannot  accept  the  principle  that  because 
present  laws  may  be  too  harsh  they  should  be  repealed  in  their 
entirety  as  to  the  class  of  adults  affected  by  the  majority 
recommendation . 

Such  repeal  at  this  time  would  suggest,  despite  any  disclaimers, 
that  the  Committee  after  careful  study  recommends  that  society 
sanction  the  use  of  marihuana  as  medically  and  socially  acceptable. 
We  would  then  be  making  a  positive  educational  statement  about 
marihuana  use  which  our  study  does  not  warrant.   The  minority 
believes  that  the  entire  problem  deserves  much  more  careful  and 
considerable  consideration  than  this  Committee  has  given  to  the 
issues  and  that  until  more  substantial  evidence  has  been  presented 
supporting  the  view  that  legalized  use  and  possession  of  marihuana 
by  adults  will  be  relatively  harmless,  the  recommendations  of  the 
Committee  majority  are  misleading  and  should  not  be  adopted. 

That  the  conflict  of  views  results  in  what  the  majority  term 
a  "Scotch  (inconclusive)  Verdict"  does  not  necessarily  justify 
the  jump  to  the  conclusion  that  existing  laws  should  be  repealed 


56 


and  use  and  possession  by  adults  should  be  legalized.   Legalization 
should  only  follow  the  positive  verdict  of  the  scientific  community 
that  the  bases  upon  which  the  laws  are  founded  are  proven  to  be 
wrong.   Short  of  that  proof,  consideration  should  be  given  to 
moderation  of  the  laws  and  changes  in  the  procedures  of  handling 
drug  abuse  victims  so  that  those  laws  will  be  helpful  rather  than 
punitive  with  respect  to  users.   All  of  the  laws  relating  to 
DANGEROUS  DRUGS  AND  NARCOTICS  are  presently  under  intensive  study 
in  many  places. 


The  following  members  of  the  Committee  concur  with  the  above: 


*  Alessandro  Baccari 

*  Gene  N.  Connell 

*  Dr.  Leon  J.  Epstein 

**  Reverend  Albert  R.  Jonsen,  S.  J. 
Samuel  Ladar 

*  Lawrence  R.  Lawson 

*  William  Osterloh 

*  Mrs.  Becky  Schettler 

*  Zeppelin  W.  Wong 


*   Dissenting  only  on  marijuana  section  of  Report. 
**  Not  participating  on  heroin  section  of  Report. 


57 


SUPPLEMENTAL  MINORITY  REPORT 


In  addition  to  my  agreement  with  the  minority  rtport  concerning 
marijuana,  I  should  like  to  add  the  following  supplementary  comments: 

For  most  persons,  for  most  varieties  of  the  substance  generally 
used  in  this  country,  and  for  most  situations,  the  occasional  use  of 
marijuana  has  not  proven  injurious.   One  simply  cannot  deny  the  fact, 
however,  that  for  certain  people,  in  certain  situations,  and  in 
certain  dosages,  marijuana  is  indeed  a  harmful  substance.   There 
are  ample  data  which  demonstrate  that  there  can  be  behavioral 
toxicity  with  marijuana  which  may  include  impaired  thinking  and 
judgment,  slowed  motor  responses,  and  with  potent  material,  psychotic 
reactions.   As  with  LSD,  opiates,  amphetamines,  and  cocaine,  the 
important  and  meaningful  hazards  are  in  the  area  of  behavioral,  rather 
than  tissue,  toxicity. 

Although  the  recommendation  for  legalization  of  marijuana  is 
certainly  not  an  endorsement  of  its  use,  and  this  was  clearly  not 
the  intention  of  those  who  have  endorsed  the  majority  report,  many 
would  at  least  interpret  this  as  an  endorsement.   In  the  current 
complex  society,  where  individual  citizens  do  not  possess  the 
technical  information  or  the  machinery  to  reach  an  informed  opinion 
about  the  hazards,  risks  and  dangers  relative  to  the  toxicity  of 
chemical  agents,  they  increasingly  look  to  their  government  for 
protection,  whether  in  canned  tuna,  sugar  substitutes,  or  other 


-  58  - 

substances.   We  must,  therefore,  beware  of  misleading  many  of  the 
great  majority  of  Americans  who  have  not  experimented  with  marijuana 
because  they  believe  it  to  be  unsafe  in  the  light  of  current 
restrictions. 

It  is  of  importance,  also,  for  one  to  be  aware  that  experience 
in  this  country  with  marijuana  is  rather  limited  to  about  a  five 
year  period  of  its  wide  usage,  and  to  relatively  low  dosages  of  weak 
material.  We  must  not  dismiss  reports  and  studies  from  other  countries 
because  they  are  not  consistent  with  our  own  data.   More  conclusive 
data  should  be  obtained  before  recommending  the  changes  suggested 
in  the  majority  report,  data  which  may  need  several  more  years  to 
accumulate.  This  is  important  because  should  deleterious  chronic 
effects  appear  after  marijuana  is  legalized,  it  will  be  exceedingly 
difficult  to  reverse  either  the  trend  of  wider  usage  or  government 
policy.   This  would  surely  suggest  caution  in  recommending  the 
legalization  of  marijuana.   Also  suggestive  of  caution  is  the  fact 
that  there  are  data  which  suggest  that  the  current  extensive  use 
of  marijuana  may  be  a  fad  which  will  ultimately  go  the  way  of  other 
transient  fads  and  premature  legalization  may  interfere  with  this 
natural  process.  , 

There  is  frequently  expressed  conviction  that  marijuana 
restrictions  tend  to  criminalize  youth.   It  is  a  fact,  however,  that 
certain  other  laws  such  as  parking,  speeding,  and  other  traffic 
laws,  are  very  often  violated  and  often  both  inconsistently  and 
irrationally  enforced.   These  traffic  laws  nevertheless  serve  a 


-  59 


very  useful  social  purpose.   Marijuana  restrictions  probably  act 
as  a  deterrant  much  as  do  the  traffic  laws,  and  both  may  well 
have  desirable  effects  on  the  behavior  of  many  individuals. 

Certain  aspects  of  the  present  marijuana  laws  do,  however, 
appear  unreasonable.   This  is  particularly  true  for  the  severity 
of  punishment  for  such  offenses  as  the  possession  of  small  amounts 
of  the  substance.   Among  other  questionable  issues  is  that  of  the 
selective  enforcement  of  laws  concerning  marijuana  which  results 
in  far  greater  arrest  frequency  within  certain  age  and  socio 
economic  groups.   The  net  effect  of  such  issues  in  the  light  of 
our  present  knowledge  is  not,  however,  sufficient  at  this  time  to 
recommend  its  legalization,  as  recommended  in  the  majority  report. 


Submitted  by:   Leon  J.  Epstein,  M.  D. 


APPENDIX  "A" 
SAN  FRANCISCO  CRIME  LABORATORY  SERVICES  PERFORMED: 
A  COMPARISON  OF  YEARS  1960,  1969  and  1970 


A-2 


SAN  FRANCISCO  CRIME  LABORATORY  SERVICES  PERFORMED: 
A  COMPARISON  OF  YEARS   I960,  1969  AND  1970 


TYPE  OF  LABORATORY 
SERVICE 


1960 


1969 


Change  from 
1960 


1970 


Change  from 
1960 


CASTS  (Moulage,  106 
silicone  or  plaster) 

CHEMICAL  AND  PHYSICAL 
PROPERTIES 

A.  Blood  182 

B.  Fibers  5 

C.  Glass  10 

D.  Miscellaneous  53 

E.  Paint  9 

F.  Powder  residue  19 

G.  Stains  10 
H.  Semen  170 
I.  Poisons  &  Narcotics  866 


14 


■92 


■98 


72 

1 

6 

83 

15 

3 

1 

95 

6103 


* 


-112 

-4 

-4 

+30 

+6 

-16 

-9 

-75 

+5237 


85 

2 

1 

5951 

17 
6 

64 
6545' 


irk 


-97 

-3 

-9 

+5898 

+8 

-13 

-106 

+5679 


3.  DOCUMENTS 

A.  Handwriting 

B.  Restoration 

C.  Typewriting 

D.  Printing 

4.  FINGERPRINTS 

A.  Development 
(Powder) 
(Chemical) 
(Photographic) 

5.  PALM  OR  SOLE 

A.  Development 

B.  Comparison 

6.  FIREARMS 

A.  Bullet  or  Case  Exam. 

B.  Bullet  comparison 

C.  Case  comparison 

D.  Test  patterns 

E.  Test  bullets  fired 

F.  Weapon  exam. 


320 
21 
17 
10 


39 
4 
3 
9 


2366 

6933 

241 

96 

19 

3 

372 

294 

90 

122 

32 

97 

61 

99 

26 

46 

1 

1 

71 

122 

12 

16 

-281 

-17 

-14 

-1 


+4567 

-145 

-16 


-78 
+32 


+65 
+38 
+20 

+51 

+4 


24 
6 


■296 
-15 


7593 
131 

1 


61 
37 


87 
66 
33 
4 
88 
32 


+5227 

-110 

-18 


-311 
-53 


+55 

+5 

+7 

+3 

+17 

+20 


A- 3 

SAN  FRANCISCO  CRIME  LABORATORY  SERVICES  PERFORMED: 
A  COMPARISON  OF  YEARS  1960,  1969  AND  1970,  CONT. 


TYPE  OF  LABORATORY 
SERVICE 


1960 


1969 


Change  from 
1960 


1970 


Change  from 
1960 


FLUORESCENT  EXAMINATION 


84 


MICROSCOPIC  EXAMINATION 

A.  Hair  and  fibers 

B .  Paints 

C.  Powder  residue 

D.  Stains  (Blood  &  Semen)  389 

E.  Miscellaneous 

F.  Microcrystalline 
examination 


9 .   PHOTOGRAPHY 

A.  Special 

B.  Crime  scene 


10.  SEROLOGICAL 

A.  Precipitin 

B.  Blood  group 

11.  SPECTROGRAPHIC 

12.  SPECTR0PH0T0METRIC 

13.  TOOL  MARK  COMPARISONS 

14.  PHYSICAL  MATCH 


■79 


19 

14 

-5 

5 

-14 

16 

4 

-12 

3 

-13 

26 

1 

-25 

-■> 

_- 

89 

130 

-259 

174 

-215 

12 

2145 

+2133 

2746 

+2734 

15 

2441 

+1726 

3427 

+2712 

216 

162 

-54 

159 

-57 

326 

404 

+78 

204 

-122 

147 

57 

-90 

85 

-62 

110 

32 

-78 

65 

-45 

1 

— 

3 

+2 

81 

338 

+257 

410 

+329 

28 

4 

-24 

7 

-21 

11 

3 

-8 

5 

-6 

*  Narcotics  cases  only. 

**  During  1970,  physical  examinations  of  narcotics  were  included  for  the  first  time, 


APPENDIX  "B" 


AN  ANALYSIS  OF 
THE  EXISTING  CALIFORNIA  SYSTEM 
OF  INVOLUNTARY  COMMITMENT 
OF 
NARCOTICS  ADDICTS 


A-5 


"Is  C.R.C.  a  Prison?" 

"It  is  not  a  prison.  Although  it  has  the 
physical  aspects  of  a  prison  for  security, 
to  prevent  escapes  and  to  keep  illegal 
narcotics  and  drugs  OUT  of  the  institution, 

it  is  a  ' detention,  treatment  and 

rehabilitation  facility*  within  the  Depart- 
ment or  Corrections." 

"A  person  who  escapes  from  CRC  is  charged 
with  the  felony  of  Escape,  which  carries  a 
prison  term  of  seven  years." 


California  Department  of 

Corrections 
"Orientation  to  California's 
Civil  Addict  Program" 


The  Commitment" 


In  accordance  with  the  emerging  medical  consensus  that  addic- 
tion is  a  "disease"  and  should  be  treated  as  such  by  the  law,  the 
California  Legislature  enacted  in  1961  a  program  for  the  commitment 
of  addicts  who  either  volunteered  for  such  treatment  or  were  involun- 
tarily committed  for  treatment  by  the  courts.   Part  of  this  program 
consists  of  the  California  Rehabilitation  Center  in  Corona,  California, 
which  is  under  the  supervision  of  the  Department  of  Corrections.   This 
institution  is  commonly  called  "CR.C." 


The  purpose  of  this  program  was  stated  in  Section  3000  of  the 
Welfare  and  Institution  Code:   "It  is  the  intent  of  the  Legislature 
that  persons  addicted  to  narcotics,  or  who  by  reason  of  repeated  use 
of  narcotics  are  in  imminent  danger  of  becoming  addicted,  shall  be 


*A  comprehensive,  and  readable,  analysis  of  the  C.R.C.  commitment 
procedure  has  been  prepared  by  the  Los  Angeles  Public  Defender's  Office 
See  Fischer,  Narcotic  Addiction  Commitment:   From  In  to  Out,  Office  of 
the  Public  Defender  for  the  County  of  Los  Angeles,  Room  402,  Hall  of 
Justice,  Los  Angeles,  California,  90012.   This  analysis  is  cited  below 
as  "Narcotic  Addiction  Treatment." 


A-6 

treated  for  such  condition  and  its  underlying  causes,  and  that 
such  treatment  shall  be  carried  out  for  non-punitive  purposes 
not  only  for  the  protection  of  the  addict,  or  person  in  imminent 
danger  of  addiction,  against  himself,  but  also  for  the  prevention 
of  contamination  of  others  and  the  protection  of  the  public  ..." 
The  Legislature  obviously  had  the  intent  not  merely  to  attempt 
to  rehabilitate  addicts,  but  also  to  detain  those  addicts  who  could 
not  be  "rehabilitated"  so  that  they  would  not  "contaminate"  the 
rest  of  society. 

There  are  two  ways  by  which  a  narcotics  addict  can  be  sent  to 
C.Ro'C.  First,  the  law  allows  a  commitment  even  though  an  arrest 
has  not  occurred.  Thus,  "anyone  who  believes  that  a  person  is  ad- 
dicted to  the  use  of  narcotics  or  by  reason  of  repeated  use  of  nar- 
cotics is  in  imminent  danger  of  becoming  addicted  to  their  use  or 
any  person  who  believes  himself  to  be  addicted  or  about  to  become 
addicted"  can  go  to  the  District  Attorney  and  petition  for  a  commit- 
ment.  Also,  any  peace  officer  or  health  officer  who  has  reasonable 
cause  to  believe  that  a  person  is  addicted  to  narcotics  or  is  in 
danger  of  becoming  addicted  can  take  the  suspected  addict  directly 

to  a  hospital,  where  commitment  proceedings  are  begun  nearly  immedi- 

2  3 

ately.   After  an  examination  by  a  physician,   and  a  full  judicial 


Sec.  3100.6  W0  &  i.  Code- 

2 
Sec.  3103.5  W.  &  I.  Code. 

3 
Sees.  3105,  3108  W.  &  I.  Code 


A-7 

hearing,  which  may  include  a  jury  trial,   the  person  may  be  com- 
mitted to  C.R.C.   This  commitment  procedure,  which  is  undertaken 
without  the  arrest  of  a  suspected  addict,  is  used  very  rarely  in 

San  Francisco.   Chief  Assistant  District  Attorney,  Walter  H.  Giubbini 

6 
has  explained,   "Our  office  very  rarely  gets  requests  for  this  kind 

of  commitment  procedure.  Most  of  the  time,  we  get  parents  who  inves- 
tigate the  possibility  of  having  a  son  or  daughter  committed,  but, 
when  we  explain  the  procedure  to  them,  they  decide  not  to  go  ahead 
with  legal  proceedings  and  find  another  way  to  deal  with  the  problem" 

Thus,  most  commitments  to  C.R.C.  occur  after  a  defendant,  in  a 

criminal  proceeding,  has  been  convicted  of  a  crime,  often  by  entering 

7  8  9 

a  guilty  plea.   Both  misdemeanor  and  felony  defendants  may  be  com- 
mitted after  conviction,  if  they  are  eligible  for  the  C.R.C.  program. 
In  either  case,  "if  it  appears  to  the  judge  that  the  defendant  may 
be  addicted  or  by  reason  of  repeated  use  of  narcotics  may  be  in  immi- 
nent danger  of  becoming  addicted  to  narcotics,  he  shall  adjourn  the 


4Sec.  3106.5  W.  &  I.  Code. 

Sec.  3106.5  W.  &  I.  Code. 

6 
Telephone  interview  with  Walter  H.  Giubbini,  August  30,  1970. 

See,  generally,  Narcotic  Addiction  Treatment,  supra,  note  1,  pp. 26-49, 

8 
Sec.  3050  W.  &  I.  Code. 

9 
Sec.  3051  Wo  &  Io  Code. 

10Sec.  3052  W.  &  I.  Code. 


A-8 


the  proceedings  or  suspend  the  imposition  of  the  sentence  and  order 
the  district  attorney  to  file  a  petition  for  commitment  .  .  ." 

After  two  physicians,  appointed  by  the  Court,  have  examined  the  de- 

12 
fendant,  there  is  a  hearing  before  a  judge.    If  the  judge  orders 

the  defendant  committed  to  C.R.C.,  and  if  the  defendant  is  dissatis- 
fied with  the  commitment,  he  may  file  a  written  demand  for  a  jury 
trial,  and  he  must  be  given  a  full  jury  trial,  on  the  issues  of  his 
addiction,  within  30  days. 

How,  then,  does  the  Court  determine  whether  a  defendant  is 
"addicted"  or  is  "in  imminent  danger  of  becoming  addicted  to  narco- 
tics?" The  legal  test  was  further  defined  by  the  California  Supreme 

Court  in  People  v.  Victor,  62  C.  2d  280,  292,  42  Cal.  Rptr.  199 
13 


(1965): 


In  creating  a  distinct  category  of  persons  who  "by 
reasons  of  repeated  use"  of  narcotics  are  in  imminent 
danger  of  "becoming  addicted"  the  legislature  has  in 
effect  recognized  the  fundamental  medical  fact  that 
narcotic  addiction  is  not  so  much  an  event  as  as 
process...  Certainly  mere  sampling  or  experimentation 
does  not  make  an  addict;  but  it  could  be  a  step  in 
the  process.  Among  the  identifiable  stages  in  this 
process  may  be  listed  the  following:  (1)  introduction 
to  and  initial  experimentation  with  the  drug;  (2)  "joy 
popping"  or  occasional  use  to  satisfy  personal  grati- 
fication or  social  pressures;  (3)  increasingly  frequent 


Sec.  3051  W.  &  I.  Code 
12Secs.  3050,  3051,  3108  W.  &  I.  Code 


13 

Although  this  language  is  dictum,  the  Court,  following  Victor, 

reached  a  square  holding  in  People  v.  0 'Neil, 62  C.  2d  748,  44  Cal. 
Rprt.  320  (1965). 


A-9 


use  coincident  with  development  of  a  growing  degree 
of  emotional  dependence  on  the  drug;  (4)  bodily  re- 
action to  such  use  by  development  of  increasing 
physical  tolerance;  (5)  temporary  cessation  (whether 
voluntary  or  not)  of  use  of  the  drug,  resulting  in 
manifestation  of  physical  dependence  in  the  form  of 
withdrawal  symptoms;  (6)  realization  by  the  user  of 
the  fact  that  it  was  his  failure  to  maintain  his  in- 
take of  the  drug  that  caused  the  withdrawal  distress; 
(7)  continuing  use  of  the  drug  thereafter  for  the 
conscious  and  primary  purpose  of  forestalling  or 
alleviating  withdrawal  distress;  and  (8)  concomitant 
side-effects,  such  as  the  tendency  towards  lowering 
of  the  user's  anxiety  threshold  so  that  normal  (non- 
addict)  instances  of  nervousness  or  discomfort  become 
misinterpreted  as  signs  of  an  impending  withdrawal 
experience  and  hence  increase  even  further  the  user ' s 
recourse  to  and  dependence  on  the  drug. 

k   k   k   k 

To  recognize  that  addiction  is  more  a  process  than  an 
event  is  also  to  clarify  the  scope  of  the  challenged 
category  of  persons  "who  by  reason  of  repeated  use  of 
narcotics  are  in  imminent  danger  of  becoming  addicted." 
On  the  one  hand,  and  individual  may  not  escape  an  in- 
quiry into  his  addictive  status  merely  by  showing  that 
he  is  not  yet  "hooked"  in  the  strict  sense  of  the  word. 
On  the  other,  to  be  brought  within  this  category  it  is 
not  enough  that  the  individual  be  "addiction  prone"  or 
associate  with  addicts,  or  even  have  begun  to  experi- 
ment with  drugs;  he  must  have  subjected  himself  to  "re- 
peated use  of  narcotics."   (The)  argument  that  "repeated 
use"  can  theoretically  mean  as  few  as  twice  is  unreaso- 
nable when  the  phrase  is  seen  in  the  context  of  the  whole 
addiction  process;  for  "At  least  several  weeks  of  expe- 
rience with  a  drug  are  usually  necessary  for  the  develop- 
ment of  an  addiction."   (Citations  omitted).   Nor  is  it 
enough  that  the  individual  has  thus  "repeatedly  used" 
narcotics,  or  even  be  "accustomed  or  habituated  to  their 
use,  unless  such  repeated  use  or  habituation  has  reached 
the  point  that  he  is  in  imminent  danger  --  in  the  common- 
sense  meaning  of  that  phrase  discussed  above  --  of  be- 
coming emotionally  or  physically  dependent  on  their  use. 


A-10 


If  a  defendant  has  been  declared  an  addict,  or  is  in  imminent 

danger  of  becoming  an  addict,  he  is  then  committed  to  C.R.C.  for 

14 
institutional  treatment.    During  1967,  the  median  period  of  commit- 

15 
ment  for  men  was  14  months  before  release. 


Inside  the  dormitory  like  buildings  at  Corona  reside  approxi- 
mately 2,000  men. .  Another  800  or  so  male  "patients"  reside  in  a  wing 
of  the  state  prison  at  Tehachapi.  An  additional  300  or  so  women 
patients  occupy  the  C.R.C.  branch  in  Patton.   137o  of  these  patients 
are  from  the  San  Francisco  area;  northern  California  patients  for  the 
most  part  are  institutionalized  at  Tehachapi.   Together,  these  three 
branches  constitute  the  entire  state-run  narcotics  rehabilitation 
center;  capacity:  nearly  3,700  "patients." 

Within  the  walls  of  these  institutions,  patients  are  normally 
separated  into  60-man  units,  each  with  its  own  counselling  staff. 
Large  group  meetings  are  held  daily,  five  days  per  week,  and  include 
all  dormitory  residents  plus  their  staff.   However,  the  basic  therapy 
sessions  and  work  details  are  based  upon  those  60-man  living  units. 

Each  day  the  patients  are  subjected  to  "encounter  group"  styled 
therapy  sessions,  work  details,  educational  and  job  training,  and 


14Secs.  3050,  3051  W.  &  I.  Code.   Until  1970,  the  patient  was  re- 
quired to  spend  at  least  six  months  in  the  institution. 

15 

Narcotic  Addiction  Treatment,  supra,  note  3,  p.  64. 


A-ll 

psychiatric  counseling;  all  calculated  to  enable  the  patients  to 
overcome  their  desire  for  narcotic  like  substances  and  to  prepare 
them  to  lead  useful  lives  outside  the  institution. 

However,  workers  from  within  the  institution  admit  that  some 
of  these  programs  are  ineffective.   One  gave  his  synopsis  of  the  job 
training  programs.  He  characterized  the  vocational  training  which 
patients  receive  as  "nothing  which  would  develop  into  a  first  class 
job."  Each  patient  receives  a  few  hours  per  week  of  instruction  in 
such  fields  as  upholstery,  drafting,  baking,  dry  cleaning,  landscape 
gardening,  small  appliance  repair,  hotel  maintenance  and  secretarial 
work,  among  others;  however,  the  Center  makes  no  attempt  to  determine 
what  types  of  jobs  will  be  in  demand  in  California  in  the  next  few 
years,  and  shape  its  vocational  program  accordingly.   Therefore  many 
persons  find  themselves  "trained"  for  jobs  in  which  there  are  no 
openings.  Also,  the  worker  offered  reasons  which  have  prevented  the 
Center  from  offering  vocational  rehabilitation  of  a  more  skilled  and 
perhaps  more  demanded  variety:   first,  the  patients  do  not  remain  at 
the  Center  for  a  long  enough  period  of  time  to  be  able  to  train  them 
adequately  in  more  complex  fields;  second,  patients  frequently  do 
not  have  the  educational  background  with  which  to  be  able  to  cope 
with  more  advanced  programs;  thirdly,  the  Center  does  not  have  adequate 
funds.   For  whatever  reason,  patients  who  are  released  from  the  Cali- 
fornia Rehabilitation  Center  are  rarely  much  better  prepared  to  accept 
employment  than  when  they  entered . 


A-12 


Perhaps  for  this  reason,  the  Center  does  not  have  any  form- 
alized job  placement  program,  although  there  are  a  few  "contacts" 
in  the  meatpacking  industry  and  shipyards  which  sometimes  employ 
qualified  ex-addicts.   If  the  patient  has  had  prior  welding  or  me- 
chanics training  it  is  often  not  difficult  to  place  him  in  a  job; 
however,  most  patients  are  left  to  find  a  job  on  their  own  after 
leaving  the  institution. 

The  job  training  problem  would  not  be  as  acute  if  it  were  not 
for  the  fact  that  a  majority  of  addicts  are  school  "drop-outs"  and 
often  do  not  possess  even  the  rudimentary  qualifications  for  most  em- 
ployment, although  C.R.C.  staff  categorize  them  as  often  having  average 
or  above  average  intelligence.  Although  many  employers  will  not  hire 
persons  who  do  not  have  at  least  a  high- school  degree,  a  majority  of 
the  patients  at  the  California  Rehabilitation  Center  have  dropped 
out  of  school  prior  to  receiving  this  degree.   The  Center  offers 
high-school  courses  to  such  patients,  but  often  a  patient  is  released 
before  he  can  qualify  for  a  degree. 

2.   Release  on  Outpatient  Status 

After  an  initial  unspecified  period  of  treatment  and  observation, 
C.R.C.  may  ask  that  the  defendant  be  released  on  an  out-patient  basis 

if  the  defendant  "has  recovered  from  his  addiction  or  imminent  danger 

16 
of  addiction  to  such  an  extent"  as  to  warrant  release.    This  request 


1  f\ 

Sec. 3151  W.  &  I.  Code.  A  defendant  gets  an  automatic  yearly 

review  of  his  status  at  C.R.C.  by  parole  authorities. 


A-13 


is  made  to  the  Narcotic  Addict  Evaluation  Authority,  which  is 
analogous  to  a  parole  board.    The  N.A.E.A.  then  supervises 

the  defendant  on  an  outpatient  basis,  receiving  reports  from 

18 
special  supervisors  employed  by  the  Department  of  Corrections. 

The  defendant  must  be  closely  supervised,  and  he  is  subjected  to 

19 
surprise  testing  for  narcotics  use  while  on  outpatient  status. 

There  are  about  220  C.R.C.  outpatients  in  San  Francisco. 


If  the  defendant  makes  it  through  two  consecutive  years  of 
outpatient  status,  then  the  Director  of  Corrections  (in  practice, 

the  C.R.C.  authorities)  may  certify  the  defendant's  success  to  the 

20 
N.A.E.A.    Then,  if  that  Authority  agrees  with  the  Director,  the 

Authority  can  file  a  request  with  the  Court  for  discharge  from  the 

21 
C.R.C.  program.    The  Court  has  to  discharge  the  defendant  from 

the  C.R.C.  program,  but  the  defendant  is  then  sent  back  to  the 

criminal  court  where  he  was  originally  convicted.  There,  the  defend- 

22 
ant  may  have  his  original  charges  dismissed,   or  he  may  be  put  on 


17Sec.  3150  W.  &  I.  Code.  The  N.A.E.A.  replaced  the  Adult 
Authority,  which  supervised  addicts  until  1963. 

In  San  Francisco,  these  supervisors  are  employed  by  the 
Parole  and  Community  Services  Division  of  the  Department  of  Cor- 
rections, 71-llth  Street,  San  Francisco. 

19Sec.  3152  W.  &  I.  Code. 

20 

This  discharge  procedure  is  governed  by  Sec.  3200  W.  &  I.  Code, 

In  1970,  the  requisite  period  of  successful  out-patient  status  was  re- 
duced from  three  years  to  two  years . 

21 

Id. 

22Pursuant  to  Sec.  1203.4  P.C. 


A-14 


probation,  or  he  may  be  sentenced  to  jail  or  prison,  with  credit 

23 

for  time  served  while  at  C.R.C.    As  a  practical  matter  in  San 

Francisco,  defendants  who  have  successfully  made  it  through  the 
C.R.C.  program  (including  the  2-year  outpatient  requirement)  may 
be  put  on  probation,  but  they  will  not  receive  jail  time. 

If  the  defendant  begins  to  use  narcotics  at  any  time  that  he 

is  on  outpatient  status,  or  if  he  refuses  to  submit  to  nalline 

testing  for  addiction,  the  defendant  may  be  sent  back  to  C.R.C.  by 

24 
the  Authority,  for  further  institutional  treatment.    In  addition, 

"if  at  any  time  following  receipt  at  the  facility  of  a  person  com- 
mitted pursuant  to  this  article,  the  Director  of  Corrections  con- 
cludes that  the  person,  because  of  excessive  criminality  or  for 
other  relevant  reasons,  is  not  a  fit  subject  for  confinement  or 
treatment  ...  he  shall  return  the  person  to  the  court  in  which  the 

case  originated  for  such  further  proceedings  on  the  criminal  char- 

25 
ges  as  that  court  may  deem  warranted."    It  is  simply  not  clear 

whether  the  court  must  give  the  defendant  credit  for  time  served  at 

C.R.C.  where  the  defendant  has  been  sent  back  to  the  court  as  "unfit 


23Sec.  3200  W.  &  I.  Code, 


24Sec.  3151  W.  &  I.  Code.  In  re  Marks,  71  A.C  33,  77  Cal. 
Rptr.  1  (1969). 

25Sec.  3053  W.  &  I.  Code. 


A-15 

9f> 
for  treatment."    The  Committee  staff  has  witnessed  a  number  of 

cases  in  which  a  defendant,  rejected  from  the  C.R.C.  program,  was 

sentenced  by  the  San  Francisco  Courts  without  credit  for  the  time 

served . 

Staff  members  at  the  Center  consistently  proclaim  that  the 
most  important  crisis  an  addict  will  face  in  his  struggle  to  refrain 
from  narcotics  is  within  the  few  weeks  immmediately  after  he  is  re- 
leased from  in-patient  status.   The  patient  finds  himself  released 
from  the  cloistered  atmosphere  of  the  institution  and  thrust  into  his 
"old  environment"  where  he  must  again  struggle  to  support  himself  and 
to  ignore  the  drugs  which  are  within  easy  access.  Most  rehabilitation 
personnel  emphasize  that  it  is  at  this  juncture  that  the  need  for 
community  support  for  such  patients  becomes  acute;  yet,  it  is  at  this 
very  juncture  that  the  California  Rehabilitation  Program's  support  is 
seriously  deficient.  After  the  State  spends  at  least  $3,300  per  patient 
for  institutional  care  at  Corona,  the  State  then  gives  the  patient  $46.55 
at  the  gate  and  tells  him  to  go  home.   The  patient  must  buy  his  clothes 
and  his  transportation  home  out  of  the  $46.55.  What  happens  when  a 
patient  gets  to  San  Francisco  is  described  by  Mr.  Walter  China,  Assistant 


9  ft 

Compare:   People  v.  Reynoso,  64  C.  2d  432,  50  Cal.  Rptr.  468 

(1968),  holding  no  right  to  time  served,  with  People  v.  McCuiston,  246 

C.A.  2d  799,  55  Cal.  Rptr.  482  (1966)  (distinguishing  Reynoso). 


A-16 


Supervisor  of  the  Parole  and  Community  Services  Division  of  the 

27 
Department  of  Correction  in  San  Francisco: 


If  a  guy  has  a  family  and  a  job  waiting  for  him  here,  then 
there  is  a  good  chance  that  he'll  make  it.   But  take  a  guy 
who  has  no  family  and  has  no  job  waiting  for  him.  We  call 
these  cases  "cold  turkey"  releases.   By  the  time  he  gets  to 
the  city,  his  gate  allowance  is  almost  gone.  We  try. to  do 
whatever  we  can  for  him  --  contact  welfare,  the  Department 
of  Human  Resources.  And  in  most  cases,  we  can  give  him 
enough  money  to  live  for  a  couple  of  weeks.   But  his  budget 
is  so  low  that  he  invariably  ends  up  in  a  cheap  hotel, 
usually  South- of -Market.   They  are  not  good  hotels,  and 
there  is  a  lot  of  drug  use  in  the  area.   Some  guys  manage 
to  make  it  —  somehow.   But  most  guys  get  discouraged  pretty 
fast.  Also,  they  know  that  they  can  get  a  good  bed,  with- 
out roaches,  and  good  food  at  C.R„C.   So  they  can  solve  all 
their  problems  by  shooting  up,  because  they  will  go  back  to 
C.R.C.  and  it  is  a  better  place  than  they  have. 


Mr.  China  estimates  that  not  more  than  207o  of  all  San  Francisco 
out-patients  make  it  through  the  out-patient  requirement  (recently 
changed  from  3  to  2  years)  to  discharge.   It  is  fairly  obvious  that 
the  State,  by  giving  a  C.R.C.  out-patient  $46.55  at  the  gate,  is 
jeopardizing  an  investment  in  excess  of  $3,300.00  per  year  and  the 
ultimate  success  of  its  rehabilitation  program. 

The  success  of  the  out-patient  program  is  not  merely  jeopardized 
by  the  inadequate  funds  given  to  addicts  upon  release  from  the  insti- 
tution.  Perhaps  the  more  important  short-coming  of  the  program  lies 
in  its  disregard  for  the  emotional  problems  occasioned  by  a  person's 
"re-entry"  into  society  from  an  institution.   The  problems  of  re-entry 
from  prisons  has  been  amply  described  by  ex-cons  in  recent  literature; 


27 

Interview  with  Walter  China,  Assistant  Supervisor,  Parole  and 

Community  Services  Division,  Department  of  Corrections,  San  Francisco, 


A-17 


the  problems  of  re-entry  from  the  California  Rehabilitation  Center 
are  no  different.   Recent  experiments  with  so-called  "Halfway- 
Houses"  where  persons  can  learn  to  re-adapt  to  their  environment  in 
the  presence  of  others  who  are  going  through  the  same  process  have 
shown  that  they  may  alleviate  some  of  the  stresses  of  re-adjustment. 
Privately- funded  drug  treatment  facilities  in  the  Bay  Area,  such  as 
San  Francisco's  Walden  House  and  Synanon,  have  long  recognized  the 
importance  of  community  living  —  where  people  can  share  their  pro- 
blems and  where  people  force  other  people  to  be  honest  --  in  their 
schemes  of  drug  treatment.   Ironically,  the  law  has  permitted  the 
Department  of  Corrections  to  set  up  experimental  half-way  houses  for 
C.R.C.  patients  since  1965.   Section  3153  of  the  Welfare  and  Insti- 
tutions Code  as  follows: 

The  Director  of  Corrections  is  authorized  to  establish 
one  or  more  half-way  houses  in  large  metropolitan  areas 
as  pilot  projects  in  order  to  determine  the  effective- 
ness of  such  control  on  the  addict's  rehabilitation, 
particularly  upon  his  release  from  the  narcotic  detention 
and  treatment  facility.   Rules  and  regulations  governing 
the  operation  of  such  half-way  houses  shall  be  established 
by  the  Director  of  Corrections  and  shall  provide  for  con- 
trol of  the  earnings  of  persons  assigned  to  such  half-way 
houses  during  their  residence  there,  from  which  shall  be 
deducted  such  charges  for  maintenance  as  the  Director  of 
Corrections  may  prescribe. 

The  California  Rehabilitation  Program  utilizes  two  half-way 
houses  in  Los  Angeles  and  one  in  San  Diego;  however,  although  there 
is  a  critical  need  for  one  in  the  San  Francisco  area,  one  has  yet  to 
be  established  here  by  the  state. 


A-18 

3.  Release  from  the  Program 

If  a  patient  completes  two  full  years  of  living  in  the  com- 
munity without  having  used  drugs  or  having  engaged  in  anti- social 

28 
activities,  he  may  be  released  permanently  from  the  program. 

If  he  resumes  or  seems  in  danger  of  resuming  his  narcotics  habit, 

or  engages  in  anti- social  activity  (unless  it  is  serious  enough  to 

warrant  his  release  from  the  program  and  his  incarceration  in  prison), 

he  will  be  returned  to  in-patient  status  for  another  series  of  months 

29 
until,  again,  he  seems  qualified  to  release.    This  revolving  door 

procedure  may  continue  up  to  the  entire  term  of  his  commitment  --  7 
years  for  one  involuntarily  committed,  or  14  years  if  he  is  recom- 
mitted, or  10  years  if  the  director  of  the  program  petitions  the 

30 
court  for  a  three  year  extension  of  the  original  commitment. 

4.  The  Limitations  of  the  C.R.C.  Program 

Why  doesn't  the  C.R.C.  program  do  even  an  adequate  job  for  defend- 
ants in  San  Francisco  who  use  addictive  or  dangerous  drugs?  There  are 
a  number  or  reasons: 

(a)   Limitation  to  Addictive  Drugs 

The  C.R.C.  program  is  limited  by  statute  to  defendants  who  are 

31 
"addicted"  or  who  are  "in  imminent  danger"  of  addiction.    Consequently; 


28 

Sec.  3200  W.  &  I.  Code 

29Sec.  3151  W.  &  I.  Code 

30 

Sec.  3201  W.  &  I.  Code 

31Secs.  3050,  3051  W.  &  I.  Code 


A-19 


the  program  does  not  provide  treatment  for  defendants  who  are 
habitual  users  of  dangerous  non-addictive  drugs  --  mainly  amphe- 
tamines and  barbituates.  Although  some  habitual  users  of  these 
drugs  may  get  treatment  at  either  Napa  or  Atascadero,  if  they  have 

been  committed  to  these  facilities  for  treatment  of  mental  illness 

32 
under  either  Sec.  1370  or  Sec.  1026  of  the  Penal  Code,    there  are 

undeniably  significant  numbers  of  defendant  in  the  city  who  are 

habitual  users  of  these  drugs  and  who  end  up  in  the  county  jail 

without  treatment. 

33 
(b)   Statutory  Limitations 

Not  all  defendants  who  are  addicts  are  eligible  for  the  C.R.C. 

program.   Indeed,  Section  3052  of  the  Welfare  and  Institutions  Code 

specifically  excludes  defendants  who  have  been  convicted  (a)  in  the 

present  offense,  or  (b)  previously  of  certain  offenses,  many  of  which 

might  be  logically  connected  with  drug  use.   For  example,  the  statute 

excludes  defendants  convicted  of  robbery,  first-degree  burglary, 

pimping,  pandering,  and  "any  felonies  involving  bodily  harm  or  attempt 

34 
to  inflict  bodily  harm."    However,  "in  unusual  cases,  wherein  the 

interest  of  justice  would  best  be  served,  the  judge  may,  with  the 


32 

Penal  Code  Section  1370  provides  for  commitment  for  treatment 

where  a  defendant  is  not  capable  of  standing  trial.   Penal  Code  Section 

1026  provides  for  treatment  where  a  defendant  has  been  found  "not  guilty 

by  reason  of  insanity." 

33 

Generally,  see:  Note,  Statutory  Ineligibility  for  Commitment  of 

Narcotics  Addicts,  19  Hast.  L.  J.  637  (1968). 

The  statute  also  excludes  defendants  convicted  of  numerous  vio- 
lations of  the  Health  and  Safety  Code.   See  Sec.  3052  W.  &  I.  Code. 


A-20 


concurrence  of  the  district  attorney  and  defendant,  order  commitment 

35 
notwithstanding  Section  3052."    Although  some  of  San  Francisco's 

judges  have  exercised  this  discretion  and  have  sent  defendants  to 

C.R.C.  in  spite  of  the  defendant's  ineligibility  under  Section  3052, 

they  have  seen  most  of  these  defendants  sent  back.  The  judges  also 

know  that  C.R.C.  has  sole  discretion  whether  to  send  a  defendant  back 

36 
to  court,   and  C.R.C.  itself  has  declared  that  it  will  not  accept 

37 
defendants  who  have: 

(a)  a  history  of  large  volume  narcotics  or  other  drug 
sale  beyond  that  necessary  to  support  own  addiction; 

(b)  a  pattern  of  aggressive  and  violent  behavior; 

(c)  a  long  and  continuous  history  of  criminal  behavior, 
usually  preceding  addiction  history,  and  particularly  older  men 
who  have  served  several  prison  terms  before;  and 

(d)  a  pattern  of  overt  and  provocative  homosexuality. 

One  San  Francisco  Superior  Court  Judge  said: 

There  is  no  doubt  that  C.R.C. 's  standards  are  quite 
restrictive.   I  can't  blame  them  too  much.   It's  a 
relatively  new  program,  and  they  want  to  prove  them- 
selves. They  know  that  they  can't  take  too  many  risks. 
But  it  makes  it  tough  on  the  Courts,  because  there  is 


35Sec.  3051  W.  &  I.  Code. 


36 

Sec.  3053  W.  &  I.  Code. 


C.R.C.  Memorandum  re:  "Exclusionary  Criteria,  June  3,  1969," 
in  Narcotic  Addiction  Treatment,  supra ,  note  3,  at  p.  55. 


A-21 


just  no  place  to  send  a  lot  of  people  for  decent 
treatment.   I  know  that  a  defendant  will  be  very 
lucky  if  he  gets  any  treatment  in  state  prison, 
but  that  is  where  the  worst  addicts  —  the  30- 
year  addicts  --  go.  And  what  about  a  homosexual? 
I  simply  can't  send  a  homosexual  any  place  where 
he  will  get  institutional  care  for  his  drug  pro- 
fa  lems . 


(c)  The  "Imminent  Danger"  Test 

The  test  for  C.R.C.  commitment,  as  announced  by  the  California 
Supreme  Court  in  People  v.  Victor,  supra,  indicates  that  "repeated  use" 
of  narcotics  is  not,  in  itself,  sufficient  to  constitute  addiction. 
Rather  there  must  be  an  "imminent  danger"  of  physical  or  emotional  de- 
pendence. Most  people  who  are  concerned  with  so-called  "drug- treatment" 
—  from  doctors  to  social  workers  to  streetworkers  --  have  come  to  realize 
that  "treatment"  for  drug  abuse  is  far  from  merely  a  medical  problem. 
In  most  cases,  medical  care  for  heroin  withdrawal,  for  bad  trips,  can 
be  provided  in  a  rather  routine  way.  Thus,  drug  treatment  workers  know 
that  their  real  problem  is  in  figuring  out  ways  to  deal  with  why  people 
take,  and  become  dependent  on,  dangerous  drugs.   The  problem  with  drug 
abuse  rests  in  people's  heads,  not  in  their  bodies. 

It  should  not  be  surprising  that  "treatment"  for  drug  use  --  which 
ordinarily  includes  a  variety  of  psychological  techniques,  ranging  from 

individual  psychiatric  counseling  to  in-house  community  living,  —  is 

38 
far  more  successful  where  a  drug  user  is  still  experimenting.    Yet 


OQ 

Interview  with  Josea  Bly  and  Walter  Littrell,  Walden  House, 
William  Bathurst,  Haight-Ashbury  Drug  Treatment  Center. 


A-22 

this  is  precisely  the  stage  of  drug  use  which  is,  by  Court  rule, 
excluded  from  C.R.C.  treatment.   It  is  easy  enough  to  understand 
why  the  Court  ruled  as  it  did.  Given  limited  resources  at  C.R.C, 
it  makes  sense  to  limit  C.R.C.  services  to  those  who  really  need 
intense  institutional  care.   In  addition,  the  Court  was  undoubtedly 
influenced  by  the  fact  that  C.R.C.  _is  an  institution.   Defendants 
cannot  walk  out.  Thus,  before  a  defendant  is  committed,  and  removed 
from  society  for  a  substantial  period  of  time,  there  must  be  adequate 
evidence  that  his  use  of  drugs  is  likely  to  pose  a  danger  to  society. 
Consequently,  the  problem  is  not  with  the  Court-made  standard  for 
commitment;  rather,  the  problem  is  that  institutional  confinement  is 
not  a  good  way  of  treating  drug  abuse  at  its  earlier  stages. 

(d)   Deficiencies  in  the  Outpatient  Program 

The  C.R.C.  program  relies  heavily  on  its  outpatient  program, 
whereby  defendants  are  released  from  C.R.C.  to  return  to  their 
places  of  residence. 

Yet,  as  we  have  shown,  this  outpatient  component  of  the  C.R.C. 
program  is  ridiculously  weak.   The  frugal  release  dole  of  $46.55  would 
cause  problems  enough  in  a  society  with  full  employment,  for  it  is 
not  easy  for  an  ex-addict  to  get  a  job  even  when  jobs  are  available. 
In  these  times  of  high  unemployment,  when  even  trained  engineers  and 
college  graduates  cannot  find  jobs,  what  chances  are  there  for  the 
ex-addict?  One  thing  is  clear:   an  ex-addict  needs  income  to  support 


A-23 


himself,  if  not  a  renewed  habit.   If  he  is  ineligible  for  unem- 
ployment, for  welfare,  or  for  other  state  income,  and  if  he  cannot 
find  a  job,  it  is  very  likely  that  he  will  turn  to  a  familiar  and 
certain  (albeit  risky)  source  of  income:  pushing  heroin. 

5.   The  Failure  of  C.R.C.  Rehabilitation 

Dr.  John  Kramer,  formerly  Research  Director  at  C.R.C,  and 
Richard  A.  Bass  who  studied  the  performance  of  121  addicts  after  the 
addicts  left  C.R.C.,  reported  that  "...while  some  people  successfully 
complete  three  years  of  outpatient  status  (OPS) ,.. .most  of  the  remain- 
der do  not  and  it  appeared  that  they  would  spend  about  half  of  their 

39 
rather  long  commitments  within  the  institution."    These  researchers 

tabulated  that  for  every  addict  who  successfully  completes  a  three 

year  outpatient  period,  four  do  not.   Out  of  the  nearly  9,000 

individuals  who  had  been  committed  to  the  program  since  its  inception 

in  1961,  only  300  had  been  discharged  for  having  successfully 

completed  the  outpatient  program  by  1968. 


39 

Kramer  &  Bass,  Institutionalization  Patterns  Among 
Civilly  Committed  Addicts,  208  Jour.  Am.  Med.  Assoc.  2297,  2300 
(July,  1969). 


I